Riggers2005_200404_PDF_200406.qxp Riggers PDF 200406

User Manual: RiggersPDF-200406 Igor's of metalworking and electrical manuals

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 148 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

This Rigger’s Handbook is dedicated to Theodore C. Hanes, the founder of Hanes Supply.

Ted left us on August 11, 1997. We Know it is appropriate that the history of Hanes Supply

should be told by Ted. His hard work, common sense and dedication enabled Hanes Supply

to move forward into the next millennium.

"It all started when Tex McLaughlin taught me how to splice cable in order to obtain

my Federal A and E Aircraft Mechanics License #8867 on May 1, 1930. After leaving

American Airways August 20, 1936 to become a Professional Firefighter, I soon

learned that splicing cable for local contractor friends like Herb Darling and

Howard Stimm put extra bread on the table.

Soon we had to take operations into larger quarters at 23 Poplar Avenue. In 1962 we

moved to the warehouse at 1294 Seneca Street, giving us the space for a larger Sling

Shop and also the ability to be an Allied Products Supply House with more products

and quicker, better service.

Our new 55,000 square feet warehouse at 55 James E. Casey Drive enables us to

stock even more products to better service our customers. The increasing number

of Hanes Supply customers in Central New York State convinced us to open our

new Rochester Warehouse. Hanes Supply is committed to making the moves to give

the best possible service to all of our customers.

On October 1, 1975 I retired as a Battalion Chief from the Buffalo Fire Department

enabling me to devote more time to the company until my son Bill could take the

wheel. Bill graduated in June 1980 as a Civil Engineer from the State University at

Buffalo and is now President of Hanes Supply, Inc. Having been around watching

Dad since he was 9 years old, he thoroughly knows the wire rope business.

In association with his friends Dennis St. Germain and Jim Boyco, Bill and the

Hanes Supply Crew have learned many modern improvements in sling productions.

Many thanks to our hard working staff led by our Operations Manager and

son-in-law Dave Learn, Retired Office Manager Hermine Bruno, my other son

Ted Hanes, II and my late wife Nellie C. Hanes who have all been very valuable

assets to our business."

Ted Hanes, 1996

Ted had many other accomplishments including being a Buffalo Firefighter for 39 years,

retiring as Battalion Chief in 1975. During WWII, Ted served in the Coast Guard Reserve. Ted

was Commodore of the Buffalo Yacht Club in 1957 and Master of his Masonic Lodge in 1950.

Ted and Nellie had five children in the 1950’s. When most couples would be thinking of

retirement, they were busy providing the best home and education for their children.

Work was never a four letter word to Ted. Long days and nights of working at Hanes Marine

and Cable and the Buffalo Fire Department were common. He spent countless hours making

slings by walking around the rigger’s vise. His strength and determination built Hanes Supply

into what it is today. He also had the strength to pass the company to the next generation.

Your memory and leadership will never leave us. Special thanks to a great man who we are

proud to have had as our father. God bless you.

Thank you,

Bill Hanes/ Dave Learn / Ted Hanes II

Table of Contents

Aircraft Cable...............................................123

Adjustable Slings ..............................3,11-12,46

Angles...................................................133-134

Blocks, General ....................................136-138

Blocks, Snatch.............................................121

Boom Pendants ...........................................120

Boom Pendant Fittings .........................104-107

Bridles, Chain .................................43,45,48-49

Bridles,Twin-Path®................................3-4,9,11

Bridles, Wire Rope ...................................38-41

Buttons, Swage ...........................................108

Cable-Laid Wire Rope Slings ........................35

Chain .............................................................41

Chain Hoist, Hand (manual).....................60-62

Chain Hoist, Electric (power).........................63

Chain Hooks ..................................................94

Chain Load Binders .......................................50

Chain Saddle Rings....................................5,46

Chain Slings .............................................42-49

Chain Slings, Inspection ................................44

Clamps, Lifting (Plate)...........................116-117

Clevises .........................................................92

Clips, Wire Rope .....................................78-79

Common Conversions Chart .......................141

Crane Hand Signals (USA Std.) ..................144

Crane Scales............................................74-75

Definitions.............................................139-140

Dynamometers .........................................74-75

Environmental Considerations ............18-20,56

Eye Bolts...............................................109-113

Eye Hooks ................................................90-91

Fiber Characteristics.................................20,73

Fittings ...........................................................41

G-LinksTM....................................................4,15

Gator-Flex®Grommets.............................31-32

Gator-Flex®Slings, Wire Rope..............5,29-30

Gator-Laid®Slings, Wire Rope..............5,27-28

Gator-Max®Slings, Wire Rope...................5,27

General Information..............................133-144

Griphoist Electronic Weight Instruments .......75

Grommets, Wire Rope.........................31-32,36

Hand Spliced, Wire Rope Slings ...................33

Hilman Rollers ...............................................76

Hoist, Hand (manual) Chain.....................60-62

Hoist, Electric (power) Chain.........................63

Hoist Rings............................................114-115

Hooks, Chain .................................................94

Hooks, Eye ...............................................90-91

Hooks, Hoist .............................................87-91

Hooks, Replacement .....................................93

Hooks, Shank ...........................................88-89

Hooks, Sliding Choker ...................................93

Hooks, Sling .............................................87-91

Hooks, Snap ..................................................93

Hooks, Sorting ...............................................93

Hooks, Swivel ..................................93,118-119

HANES SUPPLY HAS COMPLETE TESTING

FACILITIES for tension and cycling of wire rope,

chain, nylon, high-performance fiber slings, and related

items including spreader beams and other types of

rigging gear.

Specifications: 225' clear test bed with complete length

adjustment to suit any test item.

Capacity: 225 ton maximum pull test and 200 ton

maximum break test. Now available up to 3 Million

pounds.

Ram Stroke: 8' Ram

Gauges: Digital readout

Holding Load: Up to 225 tons can be held in tension for

an indefinite period which can be predetermined by the

customer.

Calibration: In accordance with ASTM E4-94 + / -1%,

and complies to MIL-STD-45662A and traceable to the

National Institute of Standards and Technology.

Recalibrated each 12 months or as otherwise deemed

necessary.

Hanes Supply Test Bed

TABLE OF CONTENTS

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

Table of Contents

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Hooks, Synthetic Sling...................................86

K-Spec®Core Yarn .............................7,9-11,20

Lifting Beams.................................................77

Lifting Clamps .......................................116-117

Lifting Enginering...........................133-134,142

Links, Master Oblong.....................................80

Load Binders, Chain.................................50-52

Load Binders, Web...................................58-59

Master Link ....................................................80

Mechanical Splice Flemish Eye Slings ..........34

Metric Conversion........................................141

MSI Electronic Weight Instruments ...............74

Nylon Slings .............................................53-57

Polyester Slings ..................................3,8,11,22

Ratchet Assembly, Polyester....................58-59

Rings................................................80,114-115

Rope Slings, Manila.......................................66

Rope Slings, Synthetic ............................66-67

Rope Specifications ............................20,68,73

Round Slings, Endless Polyester Single Path..22

Shackles ...................................................81-85

Shank Hooks ............................................88-89

Sling Connector ..........................................4,15

Slings, Chain ............................................42-49

Slings, Nylon ............................................53-57

Slings, Polyester Single Path Endless Round ..22

Slings, Twin-Path®Sparkeater....................4,13

Slings, Tri-Flex®..................................4-5,23-26

Slings, Twin-Path®.....................3-4,6-13,16-21

Slings, Wire Mesh.....................................64,65

Slings, Wire Rope ..............................4-5,23-41

Sling Guard Protectors ...............................4,14

Snatch Blocks..............................................121

Sockets, Spelter ............................104-105,108

Sockets, Swage.............................106-108,120

Sockets, Wedge .......................................95-96

Spreader Beams ............................................77

Swivels ..................................................118,119

Synthetic Armor Wear Pads .......................4,14

Synthetic Sling Saver Shackles.....................85

T&D Ultra Flex Wire Rope Slings..................30

Tension Measurement ..............................74-75

Thimbles ...............................................102-103

Tri-Flex®Slings...................................4-5,23-26

Tri-Flex®Wire Rope.........................................4

Turnbuckles ...........................................97-101

Twin Flex™ Wire Rope Slings..................31-32

Twin-Path®Bridles ..............................3,9,11-12

Twin-Path®Chemical Considerations ......18-20

Twin-Path®Covermax Slings ......................3,8

Twin-Path®Extra Covermax Slings ..............3,7

Twin-Path®Extra Slings................................3,7

Twin-Path®Eye and Eye Slings .................3,10

Twin-Path®Inspection .............................4,8,21

Twin-Path®Mechanical Operation ...........17-18

Twin-Path®Optical Tell-Tail......................4,8,21

Twin Path®Slings ......................3-4,6-13,16-21

Twin-Path®Sparkeater Slings.....................4,13

Utility Rope, Synthetic .........................20,69-73

Wear Pads, Synthetic Armor ......................4,14

Web Slings, Nylon ....................................53-57

Web Sling Chemical Properties.....................56

Web Sling Inspection.....................................57

Web Sling Load Binders...........................58-59

Web Sling, Mechanical Considerations.........55

Wedge Sockets ........................................95-96

Weights of Material......................................143

Winch Lines, Synthetic .............................69-73

Wire Mesh Slings .....................................64-65

Wire Rope .....................................122-132,135

Wire Rope Abuse .................................128-129

Wire Rope Breaking Strength ...............124,130

Wire Rope Clips........................................78,79

Wire Rope Cross Sections ..........................125

Wire Rope, Aircraft Cable ............................123

Wire Rope, General.......................130-131,135

Wire Rope, High Performance ....................123

Wire Rope Inspection ...........................126-127

Wire Rope Rotation Resistant .....................122

Wire Rope Slings ...............................4-5,23-41

Wire Rope, 6x19 Classification ...................124

Wire Rope, 6x36 Classification ...................124

Wire Rope Slings, Bridles ........................38-41

Wire Rope Slings, Cable-Laid Grommet .......36

Wire Rope Slings, Strand-Laid Grommet ......37

Wire Rope Thimbles.............................102-103

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

anes Supply specializes in lifting

solutions for a wide variety of

applications. As a manufacturer of Slingmax®

slings we are proud to provide riggers with

innovative products that increase productivity

and safetyi The following product inventions

provide benefits that make a rigger's work

easier, safer or more cost effective.

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Innovative Lifting Solutions

TWIN-PATH®EXTRA SLINGS

WITH COVERMAX AND

K-SPEC™ CORE YARN

US Patent #4,850,629; CN #1,280,458

TPXC The best synthetic sling. Made with

K-Spec™ high performance fibers and a

bulked nylon outer cover (Covermax) that is

very abrasion resistant. For vertical rated

capacities up to 300,000 lbs. This sling

features overload tell-tails, fiber optic

inspection system, red inner cover, and are

used worldwide in place of chain and wire

rope slings for heavy lifts. They are also

repairable. The Twin-Path®patented design

provides the rigger with redundant

protection in the event that one path is cut. These slings

have 1% stretch at rated capacity and are made in matched

lengths. If head room is critical, then these are the slings for

the job. Conforms to ASME B30.9 Chapter six and US Navy

NAVFAC P-307 Section 14. Developed by a team of

professional riggers to overcome shortfalls found in single

path roundslings. See page 7.

TWIN-PATH®EXTRA SLINGS

WITH K-SPEC™

US Patent #4,850,629; CN #1,280,458

TPX Same as the slings above, but they

have polyester outer covers which are less

abrasion resistant than the Covermax.

Complete with overload tell-tails, fiber optic

inspection system, red inner cover, orange

outer cover, and are repairable. These slings

have 1% stretch at rated capacity and are

made in matched lengths. If you are

interested in safety, ergonomics, increased

productivity and saving money, then this is

the product.

See page 7.

TWIN-PATH®POLYESTER SLINGS

WITH COVERMAX

US Patent #4,850,629; CN #1,280,458

TPC slings are made in capacities up to

60,000 lbs. vertical. They have the

abrasion resistant Covermax cover with a

polyester inner cover over polyester fiber

cores. Complete with overload tell-tails

and are repairable. Like all Twin-Path®

slings, they can be fitted with fiber optics

for inspection. These slings have up to 3%

stretch at rated capacity. See page 8.

TWIN-PATH®POLYESTER SLINGS

US Patent #4,850,629; CN #1,280,458

TP slings are the same as the TPC slings

except their outer covers are polyester and

less abrasion resistant than Covermax. See

page 8.

TWIN-PATH®TWO LEG BRIDLES

US Patent #5,727,833 & 4,850,629

TL Simply the lightest and strongest

synthetic bridles in the world today.

Replaces existing chain and wire rope

bridles. The Twin-Path®synthetic bridle

with K-Spec™ core yarn is less than half

the weight of any steel assembly and is

the ergonomic bridle of the future, here

today. The loop at the top goes on the

crane hook and there is no heavy steel

ring to deal with. If you need a four leg

bridle, just use two Twin-Path®Two Leg bridles. Capacities

to 200,000 lbs. See page 9.

TWIN-PATH®EYE & EYE

SYNTHETIC SLING

US Patent #5,727,833 & 4,850,629

EE This product is made to be an

eye and eye sling only, with all of the

Twin-Path®features. This sling is

light, strong and less expensive than

a round sling with a sleeve. It can be

manufactured using either K-Spec™

core yarn or polyester. See page 10.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Innovative Lifting Solutions

SPARKEATER®SYNTHETIC SLINGS

US Patent #4,850,629

SE For hot environments up to 300°F, the

Sparkeater®lifts the load without marring

the surface of the lifted piece. Excellent for

stage rigging, this product offers protection

from exposure to fire, heat, sparks and

pyrotechnics. Made from Nomex®for the

cover and Aramid high performance core

yarns. Rated capacities of 2,000 lbs. to

30,000 lbs. Fire exposure testing was

performed by London Scientific and the

product was identified as being as good as

wire rope or chain for use in off shore

applications in the oil industry. See page 13.

FIBER OPTIC

INSPECTION OPTION

US Patent #5,651,572

FO All of the Twin-Path®

slings have the Fiber Optic

inspection system. The fiber

optic cable will conduct light

using natural, overhead or flashlight sources. The condition

of the internal core yarn can be inspected by checking the

continuity of the fiber optic cable. If heat, chemicals,

crushing or cutting has occurred, the damage to the fiber

optic cable will destroy its ability to transmit light from one

end to the other. This gives the inspector a reason to

remove the sling from service and send it for repair

evaluation. See page 8.

SYNTHETIC ARMOR

WEAR PADS

For extra protection for

synthetic, wire rope, and

chain slings, we have

available an assortment of

materials that we

incorporate in our Synthetic

Armor Wear Pads. These are primarily for abrasion or wear

protection but can be used for cut protection in many cases.

Not only will these wear pads keep the load from damaging

the slings, but they will also protect the load from being

scratched by the slings. See page 14.

CORNERMAX™

US Patent #5,651,573

& Patents Pending

The Cornermax™ cut

protection device prevents

a sharp edge on the load

from touching the sling.

In fact, the sharp edge

doesn't even touch the Cornermax™ protector! This protector

will handle the most extreme circumstances lifting steel and

concrete. See page 14.

G-LINK™ CONNECTORS

US Patent #5,651,573 & Patents Pending

This is the only universal coupler

designed to fulfill all the needs of riggers

in the field! You can use it on Twin-

Path®, Web and Single Path Round

Slings for attaching hooks, rings, two

slings together, as a sliding choker

connection, as an adjustable sling, or as

a choke lock connection. No parts, bolts, nuts, cotters, pins,

or anything to look for. The G-Link™ connector keeps

hardware such as hooks or rings in the same plane as the

sling. See page 15.

TRI-FLEX®WIRE ROPE SLING

US Patent #4,043,581

This is a three-part wire rope sling

developed for strength combined with

greater flexibility. Replaces large

diameter single-part wire rope slings

which are awkward and stiff. Tri-Flex®

Slings are manufactured in sizes from 1

ton to 150 ton capacity. Steel erectors,

millwrights and riggers use Tri-Flex®

slings for everything from steel erection

and machinery moving to heavy lifts of

200 tons or more. These slings are

made in matching lengths.

See page 24.

TRI-FLEX®WIRE ROPE

US Patent #4,043,581

Tri-Flex®Wire Rope is a three-part

wire rope made in lengths up to

200' installed on winches for

barges, tugs and car pullers. It

wraps snugly around the winch

hub because it has greater

flexibility than standard wire rope.

Order by specifying rated capacity or finished diameter, and

required end attachment.

TWIN-PATH®ADJUSTABLE

BRIDLE SLING

US Patent #4,850,629 & #5,651,573

TPXA or TPA This tool is an aid to finding

the center of gravity when lifting objects

with uneven geometric proportions or off-

center balance points. When the load is

lifted, the ring moves over the COG to

balance and level the object. The Twin-

Path®may be permanently attached to the

ring, or use a G-Link™ for the connection.

See page 11.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Innovative Lifting Solutions

TRI-FLEX® SLING SYSTEM

US Patent #4,240,659

CN Patent #1,082,755

British Patent #2,029,796

This product is a combination of

three Tri-Flex®Wire Rope slings

wrapped together to form a nine-

part finished body sling. After a

heavy lift is done, the product can

be taken apart to form three

individual Tri-Flex®slings for

smaller lifting work. There are

twelve parts of wire rope in the loop

for greater strength than traditional

nine part wire rope slings. See page 26.

GATOR-MAX®

US Patent #5,561,973

& Patents Pending

Tests have proven this sling to be the

strongest Multi-Part wire rope sling

when attached to small pins because it

has twelve parts of wire rope in the loop

in a parallel construction. It will develop

its full strength on small pins with a D/d

ratio of 1/1 where D is the pin and d is

the sling body. (4/1 D/d when

comparing the pin to the component

parts.) The Gator-Max® sling was developed to meet

conditions specified by the US Navy and the Wire Rope

Technical Board Sling Manual. See page 27.

GATOR-LAID®

WIRE ROPE SLING

US Patent #4,240,659

Identical to the Gator-Max®sling

except it has metal sleeves for

the splice connection. The ideal

sling for big lifts but when a

shorter sling is required. The

Gator-Flex®and Gator-Laid®

products were developed in

conjunction with the off shore oil industry to provide the best

heavy lift wire rope slings. See page 27.

GATOR-FLEX®

WIRE ROPE SLING

US Patent #5,561,973

This sling has a nine-part body

style but the eyes are crossed

or interwoven so that no

wrapping is necessary. This

allows for visual inspection of

the sling. Used for heavy lifts

and offers the highest flexibility in a Multi-Part wire rope

sling. See page 30.

T & D ULTRA-FLEX

WIRE ROPE SLING

US Patent #5,561,973

Developed by a committee composed of

utility company workers and members of

the Slingmax®design team, this wire

rope sling is an extremely flexible

product with great applications for

general rigging purposes in the utility

industry. It makes a fantastic choker

sling especially when lifting poles.

See page 30.

GATOR-FLEX®NINE PART

GROMMETS

US Patent #5,561,973

Ultra flexible slings for short

heavy lift connection. These

slings can be made shorter than

standard Multi-Part slings but

maintain all of the advantages.

See page 32.

TWIN-FLEX®

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

US Patent #5,561,973

Another model of a grommet type

sling which is formed into an eye and

eye design. It consists of 18 body

parts with a loop at each end. It is

extremely flexible and is used where

heavy lift, short slings are required.

See page 32.

CHAIN SLING SADDLE RING

US Patent #4,241,575;

CN Patent #1,086,510;

British Patent #2,029,370

This product gives a chain bridle length

adjustment capabilities in each chain leg. It

aids the rigger in placing the lifting point over

the center of gravity so the load will lift in a

level manner. Different length chains or

chains with different attachments can be

interchanged in the Saddle Ring for added

utility. The Saddle Ring has found favor with

millwrights for moving machinery in factories.

See page 46.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Twin-Path®Slings

TWIN-PATH®

SLINGS IN

CONSTRUCTION

517 ton Bridge Retrofit

440 ton Gas Plant Vessel

80 ton Concrete Pilings

100 ton Airport Walkway Section

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

RATED CAPACITIES (LBS.) 5-1 D/F

CHOKER VERTICAL BASKET HITCHES APPROXIMATE

TWIN-PATH®WEIGHT APPROXIMATE

EXTRA COVERMAX (LBS. PER FT.) BODY WIDTH

STOCK NO. (BEARING-BEARING) (IN.)

TPXC 1000 8,000 10,000 20,000 17,320 14,140 .31 3"

TPXC 1500 12,000 15,000 30,000 25,980 21,210 .40 3"

TPXC 2000 16,000 20,000 40,000 34,640 28,280 .55 3"

TPXC 2500 20,000 25,000 50,000 43,300 35,350 .65 4"

TPXC 3000 24,000 30,000 60,000 51,960 42,420 .80 4"

TPXC 4000 32,000 40,000 80,000 69,280 56,560 1.12 5"

TPXC 5000 40,000 50,000 100,000 86,139 70,700 1.50 5"

TPXC 6000 48,000 60,000 120,000 103,920 84,840 1.60 6"

TPXC 7000 56,000 70,000 140,000 121,240 98,980 1.68 6"

TPXC 8500 68,000 85,000 170,000 147,220 120,190 1.85 6"

TPXC 10000 80,000 100,000 200,000 173,200 141,400 2.20 6"

TPXC 12500 100,000 125,000 250,000 216,500 176,750 3.00 8"

TPXC 15000 120,000 150,000 300,000 259,800 212,100 3.36 8"

TPXC 17500 140,000 175,000 350,000 303,100 247,450 4.00 10"

TPXC 20000 160,000 200,000 400,000 346,400 282,800 4.37 10"

TPXC 25000 200,000 250,000 500,000 433,000 353,500 5.50 11"

TPXC 27500 220,000 275,000 550,000 476,300 388,850 6.90 11"

TPXC 30000 240,000 300,000 600,000 519,600 424,200 7.50 12"

TPXC This is the world's first truly ergonomic sling. It has

a bulked nylon outer cover for superior abrasion

resistance. These are made in sizes up to 300,000 lbs.

vertical rated capacity. Larger capacity slings are

available on special order. Extra Heavy Duty Covermax

is standard on 70,000 lb. vertical capacity and higher.

These slings have overload tell-tails, inner red cover,

and are used worldwide in place of wire rope slings for

heavy lifts. They are about 10% of the weight of a steel

sling. These products are repairable. The Twin-Path®

patented design provides the rigger with two connections

between the hook and the load for redundant back-up

protection. These slings have 1% stretch at rated capacity compared

to braided polyester round slings which can stretch up to 9%. If

ergonomics, productivity and safety are important, then these slings are the only

choice. This is the lightest and strongest sling on the market today with K-Spec®, the

longest lasting load bearing core yarn, backed by independent testing. All slings have fiber optic internal

inspection system.

Twin Path®Extra Covermax Slings

PLEASE NOTE: Capacities shown include both paths and are for one complete sling. Ratings based on straight pin diameter one-half

the sling width. DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY

TWIN-PATH®EXTRA COVERMAX SPECIFICATIONS

Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.

Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and

temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.

WARNING

United States

Patent #4,850,629

Canadian

Patent #1,280,458

TWIN-PATH®EXTRA SLING WITH COVERMAX

AND K-SPEC®CORE YARN

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.

Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and

temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance. WARNING

Rated Capacities (lbs.) 5-1 D/F

Twin-Path®Covermax Slings (Polyester)

Fiber Optic Inspection (All Slings)

TWIN-PATH®POLYESTER SLINGS WITH COVERMAX SPECIFICATIONS

CHOKER VERTICAL BASKET HITCHES APPROXIMATE

TWIN-PATH®WEIGHT APPROXIMATE

EXTRA COVERMAX (LBS. PER FT.) BODY WIDTH

STOCK NO. (BEARING-BEARING) (IN.)

TPC 200 1,600 2,000 4,000 3,464 2,828 .28 2"

TPC 300 2,400 3,000 6,000 5,196 4,242 .30 2"

TPC 450 3,600 4,500 9,000 7,794 6,383 .45 2"

TPC 600 4,800 6,000 12,000 10,392 8,484 .48 3"

TPC 750 6,000 7,500 15,000 12,990 10,605 .65 3"

TPC 900 7,200 9,000 18,000 15,588 12,726 .70 3"

TPC 1200 9,600 12,000 24,000 20,784 16,968 .90 4"

TPC 1400 11,200 14,000 28,000 24,248 19,798 .95 4"

TPC 1700 13,600 17,000 34,000 29,440 24,038 1.20 4"

TPC 2200 17,800 22,000 44,000 38,104 31,108 1.40 5"

TPC 2600 20,800 26,000 52,000 45,032 36,784 1.70 5"

TPC 3200 25,600 32,000 64,000 55,424 45,248 1.90 5"

TPC 5000 40,000 50,000 100,000 86,600 70,700 2.70 6"

TPC 6000 48,000 60,000 120,000 103,920 84,840 3.00 6"

PLEASE NOTE: Capacities shown include both paths and are for one complete sling. Ratings based on straight pin diameter

one-half the sling width.

DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY

United States

Patent #4,850,629

Canadian

Patent #1,280,458

Twin-Path®slings have the Fiber Optic inspection system. The condition of the internal core yarn can be inspected

just by checking the continuity of the fiber optic cable. If crushing or cutting, heat or chemical damage, has

occurred, then the damage to the fiber optic cable will destroy its ability to transmit light from one end to the other

giving the inspector a reason to remove the sling from service and send it in for repair evaluation. The fiber optic

cable will conduct light using natural, overhead or flashlight sources. The inspector simply covers and removes

his finger from one end and watches the other end for blinking which indicates that the sling is OK to use for

another lift.

FIBER OPTIC INSPECTION

FOR ALL TWIN-PATH®SLINGS

United States Patent #5,561,972 & Patents Pending

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.

Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and

temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.

WARNING

Twin-Path®Two Leg Bridles

TWIN-PATH®TWO LEG BRIDLES

United States Patent #5,727,833 & #4,850,629

TL Simply the lightest and strongest synthetic bridles in the

world today. These are perfect to replace existing chain and

wire rope bridles. The Twin-Path®synthetic bridle with K-Spec®

core yarn is less than half the weight of any steel assembly and

is the ergonomic bridle of the future, here today. The loop at the

top goes on the crane hook and there is no heavy steel ring to

deal with. If you need a four leg bridle, just order two Twin-

Path®Two Leg Bridles. Capacities to 200,000 lbs. Please

specify the loop size at the top and the hardware such as hooks

required on the bottom of each leg. Hooks can be removable if

they are attached with G-Link™ connectors. This gives the

Twin-Path®Two Leg Bridle added versatility on the job.

HORIZONTAL ANGLES WT. PER FT. EYE

STOCK NUMBERS VERTICAL 60° 45° (LBS.) WIDTH

TPXCTL 1,000 10,000 8,500 7,000 .34 3"

TPXCTL 1,500 15,000 12,750 10,500 .44 3"

TPXCTL 2,000 20,000 17,000 14,000 .61 3"

TPXCTL 3,000 30,000 25,500 21,000 .88 4"

TPXCTL 4,000 40,000 34,000 28,000 1.23 5"

TPXCTL 5,000 50,000 42,500 35,000 1.65 5"

TWIN-PATH®TWO LEG BRIDLES

BOTTOM OF LEG SYNTHETIC SLING

G-LINK / WEIGHT / WEIGHT / WEIGHT

HARDWARE SHACKLE HOOK

TPXCTL 1,000 2" 2.0 2" 6.9 3T 3.9

TPXCTL 1,500 3" 3.5 2" 6.9 5T 7.3

TPXCTL 2,000 3" 3.5 2" 6.9 5T 7.3

TPXCTL 3,000 4" 7.0 3" 8.9 10T 17.0

TPXCTL 4,000 4" 7.0 3" 8.9 10T 17.0

TPXCTL 5,000 5" 15.0 3" 8.9 15T 33.0

S-253 S-320

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Twin-Path®Eye and Eye Sling

TWIN-PATH®EYE & EYE

SYNTHETIC SLING

United States Patent #5,727,833 & #4,850,629

EE This product is made to be an eye and

eye sling only. Usually an eye and eye sling

is made from a round sling with a sleeve

over it to form the eyes at each end. This

sling is light, strong and less expensive than

a round sling with a sleeve. It can be

manufactured using either K-Spec®core

yarn or polyester. Riggers have told us that

they have some applications where they

want an eye and eye sling only and this is

the one with all of the Twin-Path®features in

a strictly eye and eye product.

BASKET VERTICAL WT. LBS.

STOCK NUMBERS CHOKER VERTICAL 60° BASKET PER FT. WIDTH

TPXCEE 1,000 8,000 10,000 17,320 20,000 .28 3"

TPXCEE 1,500 12,000 15,000 25,980 30,000 .36 3"

TPXCEE 2,000 16,000 20,000 36,640 40,000 .50 3"

TPXCEE 2,500 20,000 25,000 43,300 50,000 .60 4"

TPXCEE 3,000 24,000 30,000 51,960 60,000 .75 4"

TPXCEE 4,000 32,000 40,000 69,280 80,000 1.00 5"

TPXCEE 5,000 40,000 50,000 86,139 100,000 1.40 5"

TWIN-PATH®EYE AND EYE SLING

Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.

Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and

temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance. WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.

Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and

temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.

WARNING

TPXA (with K-Spec®), TPA (with polyester)

United States Patent #4,850,629 Canadian Patent #1,280,458

The Twin-Path®Adjustable Bridle is the ultimate multiple use rigging tool.

It can be used in applications where a standard two leg or four leg bridle

is used with the added advantage of self-adjustment to awkward loads.

The Twin-Path®Adjustable Bridle self-adjusts over the center of gravity to

find the lifting point. The Twin-Path®Adjustable Bridle can also be used as

a complete rigging tool for choker, vertical, or basket hitches. The use of

two or more Twin-Path®Adjustable Bridles facilitates lifts with multiple

lifting points.

SINGLE ADJUSTABLE RING DIMENSIONS SHACKLE DIMENSIONS SLING WEIGHT (LBS.)

TPA BRIDLE APPROX. RING MAIN HOOK RING NOMINAL TONNAGE APPROX. APPROX.

CODE CAPACITY SLING STOCK AREA AREA SHACKLE (W.L.L.) 3 FOOT ADDER

(LBS.) (WIDTH) DIAMETER (WIDTH) (LENGTH) SIZE BASE PER FOOT

TPA 6 6,000 2" 1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 5/8" 3-1/4T 4.40 1.35

TPXA 12 12,000 3" 3/4" 3" 3" 7/8" 6-1/2T 6.80 1.95

TPXA 20 20,000 4" 1" 4" 4" 1-1/4" 12T 13.60 2.70

TPXA 40 40,000 5" 1-1/2" 5-1/4" 5-1/4" 1-3/4" 25T 31.10 4.20

TPXA 60 60,000 5" 2" 7" 7" 2" 35T 60.00 5.70

TPXA 90 90,000 6" 2-1/4" 8" 8" 2-1/4" 55T 86.00 8.10

TWIN-PATH®ADJUSTABLE BRIDLE SPECIFICATIONS

Twin-Path®Adjustable Bridle

PLEASE NOTE: Capacities shown include both paths and are for one complete assembly.

DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.

Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and

temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance. WARNING

Twin-Path®Adjustable Bridle

The Twin-Path®Adjustable Bridle sling is a multi-purpose rigging tool and it's important that it is used

properly. The adjustment ring has a double sling on one side and a single sling on the other side.

If the lifting points are an equal distance from

the center of gravity, then the Twin-Path®

Adjustable can be hooked-up with the double

or single sling on either lifting point.

If the lifting points are an equal distance on

either side of the center of gravity but one is

higher, then the double sling should be

attached to the higher lifting point.

If one of the lifting points is closer to the

center of gravity, then attach the double sling

to this lifting point. It will have the highest

weight concentration. If the Twin-Path®

Adjustable is attached so that the single sling

is nearest the center of gravity, it will not

allow the lift to be made.

Never use the Twin-Path®Adjustable Bridle

in situations where the sling-to-hook angle is

greater than 45°. Always connect above the

center of gravity. If connections are made

below the center of gravity, then the load may

turn when lifted.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.

Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and

temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.

WARNING

Twin-Path®Sparkeater Slings

SPARKEATER®

SYNTHETIC SLINGS

U.S. Patent #4,850,629; CN Patent #1,280,458

SE When you have a hot environment up to

300°F, use a Sparkeater®to lift the load

without marring the surface of the lifted

piece. Also, when doing stage rigging order

this product for the protection it gives from

exposure to fire, heat, sparks and

pyrotechnics. Just specify black color for the

theater or yellow for all other applications.

These slings are made from Nomex®for the

cover and Aramid high-performance core

yarns. Available in capacities of 2,000 to

30,000 lbs. When lifting heated steel, wire

rope or chain slings might scratch the load

causing expensive rework. Fire exposure testing was performed by the Offshore

Certification Bureau and the product was identified as being as good as wire rope

or chain for use in off shore applications in the oil industry.

TWIN-PATH®SPARKEATER SPECIFICATIONS

RATED CAPACITIES

CHOKER VERTICAL BASKET APPROX.

STOCK NUMBER SLING WIDTH WEIGHT

LBS. PER FT.

(Bearing-Bearing)

TPSE 200 2.5" 1,600 2,000 4,000 .20

TPSE 400 2.5" 3,200 4,000 8,000 .24

TPSE 600 2.5" 4,800 6,000 12,000 .28

TPSE 1000 3" 8,000 10,000 20,000 .31

TPSE 2000 3" 16,000 20,000 40,000 .55

TPSE 3000 4" 20,000 30,000 60,000 .80

PLEASE NOTE: Capacities shown include both paths and are for one complete sling.

DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Wear Pads and Cut Protectors

Wear pads such as Cornermax™ and Synthetic Armor Wear Pads

protect loads and slings. These wear pads contain a variety of

synthetic and metallic materials, and can be made ready to use in any

length or width to fit wire rope, chain, nylon webbing, or any regular

rope or sling product. They can also be made in long lengths which the

customer can cut into suitable sizes on the job. Among all our wear

pads and corner protectors, you can find the appropriate materials to

provide cut resistance for the most severe conditions.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

G-Link™ Synthetic Sling Connector

Patent #5,651,573

PRODUCT FEATURES:

9Couples web, round or Twin-Path®slings with

hardware (oblongs or hooks).

9Splices two slings into longer length.

9Connects two slings with oblong and two hooks

into bridle sling.

9Allows sling to be used as sliding choker sling.

9Two G-Link™ connectors used together will double

the rated capacity of one G-Link™ connector.

9Conforms with ASME B30.9 web and round sling

specifications.

VERTICAL CHOKER SLING

MODEL RATED RATED SIZE WGT.

NUMBER CAP. (TONS) CAP. (TONS) (IN.) (LBS.)

SC200L 2-1/2 2 2" 2

SC300L 5 3 3" 3-1/2

SC400L 7-1/2 4 4" 7

SC500L 15 8 5" 15

SC600L 25 12 6" 29

MODEL A B C D E F G H J O R T W

SC200L 2 5/8 1-1/8 5/8 1-1/8 1-15/16 1 5.00 1-13/16 1/2 .50 .50 3.50

SC300L 3 11/16 1-1/4 11/16 2-1/4 2-7/16 1-1/4 6.62 2-1/2 9/16 .75 .75 5.00

SC400L 4 13/16 1-3/8 13/16 2-1/2 2-7/8 1-3/8 7.50 2-3/4 3/4 .75 1.00 6.00

SC500L 5 1-1/16 2 1-1/16 3 3-3/4 2 9.75 3-3/4 1 1.00 1.25 8.00

SC600L 6 1-1/4 2-1/4 1-1/4 4 5 2-1/4 12.50 4-3/4 1-1/4 1.00 1.50 9.38

G-LINK™ SYNTHETIC SLING CONNECTOR DIMENSIONS

Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.

Observe rated capacity. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.

Connect Hook or Oblong to Sling Choker Sling Connect Two Slings

WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Twin-Path®Slings in Action

TWIN-PATH®

SLINGS IN ACTION

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Twin-Path®Slings

7.0 - MECHANICAL CONSIDERATIONS

7.1 Determine the weight of the load. The weight of the load shall be within the rated capacity

of the sling.

7.2 Select a sling having suitable characteristics for the type of load, hitch and environment.

7.3 Slings shall not be loaded in excess of the rated capacity. Consideration shall be given to

angle of lift which may affect the lifting capacity. Diameters of pins and sharp edges also

may affect the capacity of the lifting sling.

7.4 Slings used in a choker shall not be forced to tighten around the load by pounding with

hammers or other objects. Choker hitches are the least effective way to use a sling based

on capacity. Two chokers should be used to balance the load. One choker in the center of

the load may create an unbalanced situation which could lead to an accident.

7.5 Slings used in a basket hitch must have the load balanced to prevent slippage and accidents.

7.6 Slings used with fittings shall be compatible with the fittings used. The lifting capacity shall

be rated at the lower of the fitting or sling. Fitting openings shall be of the proper shape and

size to assure that the sling will seat properly.

7.7 Slings shall be protected from cutting and sharp edges. All sharp protrusions and abrasive

surfaces will be kept from contact with the sling. Where unavoidable situations develop,

padding shall be placed between the sling and the load. The pin area of a shackle can

cause synthetic slings to cut and placing synthetic slings on the pin should be

avoided.

7.8 Slings shall not be dragged on the floor or drawn across other surfaces which may damage

the sling.

7.9 Slings shall not be twisted or tied in knots to shorten.

7.10 Slings shall not be pulled from under loads resting on the sling.

7.11 Do not drop objects on slings or run over them with vehicles.

7.12 Slings which are damaged shall not be used.

7.13 Sling hitches must provide control of the load.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Twin-Path®Slings

7.14 Portions of the human body shall be kept from between the sling and the load and from

between the sling and any attachment to lifting devices such as hooks.

7.15 Personnel shall stand clear of suspended loads.

7.16 Personnel shall not ride on the sling or suspended loads.

7.17 Avoid snatch or shock loading.

7.18 Twisting and kinking the legs of the sling shall be avoided.

7.19 Load applied to the hook should be centered in the bowl of the hooks. Do not point load

the hook.

7.20 During lifting with or without the load all personnel shall be alert for possible snagging.

7.21 The slings should contain or support the load from the sides above the center of gravity so

that the load will not tilt when the load is lifted.

7.22 Slings shall be of the proper length so that the angle of the sling to the load does not

reduce the rated capacity of the sling for a given angle.

7.23 Only legibly-marked or labeled slings should be used. If the tag is not legible, or missing,

the sling should not be used.

7.24 Keep labels or tags away from the load, the hook and the angle of choke.

7.25 Synthetic slings should be inspected each time before each lift.

8.0 - ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

8.1 When not in use, synthetic slings should be stored in a clean, dry place. Heat sources and

non-ventilated places should be avoided.

8.2 Chemically active environments can affect the strength of synthetic lifting slings. Different

chemicals will react with different exposure to Covermax bulked nylon, polyester, aramids,

and Olefins. Please see the enclosed tables for reactions of specific chemicals.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Twin-Path®Slings

Aramids are resistant to most ketones, alcohols, dry cleaning solvents and many other organic

solvents. Its acid resistance is superior to that of nylon but is not as good as that of polyester.

Aramids show good resistance to alkalis at room temperature, but is degraded by strong alkalis at

higher temperatures.

Aramids are compatible with fluorine-containing elastomers, resins, and refrigerants at high

temperatures, and is resistant to fluorine compounds in concentrations usually encountered in

stack gases from metallurgical and rock-processing operations.

The resistance of aramids to oxides of sulphur at temperatures above the acid dew point is

superior to that of polyester. Below the dew point, concentrated sulphuric acid may condense on

the fiber and cause a progressive loss in strength.

In moderate-to-strong acid or alkali environments, evaluation of aramids should be made to ensure

that the yarn will perform acceptably before use.

Polyester and nylon are not significantly affected by most compounds of the following classes:

Alcohols

Dry Cleaning Solvents

Halogenated Hydrocarbons

Ketones

Soaps and Synthetic Detergents

Water (Including Sea Water)

Polyester also shows good-to-excellent resistance to:

• Aqueous solutions of most weak acids at the boil, and to most strong acids at room

temperature, but is disintegrated by concentrated (95%) sulphuric acid at room

temperature.

• Aqueous solutions of strong alkalis at room temperature, but is degraded at the boil.

• Oxidizing agents, and is not degraded by bleaching treatments ordinarily used for textiles.

Nylon is not significantly affected by most aldehydes, alkalis, ethers, or hydrocarbons, but is

deteriorated by dilute acids (e.g., hydrochloric acid and sulphuric acid in 10% concentrations at

room temperature cause a noticeable loss in breaking strength in 10 hours).

Solvents for nylon includes:

Concentrated formic acid

Phenolic compounds at room temperature

Calcium chloride in methanol at room temperature

Hot solutions of calcium chloride in:

Glacial Acetic Acid

Ethylene Chlorohydrin

Ethylene Glycol

Hot solutions of zinc chloride in methanol

Benzyl alcohol at the boil

Aramids are resistant to most weak acids and alkalis, ketones, alcohols, hydrocarbons, oils and

dry cleaning solvents. Strong acids and bases and sodium hypo-chlorite bleach attack aramids,

particularly at high temperatures of high concentrations.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Twin-Path®Slings

K-Spec™ core yarn strength retention is based on test results of components at

65°C/150°F (or less) for 6 months. K-Spec™ has a 100% strength retention when

exposed to: Age, 10% detergent solution, rot and mildew, sunlight and Toluene; 99%

strength retention when exposed to: acetic acid, gasoline, hydrochloric acid 1m,

hydraulic fluid, kerosene, and sea water; 98% retention when exposed to: 25%

ammonium hydroxide, 10% hypophosphite solution, and 40% phosphoric acid; 97%

retention when exposed to 5m sodium hydroxide; 95% retention when exposed to

Portland cement and sulfuric acid; and 88% retention when exposed to Clorox®, and

nitric acid.

9.0 - FIBER CHARACTERISTICS

(Using Nylon as a basis of 1.0)

GENERIC FIBER POLYPRO- HDPE

TYPE NYLON POLYESTER PYLENE OLEFIN ARAMID K-SPEC

Bulk Strength11.0 .9-1.1 .55 2.8 2.7 2.75

Weight 1.0 1.21 .80 .85 1.26 1.01

Working2Elastic 1.0 .60 .80 .10 .10 .10

Elongation

Co-efficient3of .10-.12 .12-.15 .15-.25 .08 .10-.12 .10

Friction

Chars at Chars at

Melting Point 460°F 480°F 330°F 297°F 800°F 297°F

Critical4Temperature 180°F 180°F 180°F 150°F 300°F 180°F

Specific Gravity 1.14 1.38 .91 .97 1.44 1.2

Cold-Flow (Creep) Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible Negligible

to High to High

1Bulk Strength is defined as strength per circumference squared.

2Working is defined as rope actually in use under a cycling load.

3Co-efficient of friction is based on reluctance to slip or slide.

4Critical temperature is defined as the point at which degradation is caused by temperature alone.

Cold-Flow (Creep) is defined as fiber deformation (elongation) due to molecular

slippage under a constant steady static loading situation. Fibers that have this

inherent characteristic will display extremely low or negligible creep if minor

fluctuations occur in the rate and/or frequency of load levels. In rope form, this would

apply to polypropylene, polyethylene, and HDPE Olefin fibers.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Twin-Path®Slings

10.0 - INSPECTIONS OF TWIN-PATH®PRODUCTS

10.1 Tell-Tails should extend 1/2" past the tag area of each sling. If both Tell-Tails are not 1/2" long,

remove the sling from service. If the Tell-Tails show evidence of chemical degradation, remove the

sling from service. Send to the manufacturer for repair evaluation.

10.2 Slings should be inspected for evidence of cutting or tearing of the outer cover. Slings with cuts

should be removed from service and sent back to the manufacturer for repair evaluation. Damage

to the cover may indicate core damage.

10.3 Inspect slings for evidence of heat damage. Slings with polyester or Covermax covers should not

be exposed to temperature above 82°C/180°F. Aramid Sparkeater Slings should not be exposed to

temperatures above 149°C/300°F. K-spec Core Slings should not be exposed to temperatures

above 82°C/180°F. Cold temperature exposure down to minus 40°C/minus 40°F do not effect the

strength of the products. Other temperatures should be referred to the manufacturer.

10.4 Slings using aluminum fittings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays, or mists of alkalis or

acids are present.

10.5 Twin-Path®Lifting Slings and any fittings attached should be the subject of frequent and regular

inspections. In addition to the initial inspection by a competent person and frequent written

inspections, the slings should be visually inspected before each use.

10.6 Written inspections should be performed as required and documents of such inspection by a compe-

tent person shall be kept on file in the safety department of the plant or site where used. Inspections

may be done more often based on frequency of use, severity of conditions and experience of past

service life.

10.7 Slings should be examined throughout their length for abrasion, cuts, heat damage, fitting distortion

or damage, tag legibility, and if any doubts are held by the inspector, the sling should be removed

from service. Core integrity is determined by fiber optic light transfer if this type of tell-tail is

installed in the sling. If a deterioration is found, the sling must be removed from service and

returned to the manufacturer for evaluation.

10.8 Slings removed from service that are not capable of repair should be destroyed and rendered

completely unfit for future use.

10.9 Abrasion, heat damage or cuts to the cover may indicate a loss of strength to the load core and

these slings should not be used until evaluated by the manufacturer. At area of damage, cover

should be opened and the core yarns counted and visually inspected.

11.0 - TEST PROCEDURES FOR COMPLETE TWIN-PATH®SLING PRODUCTS

11.1 For proof testing, the pins shall be 1" in diameter or larger.

11.2 Proof tests shall consist of pulling the slings to twice their rated capacity. Slings shall be held at the

proof test limit for a period of 15 seconds and then the tension may be released.

11.3 Testing of Twin-Path®Sling products and load yarn shall be on a certified and currently calibrated

testing machine, which meets or exceeds the standards as described in ASME E-4.

11.4 Break testing of slings shall be as above with results documented. Pin size for break testing should

be a diameter equal to half the sling width, or larger.

11.5 Proof testing is recommended for every sling.

11.6 After the sling is proof tested, the Tell-Tails should then be trimmed to length prior to shipment.

11.7 Repaired fittings or slings shall be proof-tested before they are returned to service.

THESE RECOMMENDED STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN FORMULATED AS A GUIDE TO USERS, INDUSTRY AND

GOVERNMENT TO INSURE THE PROPER USE, MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF TWIN-PATH®LIFTING SLING PRODUCTS.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.

Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and

temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance. WARNING

RATED CAPACITY (LBS) APPROX. MEASUREMENTS

MIN. BODY DIA. WIDTH

ITEM LGTH. WT. RELAXED @ LOAD

NO. COLOR VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET (FT) (LBS/FT) (IN) (IN)

SP260 Purple 2,600 2,100 5,200 1-1/2 .2 5/8 1-1/8

SP530 Green 5,300 4,200 10,600 1-1/2 .3 7/8 1-1/2

SP840 Yellow 8,400 6,700 16,800 3 .4 1-1/8 1-7/8

SP1060 Tan 10,600 8,500 21,200 3 .5 1-1/8 2-1/8

SP1320 Red 13,200 10,600 26,400 3 .7 1-3/8 2-1/4

SP1680 White 16,800 13,400 33,600 3 .8 1-3/8 2-1/2

SP2120 Blue 21,200 17,000 42,400 3 1.1 1-3/4 3

SP3100 Grey 31,000 24,800 62,000 3 1.6 2-1/4 3-3/4

SP5300 Brown 53,000 42,400 106,000 8 2.5 2-3/4 4-5/8

SP6600 Olive 66,000 52,800 132,000 8 3.1 3-1/8 5-1/4

SP9000 Black 90,000 72,000 180,000 8 4.0 3-5/8 6

Single-Path Round Slings

SINGLE PATH - ENDLESS POLYESTER ROUND SLINGS

PLEASE NOTE: Sling cover color can change to meet customer specifications.

DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY.

LIFTING FIBERS – Endless loops of polyester load bearing yarn.

COVER – Polyester contrasting color cover.

Aramid outer covers also available for heat protection.

LABEL – Plastic or leather available - Private labeling also.

CAPACITIES – 3000 pounds to 60,000 pounds vertical rated capacity.

DESIGN FACTOR – 5 to 1.

COLORS – Wide variety available (including BLACK for stage rigging).

CONFIGURATIONS – Roundsling or eye-and-eye.

APPLICATIONS – Vertical, basket or choker.

INSPECTION – Slings should be examined throughout their length for abrasion, cuts, heat

damage, fitting distortion or damage, and tag legibility. Abrasion, heat

damage, or cuts to the cover may indicate a loss of strength to the load core.

If any doubts are held by the inspector, the sling should be taken out of

service. Slings removed from service that are not capable of repair shall be

destroyed and rendered completely unfit for future use.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Tri-Flex®Slings

TRI-FLEX SLINGS IN ACTION

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Tri-Flex®Sling Engineering

CERTIFIED PROOF TESTING

SLINGS – WIRE ROPE – CHAIN – NYLON – FITTINGS

TRI-FLEX®ENGINEERING INFORMATION

PIN SIZE EQUALS

D/d OF 4/1 USING

COMPONENT PARTS

BASKET HITCH EQUALS

D/d OF 5/1 USING

FINISHED DIAMETER

Patent #4,043,581

TRI-FLEX®WIRE ROPE SLINGS provide the best combination of strength and flexibility.

Because of the patented TRI-FLEX®SLING construction, there is a large savings in material and machine costs

in the larger sizes; this, combined with ease of use make TRI-FLEX®SLINGS the only sling for smart buyers.

Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained

persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated

capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.

EQUIVALENT TO COMPOSED OF PUBLISHED 5 TO 1 FINISHED WEIGHT

STANDARD SIZE 3 PARTS OF RATED LOAD TONS VERTICAL ACTUAL PER FT.

FLEMISH EYE SLING EIP ROPE VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET DIAMETER APPROX.

7/16" 1/4" 1.7 1.3 3.4 1/2" .44

9/16" 5/16" 2.6 1.9 5.2 5/8" .68

5/8" 3/8" 3.6 2.7 7.2 3/4" .99

3/4" 7/16" 4.9 3.7 9.8 7/8" 1.33

7/8" 1/2" 6.4 4.8 12.8 1" 1.75

1" 9/16" 8.0 6.0 16.0 1-1/8" 2.24

1-1/8" 5/8" 9.9 7.4 19.8 1-1/4" 2.73

1-1/4" 3/4" 14.0 10.5 28.0 1-1/2" 3.9

1-1/2" 7/8" 19.0 14.3 38.0 1-3/4" 5.4

1-3/4" 1" 24.8 18.6 49.6 2" 7.0

2" 1-1/8" 31.2 23.4 62.4 2-1/4" 8.9

2-1/4" 1-1/4" 38.4 28.8 76.8 2-1/2" 10.0

2-1/2" 1-3/8" 46.0 34.5 92.0 2-3/4" 13.3

2-3/4" 1-1/2" 55.0 41.2 110.0 3" 15.8

3" 1-5/8" 63.4 47.6 126.8 3-1/4" 18.5

3-1/4" 1-3/4" 73.0 54.8 146.0 3-1/2" 21.5

3-1/2" 2" 95.0 71.2 190.0 4" 28.0

4" 2-1/4" 118.0 88.5 236.0 4-1/2" 35.6

4-1/2" 2-1/2" 145.0 109.0 290.0 5" 44.0

WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Tri-Flex®Sling System

TRI-FLEX®SLING SYSTEM

U.S. Patent #4,240,659; CN Patent #1,082,755; British #2,029,796

This product is a combination of three Tri-Flex®Wire Rope slings wrapped

together helically to form a nine-part finished body sling. After a heavy lift is

finished, the product can be taken apart to form three individual Tri-Flex®

slings for smaller lifting work. This product was developed for construction

projects where there are a few heavy lifts. A superior strength sling because it

has twelve parts of wire rope in the loop for greater strength than traditional

nine-part wire rope slings that have only ten parts of wire rope in the loops.

Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained

persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated

capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.

WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Tri-Flex®Sling System Engineering

CERTIFIED PROOF TESTING

SLINGS – WIRE ROPE – CHAIN – NYLON – FITTINGS

ONE TRI-FLEX®SLING IS A

COMPLETE SLING WITH 3

PARTS FOR FLEXIBILITY.

9-PART TRI-FLEX®SLINGS

BREAK DOWN INTO THREE

3-PART STANDARD TRI-

FLEX®SLINGS.

27-PART TRI-FLEX®SLINGS

BREAK DOWN INTO THREE

9-PART SLINGS OR NINE 3-

PART SLINGS.

The TRI-FLEX®SYSTEM allows the purchase of multiple part slings for big lifts

which can easily be taken apart to provide slings for smaller lifts or for storage.

ONE TRI-FLEX®SLING THREE TRI-FLEX®SLINGS NINE TRI-FLEX® SLINGS

3 PARTS EIP 9 PARTS EIP 27 PARTS EIP

PIN DIAMETER = PIN DIAMETER = PIN DIAMETER =

4 X'S COMPONENT PART 4 X'S COMPONENT PART 8 X'S COMPONENT PART

Diameter of VERTICAL FINISHED VERTICAL FINISHED VERTICAL FINISHED

Component Parts RATED LOAD DIAMETER RATED LOAD DIAMETER RATED LOAD DIAMETER

1/4" 1.7 1/2" 4.6 1" 12.9 2"

5/16" 2.6 5/8" 7.0 1-1/4" 19.9 2-1/2"

3/8" 3.6 3/4" 10.0 1-1/2" 28.5 3"

7/16" 4.9 7/8" 13.8 1-3/4" 38.6 3-1/2"

1/2" 6.4 1" 18.0 2" 50.0 4"

9/16" 8.0 1-1/8" 22.7 2-1/4" 63.5 4-1/2"

5/8" 9.9 1-1/4" 27.8 2-1/2" 78.0 5"

3/4" 14.0 1-1/2" 39.7 3" 110.0 6"

7/8" 19.0 1-3/4" 53.7 3-1/2" 150.0 7"

1" 24.8 2" 69.8 4" 195.0 8"

1-1/8" 31.2 2-1/4" 87.7 4-1/2" 245.0 9"

1-1/4" 38.4 2-1/2" 108.0 5" 302.0 10"

1-3/8" 46.0 2-3/4" 130.0 5-1/2" 363.0 11"

1-1/2" 55.0 3" 154.0 6" 430.0 12"

1-5/8" 63.4 3-1/4" 178.0 6-1/2" 499.0 13"

1-3/4" 73.0 3-1/2" 206.0 7" 578.0 14"

2" 95.0 4" 267.0 8" 748.0 16"

2-1/4" 118.0 4-1/2" 333.0 9" 934.0 18"

2-1/2" 145.0 5" 408.0 10" 1140.0 20"

Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained

persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated

capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.

Rated Load with 5-1 Factor / Rated Load in Tons

WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Gator-Max®Wire Rope Slings

GATOR-MAX®WIRE ROPE SLING

WITH PARALLEL EYES

U.S. Patent #5,561,973 & Patents Pending

This is the strongest multi-part sling with great flexibility. It will

develop its full strength on small pins with a D/d ratio of 1/1 where

D is the pin and d is the sling body. (4/1 D/d when comparing the

pin to the component parts.) For heavy lifting work this is the most

efficient wire rope sling that meets all of the standards. The eyes

have the wire ropes (12) laid in parallel so that there is no cross-

over and then they are wrapped with heavy duty material to keep

them in position. This sling was developed to meet conditions

specified by the US Navy and the Wire Rope Technical Board Sling

Manual. Testing has proven it to be the strongest multi-part wire rope sling when attached to small

pins because it has twelve parts of wire rope in the loop in a parallel construction.

FINISHED COMPONENT STD. VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET WGT.

DIAMETER PARTS EYE SIZE RC RC RC PER FT.

1/2" 1/8" 8" 1.4 .95 2.7 .26

5/8" 3/16" 10" 1.8 1.4 3.6 .40

3/4" 5/32" 12" 2.7 2.0 5.5 .59

7/8" 7/32" 14" 3.7 2.7 7.4 .77

1" 1/4" 16" 4.8 3.6 9.7 .99

1-1/4" 5/16" 18" 7.4 5.5 14.7 1.56

1-1/2" 3/8" 20" 10.5 7.9 21.0 2.19

1-3/4" 7/16" 22" 14.0 11.0 29.0 3.15

2" 1/2" 24" 19.0 14.0 38.0 4.14

2-1/4" 9/16" 26" 24.0 19.0 48.0 5.31

2-1/2" 5/8" 28" 29.0 22.0 58.0 6.48

3" 3/4" 30" 42.0 31.0 83.0 9.36

3-1/2" 7/8" 35" 56.0 42.0 112.0 12.78

4" 1" 40" 74.0 55.0 146.0 16.65

4-1/2" 1-1/8" 45" 92.0 69.0 184.0 21.06

5" 1-1/4" 50" 113.0 85.0 227.0 26.01

5-1/2" 1-3/8" 55" 137.0 102.0 273.0 31.50

6" 1-1/2" 60" 162.0 121.0 323.0 37.44

7" 1-3/4" 70" 216.0 162.0 432.0 51.03

8" 2" 80" 280.0 210.0 560.0 66.51

9" 2-1/4" 90" 350.0 261.0 700.0 84.24

10" 2-1/2" 100" 428.0 321.0 856.0 104.00

Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained

persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated

capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.

GATOR-MAX®AND GATOR-LAID®SLINGS

TECHNICAL CHART

Rated Capacity is based on 5-1 Design Factor.

WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Gator-Laid®Cable-Laid Slings

GATOR-LAID®WIRE ROPE SLING

U.S. Patent #4,240,659 & #5,561,973

This is identical to the Gator-Max™ sling

with the parallel eyes except it has metal

sleeves for the splice connection. This is

the product when a big lift but short sling is

required. It also has twelve parts of wire

rope in the loop. The Gator-Flex®and

Gator-Laid®products were developed in

conjunction with the off-shore oil industry to

provide the world's best heavy lift wire rope

slings.

Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained

persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated

capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained. WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Gator-Flex®Slings

T&D Ultra-Flex Slings

GATOR-FLEX®WIRE ROPE SLING

U.S. Patent #5,561,973

This sling has a nine-part body style with wires in the eyes that are

crossed or interwoven so no wrapping is necessary. This sling was

developed in conjunction with riggers who preferred a sling for heavy lifts

that could be visually inspected and have the highest flexibility possible in

a multi-part wire rope sling.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Gator-Flex®Slings

T&D Ultra-Flex Slings

T&D ULTRA-FLEX

WIRE ROPE SLING

U.S. Patent #5,561,973

This wire rope sling is an extremely flexible

product with great applications for general

rigging purposes in the utility industry. It makes

a fantastic choker sling especially when lifting

poles. Development was through a committee

composed of utility company workers and

members of the SLINGMAX®design team.

Actual field testing was used to determine

merits of the final product.

FINISHED COMPONENT STD. VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET WGT.

DIAMETER PARTS EYE SIZE RC RC RC PER FT.

1/2" 1/8" 8" 1.3 .9 2.6 .26

5/8" 5/32" 10" 1.7 1.3 3.4 .40

3/4" 3/16" 12" 2.6 1.9 5.2 .59

7/8" 7/32" 14" 3.5 2.6 7.0 .77

1" 1/4" 16" 4.6 3.4 9.2 .99

1-1/4" 5/16" 18" 7.0 5.2 14.0 1.56

1-1/2" 3/8" 20" 10.0 7.5 20.0 2.19

1-3/4" 7/16" 22" 13.8 10.3 27.6 3.15

2" 1/2" 24" 18.0 13.5 36.0 4.14

2-1/4" 9/16" 26" 22.7 18.1 45.4 5.31

2-1/2" 5/8" 28" 27.8 20.8 55.6 6.48

3" 3/4" 30" 39.7 29.8 79.4 9.36

3-1/2" 7/8" 35" 53.7 40.3 107.4 12.78

4" 1" 40" 69.8 52.3 139.6 16.65

4-1/2" 1-1/8" 45" 87.7 65.8 175.4 21.06

5" 1-1/4" 50" 108.8 81.0 216.0 26.01

5-1/2" 1-3/8" 55" 130.0 97.5 260.0 31.50

6" 1-1/2" 60" 154.0 115.5 308.0 37.44

7" 1-3/4" 70" 206.0 154.5 412.0 51.03

8" 2" 80" 267.0 200.2 534.0 66.51

9" 2-1/4" 90" 333.0 249.7 666.0 84.24

10" 2-1/2" 100" 408.0 306.0 816.0 104.00

Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained

persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated

capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.

Rated capacity is based on 5-1 Design Factor.

GATOR-FLEX®AND T&D ULTRA-FLEX SLINGS

TECHNICAL CHART

WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Gator-Flex®/Twin-Flex™ Grommets

GATOR-FLEX®

NINE PART GROMMETS

U.S. Patent #5,561,973

Ultra flexible slings for that short

heavy lift connection. These slings

can be made shorter than standard

multi-part slings, but maintain all of

the advantages.

TWIN-FLEX™

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

U.S. Patent #5,561,973

This is another model of a grommet-

type sling which is formed into an

eye and eye design. It consists of

18 body parts with a loop at each

end. This is extremely flexible and is

used where short, heavy lift slings

are required.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Gator-Flex®/Twin-Flex®Grommets

TWIN-FLEX®SLINGS AND GATOR-FLEX®GROMMETS

ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS

TONS (2,000 LBS)

PIN SIZE 9 PARTS

5 X FD WIRE ROPE BASKET WT. PER

DIAMETER SIZE VERTICAL CHOKER VERTICAL FOOT LBS.

1" 1/4" 10 7 20 2

1-1/4" 5/16" 15 11 30 3

1-1/2" 3/8" 22 15 44 5

1-3/4" 7/16" 29 21 58 6

2" 1/2" 38 27 76 8

2-1/4" 9/16" 48 34 96 11

2-1/2" 5/8" 59 42 118 13

3" 3/4" 85 59 170 19

3-1/2" 7/8" 115 81 230 25

4" 1" 148 104 296 33

4-1/2" 1-1/8" 187 131 374 42

5" 1-1/4" 230 161 460 52

5-1/2" 1-3/8" 276 194 552 63

6" 1-1/2" 328 230 656 75

7" 1-3/4" 441 308 882 102

8" 2" 570 399 1140 133

9" 2-1/4" 711 498 1422 168

10" 2-1/2" 870 609 1740 209

11" 2-3/4" 1040 728 2080 250

12" 3" 1224 857 2448 300

CERTIFIED PROOF TESTING TO ANY STANDARD

YOU SPECIFY – WE COMPLY!

Rated Capacity at 5-1 D/F

D/d = 5/1

Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained

persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated

capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.

The Most Flexible Grommet in the World!

WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Hand-Spliced Slings

NO. 100 B

The end of a single wire rope is bent back

along the rope to form the eye, and strands

are hand-tucked into the body of the rope in

what is called a tapered and concealed

splice. This splice makes a sling that is easily

pulled through narrow spaces; there are no

rough ends to snag hands. Slings with rope

bodies larger than 1-1/2" diameter are made

only with Burnt End splices in which ends of

strands are left exposed and cut off with a

torch. These may also be cut shorter and

served, for smoothness. All have the same

rated capacity, size for size.

WARNING: Hand-spliced slings should not be used in lifts where the sling

may rotate and cause the wire rope to unlay.

Hand Spliced Eye

The tapered and concealed splice

utilizes tension in the rope body to

secure strands where they are

tucked back into the rope. Needs

no metal sleeve to assure firm

anchoring. When “tapered and

concealed”, ends of strands are

tucked inward and concealed

inside the rope.

Rated capacities of choker hitches apply when the angle of choke is greater than 120°.

Rated capacities of basket hitches are based on a minimum diameter of curvature at the point of load contact of 25 times

the rope diameter.

RATED CAPACITIES IN TONS (2000 LBS.)

IPS ROPE - FIBER CORE IPS ROPE - IWRC EIPS ROPE - IWRC

Min.

Diam. Length Loop BASKET HITCH BASKET HITCH BASKET HITCH

of (SL) of Dimensions Single Single Single

Rope Sling W L Choker Leg Choker Leg Choker Leg

(in.) (ft.–in.) (in.) (in.) Hitch Vertical Hitch Vertical Hitch Vertical

30° 45° 60° 30° 45° 60° 30° 45° 60°

3/8 2–6 3 6 .085 1.1 1.9 1.6 1.1 0.92 1.2 2.1 1.7 1.2 1.1 1.3 2.3 1.8 1.3

7/16 2–9 3½ 7 1.2 1.4 2.4 2.0 1.4 1.2 1.5 2.6 2.1 1.5 1.4 1.8 3.1 2.5 1.8

1/2 3 4 8 1.5 1.8 3.1 2.5 1.8 1.6 2.0 3.5 2.8 2.0 1.9 2.3 4.0 3.3 2.3

9/16 3–6 4½ 9 1.9 2.3 4.0 3.3 2.3 2.0 2.5 4.3 3.5 2.5 2.4 2.9 5.0 4.1 2.9

5/8 4 5 10 2.3 2.8 4.8 4.0 2.8 2.5 3.0 5.2 4.2 3.0 2.9 3.5 6.1 4.9 3.5

3/4 4–6 6 12 3.3 3.9 6.8 5.5 3.9 3.6 4.2 7.3 5.9 4.2 4.1 4.8 8.3 6.8 4.8

7/8 5–6 7 14 4.5 5.2 9.0 7.4 5.2 4.8 5.5 9.5 7.8 5.5 5.6 6.4 11 9.0 6.4

1 6 8 16 5.9 6.7 12 9.5 6.7 6.3 7.2 12 10 7.2 7.2 8.3 14 12 8.3

1-1/8 6–6 9 18 7.4 8.4 15 12 8.4 7.9 9.0 16 13 9.0 9.1 10 17 14 10

1-1/4 7 10 20 9.0 10 17 14 10 9.7 11 19 16 11 11 13 23 18 13

1-3/8 7–6 11 22 11 12 21 17 12 12 13 23 18 13 13 15 26 21 15

1-1/2 8–6 12 24 13 15 26 21 15 14 16 28 23 16 16 18 31 25 18

1-5/8 9 13 26 15 17 29 24 17 16 18 31 25 18 18 21 36 30 21

1-3/4 9–6 14 28 17 20 35 28 20 19 21 36 30 21 21 24 42 34 24

2 11 163222 26 4537 26 24 28 4840 28 28 32 5545 32

2-1/4 12–6 18 36 28 32 55 45 32 30 34 59 48 34 35 40 69 57 40

2-1/2 14 20 40 34 39 68 55 39 37 42 73 59 42 42 48 83 68 48

Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained

persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated

capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.

WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Mechanical Splice

Flemish Eye Slings

NO. 105B

Eyes are formed using the

flemish eye splice. Ends are

secured by pressing a metal

sleeve over the ends of the

strands of the splice. Pull is

directly along the centerline of

rope and eye. Gives most

efficient use of rope capacity and

is economical.

*Rated capacities of basket hitches are based on a minimum diameter of curvature at the point of load contact of 40 times

the rope diameter for slings 1/4" thru 1" diameter and 25 times the rope diameter for slings 1-1/4" diameter and larger.

Swaging Provides

Positive Grip

This cutaway of a metal

sleeve swaged onto a

splice shows how metal

“flows” into valleys

between strands to

positively prevent ends

from unlaying when sling

is used within its rated

capacity.

Flemish Eye Splice

In the standard flemish eye

mechanical splice, rope is

separated into two parts – 3

adjacent strands, and 3

adjacent strands and core.

These two parts are then re-

laid back in opposite directions

to form an eye, and ends are

secured with a pressed metal

sleeve.

RATED CAPACITIES (TONS)*

Min. Loop Dim. IPS ROPE - IWRC EIPS ROPE - IWRC

Dia. Length BASKET HITCH BASKET HITCH

of (SL) of Single Single

Rope Sling W L Choker Leg Choker Leg

(in) (ft - in) (in) (in) Hitch Vertical 30O45O60OHitch Vertical 30O45O60O

1/4 1 - 6 2 4 .41 .56 .97 .79 .56 .48 .65 1.1 .92 .65

3/8 2 3 6 .93 1.2 2.1 1.7 1.2 1.1 1.4 2.4 2.0 1.4

1/2 2 - 6 4 8 1.6 2.2 3.8 3.1 2.2 1.9 2.5 4.3 3.5 2.5

5/8 3 5 10 2.5 3.4 5.9 4.8 3.4 2.9 3.9 6.8 5.5 3.9

3/4 3 - 6 6 12 3.6 4.9 8.5 6.9 4.9 4.1 5.6 9.7 7.9 5.6

7/8 4 7 14 4.8 6.6 11 9.3 6.6 5.6 7.6 13 11 7.6

1 4 - 6 8 16 6.3 8.5 15 12 8.5 7.2 9.8 17 14 9.8

1-1/8 5 9 18 7.9 10 17 14 10 9.1 12 21 17 12

1-1/4 5 - 6 10 20 9.7 13 23 18 13 11 15 26 21 15

1-3/8 6 11 22 12 15 26 21 15 13 18 31 25 18

1-1/2 7 12 24 14 18 31 25 18 16 21 36 30 21

1-3/4 8 14 28 19 25 43 35 25 21 28 48 40 28

2 9 16 32 24 32 55 45 32 28 37 64 52 37

2-1/4 10 18 36 30 39 68 55 39 35 44 76 62 44

2-1/2 11 20 40 37 47 81 66 47 42 54 94 76 54

2-3/4 12 22 44 44 57 99 81 57 51 65 113 92 65

3 13 24 48 52 67 116 95 67 60 77 133 109 77

3-1/2 16 - 6 32 64 69 88 152 124 88 79 102 177 144 102

3-3/4 18 36 72 78 100 173 141 100 90 115 199 163 115

4 20 40 80 88 113 196 160 113 101 130 225 184 130

4-1/2 24 50 100 108 139 241 197 139 124 160 277 226 160

Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained

persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated

capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained. WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Cable-Laid Slings

NO. 108 C

These smooth and very flexible slings are made from cut

lengths of cable-laid fabric that is machine formed by

laying six wire ropes in a helical pattern around a core

rope. Flemish eye mechanical splices, secured by pressed

metal sleeves, provide centerline pull at the eyes. More

flexible than same capacity single-part slings.

Swaging Provides

Positive Grip

This cutaway of a metal

sleeve swaged onto a

splice shows how metal

"flows" into valleys

between strands to

positively prevent ends

from unlaying when

sling is used within its

rated capacity.

Flemish Eye Splice

In the standard flemish eye

mechanical splice, rope is

separated into two parts – 3

adjacent strands, and 3

adjacent strands and core.

These two parts are then re-

laid back in opposite

directions to form an eye, and

ends are secured with a

pressed metal sleeve.

Ideal for use as basket or choker hitches, where flexibility and ease of

handling are essential and cutting or abrasion is not a critical factor.

RATED CAPACITY - TONS

Eye Slip Heavy Slip-on

Body Basket Hitch Thru Thimble Thimble

Dia. Thimble

(in.) Vert. Choker 60° 45° 30° A B ST HT QT

1/4 .50 .34 1.0 .87 .71 .50 2 4 W-2 1/4 3/8

3/8 1.1 .74 2.2 1.9 1.5 1.1 3 6 W-2 3/8 3/8

1/2 1.9 1.3 3.7 3.2 2.6 1.9 4 8 W-3 1/2 1/2

5/8 2.8 1.9 5.5 4.8 3.9 2.8 5 10 W-4 5/8 5/8

3/4 4.1 2.8 8.1 7.0 5.8 4.1 6 12 W-4 3/4 3/4

7/8 5.4 3.7 11. 9.4 7.6 5.4 7 14 W-5 7/8 7/8

1 6.9 4.7 14. 12. 9.7 6.9 8 16 W-5 1 1

1-1/8 8.3 5.8 17. 14. 12. 8.3 9 18 W-6 1-1/8

1-1/4 9.9 7.0 20. 17. 14. 9.9 10 20 W-6 1-1/4

7x7x7

7x7x19

LENGTH

E-E ST-ST HT-HT OT-OT

Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained

persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated

capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.

WARNING

Sling Bodies

Are Made from

7 Individual

Wire Ropes

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

BASKET HITCHES

Finished

Sling

Body

Dia. (in.) Vert. Choker Vertical 30° 45° 60°

1/4 .83 .54 1.7 .83 1.2 1.4

3/8 1.8 1.2 3.6 1.8 2.5 3.1

1/2 3.0 2.0 6.1 3.0 4.3 5.3

5/8 4.6 3.0 9.1 4.6 6.4 7.9

3/4 6.2 4.1 12 6.2 8.8 11

7/8 8.3 5.4 17 8.3 12 14

1 11 6.8 21 11 15 18

1-1/8 13 8.4 26 13 18 22

1-1/4 16 10 31 16 22 27

1-3/8 18 12 37 18 26 32

1-1/2 22 14 43 22 31 38

1-5/8 25 16 50 25 36 44

1-3/4 28 18 56 28 40 49

Grommet Slings

BASKET HITCHES

EIP Finished

Component Sling

Rope Body

Dia. (in.) Dia. (in.) Vert. Choker Vertical 30° 45° 60°

1/8 3/8 1.6 1.0 3.2 1.6 2.2 12.8

3/16 9/16 3.5 2.3 6.9 3.5 4.9 6.0

7/32 5/8 4.5 2.9 9.0 4.5 6.4 7.8

1/4 3/4 5.6 3.6 11 5.6 7.9 9.7

5/16 15/16 8.7 5.6 17 8.7 12 15

3/8 1-1/8 12 8.0 25 12 17 21

7/16 1-5/16 17 11 33 17 23 29

1/2 1-1/2 21 14 43 21 30 37

9/16 1-11/16 27 17 53 27 38 46

5/8 1-7/8 33 21 66 33 46 57

3/4 2-1/4 46 30 92 46 65 80

7/8 2-5/8 62 40 123 62 87 107

1 3 79 51 158 79 112 137

1-1/8 3-3/8 98 64 196 98 138 170

1-1/4 3-3/4 119 77 237 119 168 205

Cable Laid Grommets have six wire

ropes laid helically around a wire rope

core, with ends joined either by a hand-

tucked or a mechanical splice to form an

endless body. Highly flexible, they resist

kinks and are easy to handle. Minimum

circumference of the sling is 96 times the

grommet body diameter.

CABLE LAID GROMMET

WIRE ROPE SLINGS

Rated Capacity Adjustment

For Choker Hitches

ANGLE

CHOKE

DEGREES

PERCENT

OF SLING

RATED

CAPACITY

APPLICABLE

120-180

90-119

60-89

30-59

0-29

100%

87%

74%

62%

49%

When a choke is drawn down tight against a

load, or a side pull is exerted resulting in an

angle of less than 120 degrees, an

adjustment must be made for further

reduction of the sling rated capacity.

Mechanical Splice

7 Parts of Wire Rope in the

Sling Body

Hand-Tucked

Continuous Construction

...made from one

continuous wire rope

7 x 7 x 7 GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT CABLE

7 X 6 X 9 AND 7 X 6 X 37 - EIP

7 x 7 x 19 CONSTRUCTION

7 x 6 x 19 AND 7 x 6 x 37 - EIP CONSTRUCTION

Rated Capacities Basket Hitch and vertical lift based on

D/d ratio of 5 when "d" is diameter of the finished grommet.

Rated Capacities based on pin diameter no smaller than

5 times the body diameter.

Rated capacities based on design factor of 5.

Sling angles of less than 30 degrees shall not be used.

No. 21 B Rated Capacity - Tons (2,000 Lbs.) No. 15 B Rated Capacity - Tons (2,000 Lbs.)

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Grommet Slings

STRAND LAID GROMMET WIRE ROPE SLINGS

7 x 19 AND 7 x 37 CLASS - IPS

BASKET HITCHES

SLING

BODY

DIA. *

(IN) VERT. CHOKER VERTICAL 600450300

1/4 .85 .60 1.7 1.5 1.2 .85

5/16 1.3 .93 2.7 2.3 1.9 1.3

3/8 1.9 1.3 3.8 3.3 2.7 1.9

7/16 2.6 1.8 5.2 4.5 3.6 2.6

1/2 3.3 2.3 6.7 5.8 4.7 3.3

9/16 4.2 2.9 8.4 7.3 6.0 4.2

5/8 5.2 3.6 10. 9.0 7.4 5.2

3/4 7.4 5.2 15. 13. 10. 7.4

7/8 10. 7.0 20. 17. 14. 10.

1 13 9.1 26. 22. 18. 13.

1-1/8 16. 11. 32. 28. 23. 16.

1-1/4 20. 14. 39. 34. 28. 20.

1-3/8 23. 16. 46. 40. 33. 23.

1-1/2 27. 19. 54. 47. 38. 27.

1-5/8 31. 22. 62. 54. 44. 31.

1-3/4 36. 25. 72. 62. 51. 36.

1-7/8 41. 28. 81. 70. 57. 41.

2 46. 32. 92. 79. 65. 46.

2-1/8 51. 36. 102. 88. 72. 51.

2-1/4 56. 39. 113. 98. 80. 56.

2-3/8 62. 44. 124. 108. 88. 62.

2-1/2 68. 47. 136. 117. 96. 68.

2-3/4 81. 56. 161. 140. 114. 81.

3 94. 66. 189. 163. 133. 94.

No. 11B Rated Capacity - Tons (2,000 Lbs.)

6 x 19 AND 6 x 37 CLASS - IPS - IWRC

BASKET HITCHES

SLING

BODY

DIA. *

(IN) VERT. CHOKER VERTICAL 600450300

1/4 .92 .64 1.8 1.6 1.3 .92

5/16 1.4 1.0 2.9 2.5 2.0 1.4

3/8 2.0 1.4 4.1 3.5 2.9 2.0

7/16 2.8 1.9 5.5 4.8 3.9 2.8

1/2 3.6 2.5 7.2 6.2 5.1 3.6

9/16 4.5 3.2 9.0 7.8 6.4 4.5

5/8 5.6 3.9 11. 9.7 7.9 5.6

3/4 8. 5.6 16. 14. 11. 8.

7/8 11. 7.6 22. 19. 15. 11.

1 14. 9.8 28. 24. 20. 14.

1-1/8 18. 12. 35. 31. 25. 18.

1-1/4 22. 15. 43. 38. 31. 22.

1-3/8 26. 18. 52. 45. 37. 26.

1-1/2 31. 22. 62. 53. 44. 31.

1 -5/8 36. 25. 72. 62. 51. 36.

1-3/4 41. 29. 83. 72. 59. 41.

1-7/8 47. 33. 95. 82. 67. 47.

2 54. 38. 107. 93. 76. 54.

2-1/8 60. 42. 120. 104. 85. 60.

2-1/4 67. 47. 134. 116. 95. 67.

2-3/8 75. 52. 149. 129. 105. 75.

2-1/2 82. 57. 163. 142. 116. 82.

2-3/4 98. 69. 196. 170. 139. 98.

3 115. 81. 231. 200. 163. 115.

No. 14B Rated Capacity - Tons (2,000 Lbs.)

Hand Tucked

Continuous Construction

...made from one

continuous strand

Mechanical Splice

7 Parts of Wire Rope

in the Sling Body

Strand Laid Grommets have either a wire rope body, or

a body of six strands laid helically around a strand core,

with either a hand tucked or a mechanical splice to form

an endless sling body. Minimum circumference of the

sling is 96 times the grommet body diameter.

Rated Capacities Basket Hitch and vertical lift based on D/d ratio of 5 when "d" is

diameter of the finished grommet.

Rated Capacities based on pin diamter no smaller than 5 times the body diameter.

Sling angles of less than 30 degrees shall not be used.

*See Choker Hitch Rated Capacity Adjustment chart.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

2 Leg Wire Rope Bridles

Dia. Min. Rated Capacities (tons) Alloy Rated Capacities (tons)

of Length IPS-IWRC Oblong EIPS-IWRC

Wire (SL) Of Links

Rope Sling Dia.

(in) (ft.- in.) 60° 45° 30° (in) 60° 45° 30°

1/4 1 - 3 .97 .79 .56 1/2 1.10 .91 .65

5/16 1 - 6 1.50 1.30 .87 1/2 1.70 1.50 1.00

3/8 1 - 8 2.10 1.80 1.20 3/4 2.50 2.00 1.40

7/16 1 - 10 3.00 2.50 1.70 3/4 3.50 2.80 2.00

1/2 2 - 0 3.80 3.10 2.20 3/4 4.40 3.60 2.50

9/16 2 - 2 4.90 4.00 2.70 1 5.60 4.60 3.10

5/8 2 - 4 5.90 4.80 3.40 1 6.80 5.50 3.90

3/4 2 - 9 8.40 6.90 4.90 1-1/4 9.70 7.90 5.60

7/8 3 - 3 11.00 9.30 6.60 1-1/4 13.00 11.00 7.60

1 3 - 6 15.00 12.00 8.50 1-1/2 17.00 14.00 9.80

1-1/8 4 - 0 18.00 15.00 10.00 1-3/4 21.00 17.00 12.00

1-1/4 4 - 6 22.00 18.00 13.00 1-3/4 26.00 21.00 15.00

1-3/8 5 - 0 27.00 22.00 15.00 2 31.00 25.00 18.00

1-1/2 5 - 6 32.00 26.00 18.00 2-1/4 36.00 30.00 21.00

1-5/8 6 - 0 38.00 31.00 20.00 2-1/2 43.00 35.00 23.00

1-3/4 6 - 6 43.00 35.00 25.00 2-1/2 49.00 40.00 28.00

2 8 - 0 55.00 45.00 32.00 2-3/4 63.00 52.00 37.00

2-1/4 8 - 9 69.00 56.00 40.00 3-1/4 79.00 65.00 46.00

2-1/2 10 - 0 84.00 68.00 48.00 3-3/4 97.00 79.00 56.00

For approximate capacities using Fibre Core IPS: deduct 10% from IPS-IWRC strengths.

For approximate capacities on Hand Braided Slings: deduct 15% from corresponding mechanically

swaged strengths.

For approximate capacities on Socket Attachments: add 5% to corresponding IWRC swaged

strengths.

200CT

2 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and

Crescent Thimble on Bottom.

200OS

2 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and Open

Swage Socket on Bottom.

200CS

2 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and Closed

Swage Socket on Bottom.

200BAS

2 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and Bolt

Anchor Shackle on Bottom.

200FL

2 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and

Flemish Loops on Bottom.

200HT

2 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Bottom.

200EH

2 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and Eye

Hoist Hooks Safety Latches on

Bottom.

200SPA

2 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and Screw

Pin Anchor Shackle on Bottom.

No. 200 Series

Slings are 2-leg all-

purpose bridles,

designed for general

lifting purposes where

attachment may be

made directly to the

load, such as hooking

into lifing eyes or

placing loops over lugs.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

3 Leg Wire Rope Bridles

No. 300 Series

Slings are 3-leg all-

purpose bridles,

generally recommended

for handling unbalanced

loads.

300FL

3 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and

Flemish Loops on Bottom.

300HT

3 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and

Heavy Duty Thimbles on

Bottom.

300EH

3 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and Eye

Hoist Hooks Safety Latches on

Bottom.

300SPA

3 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and

Screw Pin Anchor Shackle on

Bottom.

300CT

3 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and

Crescent Thimble on Bottom.

300OS

3 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and Open

Swage Socket on Bottom.

300CS

3 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and Closed

Swage Socket on Bottom.

300BAS

3 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and Bolt

Anchor Shackle on Bottom.

Dia. Min. Rated Capacities (tons) Alloy Rated Capacities (tons)

of Length IPS-IWRC Oblong EIPS-IWRC

Wire (SL) Of Links

Rope Sling Dia.

(in) (ft.- in.) 60° 45° 30° (in) 60° 45° 30°

1/4 1 - 3 1.40 1.20 .84 1/2 1.60 1.40 .97

5/16 1 - 6 2.30 1.80 1.30 3/4 2.60 2.10 1.50

3/8 1 - 8 3.20 2.60 1.90 3/4 3.70 3.00 2.20

7/16 1 - 10 4.40 3.60 2.50 1 5.10 4.10 2.90

1/2 2 - 0 5.70 4.60 3.30 1 6.60 5.30 3.80

9/16 2 - 2 7.10 5.80 4.10 1 8.30 6.80 4.70

5/8 2 - 4 8.80 7.20 5.10 1-1/4 10.00 8.30 5.90

3/4 2 - 9 13.00 10.00 7.30 1-1/2 14.00 12.00 8.40

7/8 3 - 3 17.00 14.00 9.90 1-1/2 20.00 16.00 11.00

1 3 - 6 22.00 18.00 13.00 1-3/4 25.00 21.00 15.00

1-1/8 4 - 0 27.00 22.00 16.00 2 31.00 25.00 18.00

1-1/4 4 - 6 33.00 27.00 18.00 2-1/4 38.00 31.00 21.00

1-3/8 5 - 0 40.00 33.00 22.00 2-3/4 46.00 38.00 25.00

1-1/2 5 - 6 47.00 39.00 26.00 2-3/4 55.00 45.00 30.00

1-5/8 6 - 0 53.00 43.00 31.00 2-3/4 61.00 49.00 36.00

1-3/4 6 - 6 64.00 52.00 35.00 3 73.00 60.00 40.00

2 8 - 0 83.00 67.00 46.00 3-1/2 95.00 76.00 53.00

2-1/4 8 - 9 103.00 84.00 58.00 4 118.00 96.00 67.00

2-1/2 10 - 0 126.00 102.00 72.00 4-1/2 145.00 118.00 84.00

For approximate capacities using Fibre Core IPS: deduct 10% from IPS-IWRC strengths.

For approximate capacities on Hand Braided Slings: deduct 15% from corresponding

mechanically swaged strengths.

For approximate capacities on Socket Attachments: add 5% to corresponding IWRC swaged

strengths.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

4 Leg Wire Rope Bridles

No. 400 Series

Slings are 4-leg all-

purpose bridles, used

both for balanced &

unbalanced loads and

for heavier loads where

design calls for more

distribution of weight by

the use of attachment at

four points.

Dia. Min. Rated Capacities (tons) Alloy Rated Capacities (tons)

of Length IPS-IWRC Oblong EIPS-IWRC

Wire (SL) Of Links

Rope Sling Dia.

(in) (ft.- in.) 60° 45° 30° (in) 60° 45° 30°

1/4 1 - 3 1.90 1.60 1.10 1/2 2.20 1.80 1.30

5/16 1 - 6 3.00 2.50 1.70 3/4 3.50 2.80 2.00

3/8 1 - 8 4.30 3.50 2.40 1. 5.00 4.00 2.80

7/16 1 - 10 5.80 4.80 3.40 1 6.70 5.50 4.00

1/2 2 - 0 7.60 6.20 4.40 1-1/4 8.70 7.10 5.00

9/16 2 - 2 9.50 7.80 5.40 1-1/4 11.00 9.00 6.20

5/8 2 - 4 12.00 9.60 6.80 1-1/4 13.00 11.00 7.80

3/4 2 - 9 17.00 14.00 9.80 1-3/4 18.00 16.00 11.00

7/8 3 - 3 23.00 18.00 13.00 1-3/4 26.00 21.00 15.00

1 3 - 6 29.00 24.00 17.00 2-1/4 34.00 28.00 20.00

1-1/8 4 - 0 36.00 29.00 20.00 2-3/4 42.00 34.00 24.00

1-1/4 4 - 6 44.00 26.00 26.00 2-3/4 51.00 42.00 30.00

1-3/8 5 - 0 53.00 44.00 30.00 3-1/4 61.00 50.00 36.00

1-1/2 5 - 6 63.00 52.00 36.00 3-3/4 73.00 60.00 42.00

1-5/8 6 - 0 74.00 61.00 40.00 3-3/4 85.00 70.00 46.00

1-3/4 6 - 6 85.00 69.00 50.00 4-1/2 98.00 80.00 56.00

2 8 - 0 110.00 90.00 64.00 4-1/2 126.00 104.00 74.00

2-1/4 8 - 9 138.00 112.00 80.00 Call 158.00 130.00 92.00

2-1/2 10 - 0 168.00 136.00 96.00 Call 194.00 158.00 112.00

For approximate capacities using Fibre Core IPS: deduct 10% from IPS-IWRC strengths.

For approximate capacities on Hand Braided Slings: deduct 15% from corresponding

mechanically swaged strengths.

For approximate capacities on Socket Attachments: add 5% to corresponding IWRC swaged

strengths.

400CT

4 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and

Crescent Thimble on Bottom.

400OS

4 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and Open

Swage Socket on Bottom.

400CS

4 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and Closed

Swage Socket on Bottom.

400BAS

4 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and Bolt

Anchor Shackle on Bottom.

400FL

4 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and

Flemish Loops on Bottom.

400HT

4 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and

Heavy Duty Thimbles on

Bottom.

400EH

4 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and Eye

Hoist Hooks Safety Latches on

Bottom.

400SPA

4 leg – Oblong Link with Heavy

Duty Thimbles on Top and

Screw Pin Anchor Shackle on

Bottom.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Diam. Standard Heavy Duty Alloy Carbon Half Thimble Open Closed

Of Loop Inside Thimble Inside Hook Shackle Size (in) Inside Loop Swage Socket Swage Socket

Wire Size Size (tons) Head

Rope W L W L (tons) For For W L Pin. Jaw Hole. Thickness

(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) IPS & EIPS IPS EIPS (in) (in) Dia. (in) Opening (in) Dia. (in) (in)

1/4 2 4 7/8 1-5/8 1 5/16 5/16 – – 11/16 11/16 3/4 1/2

5/16 2-1/2 5 1-1/16 1-7/8 1 3/8 3/8 – – 13/16 13/16 7/8 11/16

3/8 3 6 1-1/8 2-1/8 1-1/2 7/16 7/16 2 4 13/16 13/16 7/8 11/16

7/16 3-1/2 7 1-1/4 2-3/8 2 1/2 1/2 2-1/4 5 1 1 1-1/16 7/8

1/2 4 8 1-1/2 2-3/4 3 5/8 5/8 2-1/4 5-1/2 1 1 1-1/16 7/8

9/16 4-1/2 9 1-1/2 2-3/4 5 5/8 5/8 2-1/4 5-1/2 1-3/16 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/8

5/8 5 10 1-3/4 3-1/4 5 3/4 3/4 3-1/4 7 1-3/16 1-1/4 1-1/4 1-1/8

3/4 6 12 2 3-3/4 7 7/8 7/8 3-1/4 9 1-3/8 1-1/2 1-7/16 1-5/16

7/8 7 14 2-1/4 4-1/4 11 1 1 4-1/2 10-1/2 1-5/8 1-3/4 1-11/16 1-1/2

1 8 16 2-1/2 4-1/2 11 1-1/8 1-1/4 4-1/2 12 2 2 2-1/16 1-3/4

1-1/8 9 18 2-7/8 5-1/8 15 1-1/4 1-1/4 4-5/8 13-1/2 2-1/4 2-1/4 2-5/16 2

1-1/4 10 20 2-7/8 5-1/8 15 1-3/8 1-1/2 5-1/2 15 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-9/16 2-1/4

1-3/8 11 22 3-1/2 6-1/4 22 1-1/2 1-3/4 6 17 2-1/2 2-1/2 2-9/16 2-1/4

1-1/2 12 24 3-1/2 6-1/4 22 1-3/4 1-3/4 6-1/2 18 2-3/4 3 2-13/16 2-1/2

1-5/8 13 26 4 8 30 1-3/4 1-3/4 6-1/2 18 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-9/16 3

1-3/4 14 28 4-1/2 9 30 1-3/4 2 7 21-1/2 3-1/2 3-1/2 3-9/16 3

2 16 32 6 12 37 2 2-1/2 7 24-1/2 3-3/4 4 3-13/16 3-1/4

2-1/4 18 36 7 14 45 2-1/2 2-1/2 8-1/2 25-1/2 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-5/16 4

2-1/2 20 40 – – 60 2-1/2 3 8-1/2 26-1/2 4-1/4 4-1/4 4-5/16 4

2-3/4 22 44 – – – 3 3 10 30 – – – –

3 24 48 – – – 3 3 10 32 – – – –

3-1/4 – – – – – 3 3-1/2 – – – – – –

3-1/2 – – – – – 3-1/2 3-1/2 – – – – – –

3-3/4 – – – – – 3-1/2 4 – – – – – –

4–––– – 4 4 – – – – – –

PERTINENT DIMENSIONS FOR END FITTINGS FOR NO. 200, 300 & 400 SERIES SLINGS

6 x 19 WITH IWRC

6 x 37 WITH IWRC

Wire Rope Bridle End Fittings

Chain Specifications

WORKING NOMINAL INSIDE LINK WGT.

CHAIN SIZE LOAD LIMIT DIMENSIONS (IN.) PER 100 FT

INCHES DECIMAL (LBS)* LENGTH WIDTH (LBS)

3/16 .218 800 .95 .40 38

1/4 .276 1,300 1.00 .47 66

5/16 .327 1,900 1.10 .50 98

3/8 .390 2,650 1.23 .62 144

7/16 .468 3,700 1.37 .75 210

1/2 .531 4,500 1.50 .81 278

5/8 .656 6,900 1.87 1.00 422

3/4 .787 10,600 2.12 1.12 628

1 1.031 17,900 2.75 1.50 1,069

1/4 .281 2,600 1.00 .47 71

5/16 .327 3,900 1.10 .50 98

3/8 .390 5,400 1.23 .62 144

7/16 .468 7,200 1.37 .75 210

1/2 .531 9,200 1.50 .81 278

5/8 .656 13,000 1.87 1.00 422

3/4 .781 20,200 2.12 1.12 606

7/8 .875 24,500 2.25 1.14 776

1 1.000 34,100 2.75 1.50 1,050

1/4 .281 3,150 .84 .47 74

5/16 .327 4,700 .98 .46 100

3/8 .406 6,600 1.14 .54 156

7/16 .468 8,750 1.33 .62 204

1/2 .531 11,300 1.43 .72 259

CHAIN SPECIFICATIONS

CM GRADE 30 PROOF COIL CHAIN

Low carbon steel utility chain with a wide range of

general purpose uses. Self-colored finish. Links

embossed every 10 inches with date code and grade

appearing alternately. Also available in Hot

Galvanized or Bright Zinc finish.

CM GRADE 43 HIGH TEST CHAIN

CM GRADE GRADE 70

TRANSPORT (BINDING) CHAIN

*WARNING! DO NOT EXCEED WORKING LOAD LIMIT.

Made from a selected analysis carbon steel to provide

higher tensile strength and working load limits, as well

as better resistance to wear. Bright (polished) finish.

Links embossed every 10 inches with date code and

grade appearing alternately. Also available in Hot

Galvanized or Bright Zinc finish.

Significantly higher tensile strength for all load

binding and tie down applications, which permits you

to hold a given load with the next smaller size chain

than Grade 43. This increased strength-to-weight

ratio means lower costs and a lighter chain, for easier

storage and handling. Gold finish. Links embossed

every 10 inches with date code and grade appearing

alternately.

BINDER CHAIN ASSEMBLIES AVAILABLE IN GRADE 43, 70 & 80

AND A VARIETY OF SIZES AND LENGTHS

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Chain Sling Assembly

BASIC TYPES OF CHAIN SLINGS

Basic types of chain slings are dsignated throughout the

industry by the following symbols:

First Symbol (basic type):

S - Single chain sling with master link and hook, or hook at each end.

C - Choker chain sling with master link on each end; no hooks.

D - Double chain sling with standard master link and hooks.

T - Triple chain sling with standard master link and hooks

Q - Quadruple chain sling with master link and hooks.

Second Symbol (type of master link or end link):

O - Oblong master link – Recommended standard for all types.

P - Pear shaped master link – Available on request.

Third Symbol (type of hook):

S - Sling hook G - Grab hook

F - Foundry hook L - Latchlok hook

Sling tags are coded with numerals 1 through 4 to reflect number of branches

in sling. Additional coding is defined as follows:

AS - Adjustable sling SB - Single Basket

ES - Endless single ED - Endless double

SAL - Single adjustable loop DAL - Double adjustable loop

AD - Adjustable double DB - Double basket

Type TOS

1. Determine the weight and configuration of the load(s) to be

lifted.

2. Determine the type of chain sling required, according to

weight and configuration. (refer to the following pages)

3. Determine the size of the body chain according to the

working load limits. Be sure to take into consideration the

effect of the required angle.

*Working load limit: The working load limit is the maximum

load in pounds which should ever be applied to chain, even

when chain is new, and when load is uniformly applied in

direct tension to a straight length of chain.

4. Determine the reach required to give the desired angle. The

reach is measured from the upper bearing surface of the

master link to the bearing surface of the lower attachment.

If chain slings are to be used in pairs and are to be matched

for reach, please indicate when ordering.

5. Be sure to specify type, size and reach when ordering chain

slings. For specifications on additional hooks, attachments

and accessories, refer to the following pages.

Note: Angle to the load on multiple leg slings will be 60° or

greater as long as the distance between lifting eyes of load

is NOT greater than reach shown on Identification Tag.

GRADE 80 CHAIN SLING ASSEMBLY

REACH AS REQUIRED

MASTER

OBLONG

LINK

SLING HOOK

ANGLE

LOAD

HOW TO SELECT & ORDER THE PROPER CHAIN SLING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Alloy Chain Slings

A higher strength heat treated alloy steel chain, CM

grade 80 Herc-Alloy 800 chain is primarily used as a

sling component for overhead lifting, but can be used in

rigging and tie down applications where a lighter weight

high strength chain is desirable. Recommended for

overhead lifting by NACM, ANSI, & OSHA.

CM grade 80 Herc-Alloy 800 chain slings and

attachments are manufactured from special analysis

alloy steel, engineered for a superior combination of

strength, lightness and durability.

All Herc-Alloy 800 chain and attachments are black

finish and/or color coded orange for easy, permanent

identification. The chain is embossed with the grade

(HA-800) and trace code.

CHAIN SIZE HOOK SIZE DESIGNATION AND MARKINGS

Fraction (in) Decimal (in) Metric (mm) Sling Cradle Grab* Flat Grab Foundry Latchlok

7/32 .218 5.5 HA22 10 M 10M – –

9/32 .281 7.0 HA220 HA 9/32 HA1 HA498 9/32

3/8 .394 10.0 HA250 HA 3/8 HA3 HA499 3/8

1/2 .512 13.0 HA280 HA 1/2 HA5 HA500 1/2

5/8 .630 16.0 HA290 HA 5/8 HA6 HA501 5/8

3/4 .787 20.0 HA300 HA 3/4 HA7 HA502 3/4

7/8 .875 22.0 HA320 HA 7/8 HA8 HA503 –

1 1.024 26.0 HA330 HA 1 HA9 HA504 –

1-1/4 1.260 32.0 HA350 HA 1-1/4 HA11 HA505 –

HERC-ALLOY 800®CHAIN AND ATTACHMENTS CONVERSION TABLE

WORKING LOAD LIMITS (LBS)

CHAIN SIZE PRODUCT SINGLE DOUBLE TRIPLE & QUAD

(IN) (MM) CODE 90° 60° 45° 30° 60° 45° 30°

7/32 5.5 607020 2,100 3,600 3,000 2,100 5,450 4,450 3,150 .671 .296 17.9 44.7

9/32 7.0 607028 3,500 6,100 4,900 3,500 9,100 7,400 5,200 .868 .395 13.8 74.2

3/8 10.0 607037 7,100 12,300 10,000 7,100 18,400 15,100 10,600 1.222 .572 9.8 145.9

1/2 13.0 607050 12,000 20,800 17,000 12,000 31,200 25,500 18,000 1.101 .720 8.5 257.7

5/8 16.0 607062 18,100 31,300 25,600 18,100 47,000 38,400 27,100 1.733 .854 6.9 387.3

3/4 20.0 607075 28,300 49,000 40,000 28,300 73,500 60,000 42,400 2.160 1.052 5.5 622.0

7/8 22.0 607087 34,200 59,200 48,400 34,200 88,900 72,500 51,300 2.250 1.137 5.3 776.4

1 26.0 607101 47,700 82,600 67,400 47,700 123,900 101,200 71,500 2.664 1.348 4.5 995.4

1-1/4 32.0 607128 72,300 125,200 102,200 72,300 187,800 153,400 108,400 3.250 1.656 3.7 1,570.9

APPROX. APPROX.

NO. WEIGHT

LINKS PER 100FT.

PER FT. (LBS)

NOMINAL

DIMENSIONS

(IN)

INSIDE INSIDE

LENGTH WIDTH

CM HERC-ALLOY 800®CHAIN SIZES AND WORKING LOAD LIMITS

90° 60° 45° 30° 60° 45° 30°

Before shipment, all CM Herc-Alloy 800 chain slings

undergo a succession of demanding quality control

checks. Every sling is proof tested, registered and

guaranteed for one year to be free from defects in

materials and workmanship. A durable metal tag

attached to the sling permanently identifies the grade,

type, working load limit (at a specific angle of lift) and

registration number of the sling.

Chain slings are used primarily for overhead lifting and

are generally used in conjunction with a crane or some

type of lifting device. Standard sling configurations

consist of chain branches which are affixed on one end

to a master link or ring with some type of attachment,

usually a hook, affixed to the opposite end.

CM HERC-ALLOY 800®SINGLE CHAIN SLINGS

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Chain Slings

CARE, USE AND INSPECTION

The life and strength of CM Herc-Alloy 800 chain slings depends

on proper inspection, maintenance and use. For additional

information, refer to ANSI B30.9 and OSHA 1920.184.

CARE

Chain requires careful storage and regular maintenance.

• Store chains on an A frame in a clean, dry place.

• To avoid corrosion, oil chaines before prolonged storage.

• Do not heat CM Herc-Alloy 800 chain; this will alter its thermal

treatment

• Do not plate or change surface finish of chain. Contact CM

for special requirements.

USE

To protect both operators and materials, observe these

precautions when using chain slings:

• Before use, inspect chain and attachments following the

instructions under "Inspection" below.

• Do not exceed working load limit. Any of the factors listed

here can reduce the load the chain will hold:

• Acceleration in rate of load to application – can produce

dangerous overloading.

• Variation in the angle of the load to the sling – as the

angle decreases, the working load of the sling will

increase.

• Twisting, knotting or kinking – subjects links to unusual

loading, decreasing the working load of the sling.

• Use for purposes other than those for which slings are

intended – can reduce the working load of the sling.

• Free chain of all twists, knots and kinks.

• Center load in hook(s); hook latches must not support load.

• Avoid sudden jerks when lifting and lowering.

• Balance all loads; avoid tipping of loads.

• Use pads around sharp corners.

• Do not drop load on chains.

• Match the size and working load limit of attachments such as

hooks or rings to the size and working load limit of the chain.

• For overhead lifting, use only alloy chain and attachments

(grade 80).

INSPECTION

It is important both to inspect chain slings regularly and to keep

a record of all chain inspections. Follow this guide for such an

inspection system.

• Before inspecting, clean chains with a non-acid/non-causic

solvent so that marks, nicks, wear and other defects are

visible.

• Inspect each link for these conditions:

• Twists or bends.

• Nicks or gouges.

• Excessive wear at bearing points.

• Stretch.

• Distorted or damaged master links, coupling links or

attachments, especially spread in throat opening of hooks.

• Mark plainly with paint each link or attachment showing any of

the conditions listed here to indicate rejection; remove from

service until properly repaired.

WEAR ALLOWANCES OF CM HERC-ALLOY 800 CHAIN

Measure cross section at link ends to determine wear. If chain

is worn to less than the minimum allowable thickness, remove

from service.

Maximum Minimum Thickness

Allowable Wear Allowable at

MM Inches (inches) Link Ends (inches)*

5.5 7/32 – – – – 11/64 (.171)

7.0 9/32 3/64 (.046) 13/64 (.203)

10.0 3/8 5/64 (.078) 18/64 (.281)

13.0 1/2 7/64 (.109) 22/64 (.343)

16.0 5/8 9/64 (.140) 27/64 (.421)

20.0 3/4 10/64 (.156) 34/64 (.531)

22.0 7/8 11/64 (.171) 40/64 (3625)

26.0 1 12/64 (.187) 47/64 (.734)

32.0 1-1/4 16/64 (.250) 58/64 (.906)

*Applies to CM Herc-Alloy 800 chain only.

USE OF CHAIN UNDER HEAT CONDITIONS

When the chain itself is heated to temperatures shown here,

working load limits should be reduced as indicated.

Reduction in Permanent

Temperature Working Load Limit1Reduction In

of Chain While Heated Working Load Limit2

500°F none none

600°F 10% none

700°F 20% none

800°F 30% none

900°F 40% 10%

1000°F 50% 15%

1While chain is at temperature shown in first column.

2When chain is used at room temperature after having

been heated to temperatures shown in first column.

CERTIFICATE OF TEST AND IDENTIFICATION

The identification tag found on the master coupling link of each

chain sling contains this information:

• Grade • Size

• Reach • Type

• Working load limit (at a specific angle of lift)

• Serial number

CM CHAIN INSPECTION PROGRAMS

CM provides chain users with a wide range of informative materials and instructive programs on chain and chain inspection. Our

coloful chain safety proster/chart and our fact-filled booklet. "CM Lifting, Pulling & Binding Products Manual PMC-10," are available on

request.

CM Chain Clinics on proper chain use, care and inspection are conducted at our headquarters in Amherst, New York, and in plants

across the country. Video cassette training programs, slide and film presentations and in-plant chain sling inspections are also

available.

CM education programs are designed to promote the proper use of all CM products, and to assist users in complying with OSHA

regulations.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Chain Sling Specifications

DOUBLE

CHAIN

SLINGS

TYPE SOG

GRAB HOOK

TYPE SOG

CLEVLOCK

GRAB HOOK

TYPE SOS

CLEVLOCK

SLING HOOK

TYPE SOF

FOUNDRY

HOOK

TYPE SOS

SLING

HOOK

TYPE SOL

LATCHLOK

HOOK

SINGLE

BASKET

TYPE DOS

CLEVLOK

SLING HOOK

TYPE DOG

CLEVLOK

GRAB HOOK

TYPE DOF

FOUNDRY

HOOK

TYPE DOS TYPE DOG

GRAB HOOK

TYPE TOS TYPE OOS DOUBLE BASKET

SINGLE ADJUSTABLE

LOOP - STYLE A

DOUBLE ADJUSTABLE

LOOP - STYLE A

SINGLE

CHAIN

SLINGS

TRIPLE

& QUAD

CHAIN

SLINGS

SINGLE

ADJUSTABLE LOOP

CHAIN SLING

DOUBLE

ADJUSTABLE LOOP

CHAIN SLING

REACH

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Chain Sling Saddle Rings

SINGLE DOUBLE SLING

BRANCH

CHAIN SLING

SIZE 90 DEGREE

SYSTEM INCHES LOADING 60° 45° 30°

10 9/32 4,300 7,500 6,100 4,300

10 3/8 8,800 15,200 12,400 8,800

10 1/2 15,000 26,000 21,200 15,000

10 5/8 22,600 39,000 32,000 22,000

10 3/4 35,300 61,100 49,900 35,300

10 7/8 42,700 74,000 60,400 42,700

8 1 47,700 82,600 67,400 47,700

8 1-1/4 72,300 125,200 102,200 72,300

8 1-1/2 80,000 138,600 113,100 80,000

ALLOWS ADJUSTMENT OF CHAIN REACH

TRIPLE AND QUADRUPLE SLING

CHAIN

SIZE

INCHES 60° 45° 30°

9/32 11,200 9,100 6,450

3/8 22,800 18,600 13,200

1/2 39,000 31,800 22,500

5/8 58,700 47,900 33,900

3/4 91,700 74,900 53,000

7/8 110,900 90,600 64,000

1 123,900 101,200 71,500

1-1/4 187,800 153,400 108,400

1-1/2 — — —

United States Patent #4,241,575

Canadian Patent #1,086,510 British Patent #2,029,370

SAME STRENGTH AS STANDARD CHAIN SLINGS,

ONLY MORE ECONOMICAL

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Chain Slings - Single

Types S & C

CM GRADE 80 SINGLE CHAIN SLING TYPE S & C

OBLONG MASTER LINK

DIMENSIONS (INCHES) APPROX. WT.

WORKING WORKING DIAMETER DIAMETER INSIDE INSIDE (LBS)

CHAIN SIZE LOAD LIMIT LINK MATERIAL WIDTH LENGTH TYPE SOS

(IN.) (MM) (LBS)* NUMBER A B C 5 FT. REACH

7/32 5.5 2,100 HA40 13/32 1-1/2 3 4

9/32 7 3,500 HA50 1/2 2-1/2 5 5

3/8 10 7,100 HA75 3/4 2-3/4 5-1/2 10

1/2 13 12,000 HA100 1 3-1/2 7 18

5/8 16 18,100 HA100 1 3-1/2 7 25

3/4 20 28,300 HA125 1-1/4 4-3/8 8-3/4 38

7/8 22 34,200 HA150 1-1/2 5-1/4 10-1/2 54

1 26 47,700 HA175 1-3/4 6 12 76

1-1/4 32 72,300 HA200 2 7 14 116

SOS

SLING

HOOK

SOG

GRAB

HOOK

SOF

FOUNDRY

HOOK

SOL

LATCHLOK

CM GRADE 100 SINGLE CHAIN SLING TYPE S & C

OBLONG MASTER LINK

DIMENSIONS (INCHES) APPROX. WT.

WORKING WORKING DIAMETER DIAMETER INSIDE INSIDE (LBS)

CHAIN SIZE LOAD LIMIT LINK MATERIAL WIDTH LENGTH TYPE SOS

(IN.) (MM) (LBS)* NUMBER A B C 5 FT. REACH

7/32 5.5 2,700 HA40 13/32 1-1/2 3 4

9/32 7 4,300 HA50 1/2 2-1/2 5 5

3/8 10 8,800 HA75 3/4 2-3/4 5-1/2 10

1/2 13 15,000 HA100 1 3-1/2 7 18

5/8 16 22,600 HA100 1 3-1/2 7 25

3/4 20 35,300 HA125 1-1/4 4-3/8 8-3/4 38

Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained

persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated

capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.

REACH

WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Chain Slings - Grade 80 Alloy

OBLONG MASTER LINK SUB-ASSEMBLY APPROX. WT.

MASTER DIMENSIONS (IN) (LBS)

CHAIN SIZE WLL (LBS)* LINK SUB DIA. INSIDE INSIDE TYPE TYPE

ASSEMBLY MATERIAL WIDTH LENGTH TOS QOS 5’

(IN) (MM) 60° 45° 30° NO. A B C REACH REACH

7/32 5.5 5,450 4,450 3,150 HA50-SA 1/2 2-1/2 5 12 16

9/32 7 9,100 7,400 5,200 HA75-SA 3/4 2-3/4 5-1/2 14 18

3/8 10 18,400 15,100 10,600 HA100-SA 1 3-1/2 7 28 36

1/2 13 31,200 25,500 18,000 HA125-SA 1-1/4 4-3/8 8-3/4 50 62

5/8 16 47,000 38,400 27,100 HA150-SA 1-1/2 5-1/4 10-1/2 79 97

3/4 20 73,500 60,000 42,400 HA175-SA 1-3/4 6 12 112 137

7/8 22 88,900 72,500 51,300 HA200-SA 2 7 14 155 188

1 26 123,900 101,200 71,500 HA225-SA 2-1/4 8 16 215 260

1-1/4 32 187,800 153,400 108,400 HA275-SA 2-3/4 9 16 348 421

Safety note: A quad branch

chain sling usually does not

sustain loads with even

distribution to its four

branches, especially when

loads are of rigid structure.

Therefore, maximum

working load limits are set

at the same values as for

triple branch chain slings of

equal quality and size and

used with branches at the

same angle of inclination.

DOG

GRAB

HOOKS

TOS

SLING

HOOKS

QOS

SLING

HOOKS

DOF

FOUNDRY

HOOKS

OBLONG MASTER LINK APPROX

DIMENSIONS (IN) WT.

(LBS.)

CHAIN SIZE WORKING LOAD LIMIT (LBS) MASTER DIA. INSIDE INSIDE TYPE

LINK MATERIAL WIDTH LENGTH DOS

(IN) (MM) 60° 45° 30° NO. A B C 5' REACH

7/32 5.5 3,600 3,000 2,100 HA40 13/32 1-1/2 3 8

9/32 7 6,100 4,900 3,500 HA50 1/2 2-1/2 5 9

3/8 10 12,300 10,000 7,100 HA75 3/4 2-3/4 5-1/2 18

1/2 13 20,800 17,000 12,000 HA100 1 3-1/2 7 31

5/8 16 31,300 25,600 18,100 HA125 1-1/4 4-3/8 8-3/4 49

3/4 20 49,000 40,000 28,300 HA150 1-1/2 5-1/4 10-1/2 71

7/8 22 59,200 48,400 34,200 HA175 1-3/4 6 12 98

1 26 82,600 67,400 47,700 HA200 2 7 14 132

1-1/4 32 125,200 102,200 72,300 HA225 2-1/4 8 16 221

DOUBLE CHAIN SLING TYPE D

TRIPLE & QUAD CHAIN SLING TYPE T & Q

DOL

LATCHLOK

HOOKS

DOS

SLING

HOOKS

REACH

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Chain Slings - Grade 100 Alloy

OBLONG MASTER LINK SUB-ASSEMBLY APPROX. WT.

MASTER DIMENSIONS (IN) (LBS)

CHAIN SIZE WLL (LBS)* LINK SUB DIA. INSIDE INSIDE TYPE TYPE

ASSEMBLY MATERIAL WIDTH LENGTH TOS 5' QOS 5’

(IN) (MM) 60° 45° 30° NO. A B C REACH REACH

7/32 5.5 7,000 5,700 4,000 HA50-SA 1/2 2-1/2 5 12 16

9/32 7 11,200 9,100 6,400 HA75-SA 3/4 2-3/4 5-1/2 14 18

3/8 10 22,900 18,700 13,200 HA100-SA 1 3-1/2 7 28 36

1/2 13 39,000 31,800 22,500 HA125-SA 1-1/4 4-3/8 8-3/4 50 62

5/8 16 58,700 47,900 33,900 HA150-SA 1-1/2 5-1/4 10-1/2 79 97

3/4 20 91,700 74,900 53,000 HA175-SA 1-3/4 6 12 112 137

Safety note: A quad branch

chain sling usually does not

sustain loads with even

distribution to its four

branches, especially when

loads are of rigid structure.

Therefore, maximum

working load limits are set at

the same values as for triple

branch chain slings of equal

quality and size and used

with branches at the same

angle of inclination.

OBLONG MASTER LINK APPROX

DIMENSIONS (IN) WT.

(LBS.)

CHAIN SIZE WORKING LOAD LIMIT (LBS) DIA. INSIDE INSIDE TYPE

PRODUCT MATERIAL WIDTH LENGTH DOS

(IN) (MM) 60° 45° 30° CODE A B C 5' REACH

7/32 5.5 4,700 3,800 2,700 555231 13/32 1-1/2 3 8

9/32 7 7,400 6,100 4,300 555232 1/2 2-1/2 5 9

3/8 10 15,200 12,400 8,800 555235 3/4 2-3/4 5-1/2 18

1/2 13 26,000 21,200 15,000 555238 1 3-1/2 7 31

5/8 16 39,100 32,000 22,600 555240 1-1/4 4-3/8 8-3/4 49

3/4 20 61,100 49,900 35,300 555243 1-1/2 5-1/4 10-1/2 71

DOUBLE CHAIN SLING TYPE D

TRIPLE & QUAD CHAIN SLING TYPE T & Q

DOG

GRAB

HOOKS

TOS

SLING

HOOKS

QOS

SLING

HOOKS

DOF

FOUNDRY

HOOKS

DOS

SLING

HOOKS

REACH

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

• Failure to use this load binder properly may result in

serious injury or even death

• Do not operate load binder while standIng on the

load.

• Move handle with caution. It may whip – Keep body

clear.

• Keep yourself out of the path of the moving handle.

• You must be familiar with state and federal

regulations regarding size and number of chain

systems required for securing loads on trucks.

• Always consider the safety of nearby workers as well

as yourself when using load binder.

• While under tension, load binder must not bear

against any object.

• Do not thow these instructions away. Keep them

close at hand and share them with any others who

use this load binder.

Load Binders

INSTRUCTIONS - LEVER TYPE LOAD BINDERS

• Hook load binder to chain so you

can operate it while standing on the

ground. Position load binder so its

handle can be pulled downward to

tighten chain (see photo). Be aware

of ice, snow rain, oil, etc. that can

affect your footing. Make certain

your footing is secure.

• The Crosby Group, Inc. specifically

recommends AGAINST the use of a

handle extender (cheater pipe). If sufficient leverage cannot

be obtained using the lever type load binder by itself, a

ratchet type binder should be used.

• If the above recommendation is disregarded and a cheater

pipe is used, it must closely fit the handle and must slide

down the handle until the handle projections are contacted.

The pipe should be secured to the handle, for example, by a

pin, so that the pipe cannot fly off the handle if you lose

control and let go. The increased leverage, by using a

cheater pipe, can cause deformation and failure of the chain

and load binder.

• During and after tightening chain, check load binder handle

position. Be sure it is in the locked position and that its

bottom side touches the chain link.

• Chain tension may decrease due to load shifting during

transport. To be sure the load binder remains in proper

position: Secure handle to chain by wrapping the loose end

of chain around the handle and the tight chain, or tie handle

to chain with soft wire.

• When releasing load binder, remember there is a great deal

of energy in the stretched chain. This will cause the load

binder handle to move very quickly with great force when it

is unlatched. Move handle with caution. It may whip –

Keep body clear.

•Never use a cheater pipe or handle extender to release

handle. Use a steel bar and pry under the handle and stay

out of the path of handle as it moves upward.

• If you release the handle by hand, use an open hand under

the handle and push upward. Do not close your hand

around the handle. Always keep yourself out of the path

of the moving handle.

INSTRUCTIONS - RATCHET LOAD BINDERS

• Position ratchet binder so it can be operated from the ground.

•Make sure your footing is secure.

MAINTENANCE OF ALL LOAD BINDERS

• Routinely check load binders for wear, bending, cracks,

nicks, or gouges. If bending or cracks are present – Do

not use load binder.

• Routinely lubricate pivot and swivel points of Lever Binders,

and pawl part and screw threads of Ratchet Binders to

extend product life and reduce friction wear.

LOAD BINDER WARNINGS AND APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS

RATCHET TYPE

LOAD BINDER WARNINGS AND

APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS

LEVER TYPE

LEVER SNUBBING TYPE LEVER WALKING TYPE

LEVER RELEASING TYPE

Mechanical Advantage

Lever Type Binder = 25 : 1

Ratchet Type Binder = 50 : 1

Example: 100 pounds of effort

applied to the binder results in

the following force on the binder.

Lever Type:

2500 (100 lbs. x 25) lbs. of force

Ratchet Type:

5000 (100 lbs. x 50) lbs. of force

WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Load Binders - Crosby

STANDARD LEVER TYPE LOAD BINDERS

L-150

CM RATCHET TYPE LOAD BINDER

MIN-MAX

WORKING

MINIMUM

CHAIN LOAD PROOF ULTIMATE WEIGHT HANDLE TAKE

STOCK STD. SIZE LIMIT LOAD STRENGTH EACH LENGTH UP

MODEL NO. PKG. (IN.) (LBS.) (LBS.) (LBS.) (LBS.) (IN.) (IN.)

7-1 1048128 4 5/16-3/8 5400 10800 19000 7.02 16.00 4.50

A-1 1048146 4 3/8-1/2 9200 18400 33000 12.47 18.69 4.50

C-1 1048164 4 1/2-5/8 13000 26000 46000 19.68 21.00 4.75

• Forged Steel–Quenched & Tempered.

• Binder toggles away from the load.

WORKING APPROX.

MAX LOAD LIMIT PRODUCT UPC TAKE-UP WEIGHT

SIZE (IN.) (LBS.) CODE 43927- (IN.) EACH (LBS.)

3/8

G80, G43

7,100 D48360 81767- 8 13

5/8

G70

48360

1/2

G70

13,000 D48367 30008 8 14

5/8

G43

• Heavy duty, rigid, all steel construction.

• Short reach hooks for maximum take-up.

• Infinite adjustment.

• Continuous take-up.

• Meets DOT and CVSA specifications.

CHAIN SIZE CHAIN

WORKING LOAD

PRODUCT HANDLE TAKE-UP WEIGHT

(IN.) GRADE LIMIT (LBS.)* CODE

LENGTH (IN.)

(IN.) (LBS.)

3/8

30,43, 70, 80

7,100 D48769 16 4-7/8 8-1/4

CM 3/8" LEVER TYPE LOAD BINDER

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

• Provides more control in binding and releasing without extra tools.

• Handle closes down away from load with more leverage.

• Hooks are heat treated steel.

• Functionally superior to any other on the road.

• Handles are drop forged from special bar quality steel.

• Single welded links as in binder chain for better reliability.

• More take-up for binding greater loads. Smaller handle slot with

riveted nose to prevent spreading at the critical loading point.

• Meets DOT and CVSA requirements.

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Lebus®Load Binders

MIN-MAX WORKING MINIMUM

DIMENSIONS (IN.)

CHAIN LOAD PROOF ULTIMATE

WEIGHT

HANDLE TAKE

SIZE LIMIT LOAD STRENGTH EACH LENGTH UP

MODEL STOCK NO. (IN.) (LBS.) (LBS.) (LBS.) (IN.) (IN.) (IN.) A B C D E E1 F F1 G

R-7 1048404 5/16-3/8 6600 13200 26000 11.23 14 10 8.0 14.00 1.38 2.75 22.94 30.94 25.13 33.13 .50

R-A 1048422 3/8 -1/2 9200 18400 33000 12.83 14 10 8.0 14.00 1.38 2.75 25.25 33.25 27.63 35.63 .63

R-C 1048440 1/2-5/8 13000 26000 46000 14.55 14 10 8.0 14.00 1.38 2.75 26.38 34.38 29.44 37.44 .72

MIN-MAX WORKING DIMENSIONS (IN.)

CHAIN LOAD ULTIMATE WEIGHT TAKE

L-130 SIZE LIMIT LOAD EACH UP

MODEL STOCK NO (IN.) (LBS.) (LBS.) (LBS.) (IN.) A B C D E F G

W-1 1048100 3/16-1/4 1450 5100 2.57 2.40 16.13 13.63 11.00 11.25 6.25 6.58 .34

L-140

STANDARD RATCHET TYPE LOAD BINDER

L-130 MIDGET LOAD BINDER

NOTE: Binders shown with Proof Load Pounds have been individually Proof Tested to these values shown, prior to shipment.

• Upgrade for use with Grade 7 Transport Chain - applies to R-7 only.

• Utilizes standard Crosby A-323 Alloy Eye Grab Hooks.

• New design "one piece" forged handle.

• Continuous take-up feature, infinite adjustment, gets the last half of chain.

• One piece assembly, no bolts or nuts to loosen.

• Ratchet spring rust proofed.

• All load bearing or holding parts forged.

• Easy operating positive ratchet.

• Meets or exceeds CVSA Cargo Securement Guidelines, August 1993.

• Forged handle, hooks and swivel link.

• Steel swivels and clevis.

• Meets or exceeds DOT and CVSA Cargo securement, August 1993.

E1 OPEN

E CLOSED C

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

F1 OPEN

F CLOSED

RATED CAPACITIES (LBS.)

WEB CODE

WIDTH NUMBER VERTICAL CHOKER BASKET

2" TC1-802 3,200 2,500 6,400

3" TC1-803 4,800 3,800 9,600

4" TC1-804 6,400 5,000 12,800

5" TC1-805 8,000 6,400 16,000

6" TC1-806 9,600 7,700 19,200

8" TC1-808 12,800 10,200 25,600

10" TC1-810 16,000 12,800 32,000

12" TC1-812 19,200 15,400 38,400

2" TC2-802 6,400 5,000 12,800

3" TC2-803 8,600 6,900 17,200

4" TC2-804 11,500 9,200 23,000

5" TC2-805 14,000 11,200 28,000

6" TC2-806 16,800 13,400 33,600

2" TT1-802 3,200 – 6,400

3" TT1-803 4,800 – 9,600

4" TT1-804 6,400 – 12,800

5" TT1-805 8,000 – 16,000

6" TT1-806 9,600 – 19,200

8" TT1-808 12,800 – 25,600

10" TT1-810 16,000 – 32,000

12" TT1-812 19,200 – 38,400

2" TT2-802 6,400 – 12,800

3" TT2-803 8,600 – 17,200

4" TT2-804 11,500 – 23,000

5" TT2-805 14,000 – 28,000

6" TT2-806 16,800 – 33,600

1" EE1-801 1,600 1,250 3,200

2" EE1-802 3,200 2,500 6,400

3" EE1-803 4,800 3,800 9,600

4" EE1-804 6,400 5,000 12,800

5" EE1-805 8,000 6,400 16,000

6" EE1-806 9,600 7,700 19,200

1" EE2-801 3,200 2,500 6,400

2" EE2-802 6,400 5,000 12,800

3" EE2-803 8,600 6,900 17,200

4" EE2-804 11,500 9,200 23,000

5" EE2-805 13,600 10,900 27,200

6" EE2-806 16,300 13,000 32,600

1" EN1-801 3,200 2,500 6,400

2" EN1-802 6,400 5,000 12,800

3" EN1-803 8,600 6,900 17,200

4" EN1-804 11,500 9,200 23,000

5" EN1-805 13,600 10,900 27,200

6" EN1-806 16,300 13,000 32,600

1" EN2-801 6,200 4,900 12,400

2" EN2-802 12,200 9,800 24,400

3" EN2-803 16,300 13,000 32,600

4" EN2-804 20,700 16,500 41,400

5" EN2-805 24,500 19,600 49,000

6" EN2-806 28,600 23,000 57,200

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Nylon Web Sling Properties

Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.

Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and

temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.

SINGLE PLY SLINGS

TWO PLY SLINGS

SINGLE PLY SLINGS

TWO PLY SLINGS

SINGLE PLY SLINGS

TWO PLY SLINGS

TYPE 1 SLINGS

CHOKER & BASKET HITCH

TRIANGLE & CHOKER FITTINGS

TYPE 2 SLINGS

BASKET & VERTICAL

HITCHES ONLY

TWO TRIANGLE FITTINGS

TYPE 3 & 4 SLINGS

FLAT OR TWISTED EYES

VERTICAL, CHOKER, BASKET

HITCHES

TYPE 5 SLINGS

VERTICAL, CHOKER, BASKET

HITCHES

ENDLESS OR GROMMET TYPE

• Resistant to Alkalies

• Untreated – approx. 6% stretch; treated – approx. 10% stretch at rated capacity

• Temperature limit is 180°F

• Contains red warning yarns

• Subject to damage by sharp edges

Ratings based on straight pin diameter one-half the sling width.

WARNING

TWO PLY SLINGS

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Nylon Web Slings

Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.

Observe rated capacity. Avoid sharp edges and exposure to acid, alkali, sunlight and

temperature over 180°F. DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance.

Type 1 TC Slings

Slings with a triangle on

one end and a slotted

triangle (the choker) on

the other end. Choice of

lightweight aluminum or

durable steel fittings.

Type 2 TT Slings

Slings with a triangle at

both ends. Used in vertical

and basket hitches only.

Choice of lightweight

aluminum or durable steel

fittings.

Type 3 EE Slings

Slings with an eye on both

ends. Choice of straight or

tapered eyes (tapered eye

are standard on 2" and

larger web-widths).

Type 4 EE Slings

Same basic type as Type

3 but eyes are twisted to a

right angle to the sling

body. (Tapered eye are

standard on 2" and larger

web-widths).

Type 5 EN Slings

Endless slings, sometimes

also referred to as

grommet slings. The most

versatile sling.

Type 6 RE Slings

Return eye sling, also

referred to as reversed

eye sling. Sling body is

formed by 2 parts of

webbing sewn side by side

using either a cordura

tube or web in the finished

width.

BASIC SLING TYPES HITCHES

Vertical Choker Basket

Vertical Cher Basket

Vertical Choker Basket

WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Nylon Web Slings

5.2 - MECHANICAL CONSIDERATIONS

5.2.1 Determine weight of the load. The weight of the load shall be within the rated capacity of

the sling.

5.2.2 Select the proper sling having suitable characteristics for the type of load, hitch and

environment.

5.2.3 Slings shall not be loaded in excess of the rated capacity. Consideration should be given

to the angle of lift (sling-to-load angle), which affects rated capacity.

5.2.4 Slings with fittings which are used in a choker hitch shall be of sufficient length to assure

that the choking action is on the webbing, and never on the other fitting.

5.2.5 Slings used in a basket hitch shall have the load balanced to prevent slippage.

5.2.6 The opening in fittings shall be the proper shape and size to insure that the fitting will seat

properly in the hook or other attachments.

5.2.7 Slings shall always be protected from being cut by sharp corners, sharp edges, protrusions

or abrasive surfaces.

5.2.8 Slings shall not be dragged on the floor or over an abrasive surface.

5.2.9 Slings shall not be twisted or tied into knots, or joined by knotting.

5.2.10 Slings shall not be pulled from under loads when the load is resting on the sling.

5.2.11 Do not drop slings equipped with metal fittings.

5.2.12 Slings that appear to be damaged shall not be used unless inspected and accepted as

usable under Section 5.2.

5.2.13 The sling shall be hitched in a manner providing control of the load.

5.2.14 Portions of the human body should be kept from between the sling and the load, and from

between the sling and the crane hook or hoist hook.

5.2.15 Personnel should stand clear of the suspended load.

5.2.16 Personnel shall not ride the sling.

5.2.17 Shock loading should be avoided.

5.2.18 Twisting the legs (branches) shall be avoided.

5.2.19 Load applied to the hook should be centered in the base (bowl) of hook to prevent point

loading on the hook.

5.2.20 During lifting, with or without the load, personnel shall be alert for possible snagging.

5.2.21 The slings' legs (branches) should contain or support the load from the sides above the

center of gravity when using a basket hitch.

5.2.22 Slings shall be long enough so that the rated load (rated capacity) is adequate when the

angle of the legs (branches) is taken into consideration.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

5.3 - ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS

5.3.1 Slings should be stored in a cool, dry and dark place, and should not be exposed to

sunlight, to prevent mechanical or chemical damage when not in use.

5.3.2 Chemically active environments can affect the strength of synthetic web slings in varying

degrees ranging from none to total degradation. The sling manufacturer should be

consulted before slings are used in chemically active environments.

a. ACIDS

1. Nylon is subject to degradation in acids, ranging from none to total degradation.

2. Polyester is resistant to many acids, but is subject to degradation, ranging from none

to moderate in some acids.

3. Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the following:

i Type of Acid

ii Exposure to conditions

iii Concentration

iv Temperature

b. ALKALIS

1. Polyester is subject to degradation in alkalis, ranging from none to total degradation.

2. Nylon is resistant to many alkalis, but is subject to degradation ranging from none to

moderate in some alkalis.

3. Each application shall be evaluated, taking into consideration the following:

i Type of Alkali

ii. Exposure to conditions

iii Concentration

iv Temperature

5.3.3 Nylon and polyester slings shall not be used at temperatures in excess of 180°F (85°C),

however, they may be used in temperatures as low as -40°F (-40°C).

5.3.4 Slings incorporating aluminum fittings shall not be used where fumes, vapors, sprays,

mists or liquids of alkalis and/or acids are present.

5.3.5 Environments in which synthetic webbing slings are continuously exposed to ultra-violet

light can affect the strength of synthetic webbing slings in varying degrees ranging from

slight to total degradation.

a. Factors which affect the degree of strength loss are:

1. Length of time of continuous exposure

2. Sling construction and design

3. Other environmental factors such as weather conditions and geographic location.

b. Suggested procedures to minimize the effects of ultra-violet light

1. Store slings in a cool, dry and dark place when not being used for prolonged periods

of time

2. Inspect slings weekly or more often depending on frequency of sling use

c. Visual indications of ultra-violet degradation are:

1. Bleaching out of sling color

2. Increased stiffness of sling material

3. Surface abrasion in areas not normally in contact with the load.

d. Proof-Testing – Slings used in environments where they are subject to continuous

exposure to ultra-violet light should be proof-tested to two times rated capacity annually,

or more frequently depending on severity of exposure.

Nylon Web Slings

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Nylon Web Slings

5.4 - INSPECTION

5.4.1 TYPE OF INSPECTION

a. INITIAL INSPECTION – Before any new or repaired sling is placed in service, it shall

be inspected to insure that the correct sling is being used, as well as to determine that

the sling meets the requirements of this specification.

b. FREQUENT INSPECTION – This inspection should be made by the person handling the

sling each time the sling is used.

c. PERIODIC INSPECTION – This inspection shall be conducted by designated personnel.

Frequency of inspection should be based on:

1. Frequency of sling use

2. Severity of service conditions

3. Experience gained on the service life of slings used in similar applications

4. Periodic inspections should be conducted at least monthly

5.5 - POSSIBLE DEFECTS

5.5.1 A sling shall be removed from service if any defects such as the following are visible:

a. Acid or alkali burns

b. Melting, charring, or weld spatter of any part of the sling

c. Holes, tears, cuts, snags or embedded particles

d. Broken or worn stitching in load bearing splices

e. Excessive abrasive wear

f. Knots in any part of the sling

g. Distortion and excessive pitting or corrosion or broken fittings

h. Other apparent defects which cause doubt as to the strength of the sling

i. If sling rated capacity or sling material identification is missing or not readable

5.6 - INSPECTION RECORDS

5.6.1 Written inspection records, utilizing the identification for each sling as established by

the user, should be kept on file for all slings. These records should show a description

of the new sling and its condition on each subsequent inspection.

5.7 - REPAIR OF WEB SLINGS

5.7.1 Slings shall be repaired only by a sling manufacturer. When repaired by other than the

original manufacturer, the sling shall be permanently marked to identify the repair

agent.

5.7.2 All repaired slings shall be proof-tested to two (2) times its newly assigned rated

capacity, berfore being put back into service. Certification of proof-test should be

provided.

5.7.3 Temporary repairs of either webbing, fittings, or stitching shall not be permitted.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

STRAP END

LENGTH HARDWARE WLL

27' 1015 3,335 lbs.

30' Flat Hook 1515 kgs.

27' 3705-2 3,335 lbs.

Chain Anchor 1515 kgs.

27' 1006 3,335 lbs.

Wire Hook 1515 kgs.

Polyester Ratchet Assembly

TRUCKER TIE DOWN AND LASHING EQUIPMENT

RATCHET STRAPS — Designed to handle most types of flatbed tie-down

requirements.

• All straps have an 18" fixed end as standard, except for straps with 3705-2

and 3705-3 chain anchors which have a fixed end of 30." Special length fixed

ends and alternate end hardware available through Hanes Supply.

Labeled to meet CVSA guidelines, DOT regulations and WSTDA

recommended standards.

2" RATCHET STRAP W/804 WIDE HANDLE AND 2004 WEBBING

3" RATCHET STRAP W/806 LONG HANDLE AND 3004 WEBBING

STRAP END

LENGTH HARDWARE WLL

27' 1021-3 5,000 lbs.

30' Flat Hook 2270 kgs.

STRAP END

LENGTH HARDWARE WLL

27' 3705-3 5,400 lbs.

30' Chain Anchor 2450 kgs.

27' 3704 5,400 lbs.

30' Grab Hook 2450 kgs.

15,000 LB. BREAKING STRENGTH

16,200 LB. BREAKING STRENGTH

STRAP END

LENGTH HARDWARE WLL

27' 1021-3 5,000 lbs.

30' Flat Hook 2270 kgs.

STRAP END

LENGTH HARDWARE WLL

27' 1016 6,600 lbs.

30' Wire Hook 2995 kgs.

15,000 LB. BREAKING STRENGTH

20,000 LB. BREAKING STRENGTH

4" RATCHET STRAP W/808 LONG HANDLE AND 4004 WEBBING

10,000 LB. BREAKING STRENGTH

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

STRAP ASSY.

LENGTH END BREAKING

(FT) HARDWARE STRENGTH WLL

12 Series E, A

16 FE8306-1 3,000 lbs. 1,000 lbs.

20 Spring 1360 kgs. 455 kgs.

Fitting

12 Series E, A

16 43020-1 3,000 lbs. 1,000 lbs.

20 3-Piece 1360 kgs. 455 kgs.

Fitting

12 Series F

16 1831 1,250 lbs. 420 lbs.

20 Butterfly 570 kgs. 195 kgs.

Fitting

12 Series F

16 FE8427-1 2,200 lbs. 735 kgs.

20 Plate Trailer 1000 kgs. 335 kgs.

Hook

2" LOGISTIC STRAPS W / 811 RATCHET BUCKLE AND 4900 WEBBING

LOGISTIC STRAPS — Designed for interior van loading requirements.

• All straps have a 4' fixed end as standard.

• Adjustable ends are sewn captivated.

710987 - 9'

RATCHET STRAP WITH 800 RATCHET AND VINYL COATED S HOOKS

• Breaking Strength: 1,200 lbs. • WLL: 400 lbs.

STRAP-ALL™ STRAPS — Light duty tie-down

711681/45 - 16'

RATCHET STRAP WITH 800 RATCHET, WIRE HOOKS AND D RINGS

• Breaking Strength: 2,500 lbs./1135 kgs. • WLL: 835 lbs./380 kgs.

Polyester Ratchet Assembly

TRUCKER TIE DOWN AND LASHING EQUIPMENT

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Manual Hoists - Puller

Optional Load

Security

3/4 ton Puller

Shown

Also available

in 1-1/2, 3 & 6

ton capacity

• Free wheeling for fast and easy

attachment to load.

• Upper and lower Latchlok hooks available

for all capacities.

• Optional Load Limiter protection device

stops transmission of lever forces

protecting against dangerous overload.

• Optional anchor sling simplifies attachment

to allow anchor hook to swivel in tight space

applications (3/4 & 1-1/2 ton units only).

• Optional Load Sentry warns of overload

condition.

• Optional shorter lever for 3/4 and 1-1/2 ton

units available.

• Optional zinc-plated chain available.

• Unlimited lift.

• Lifetime warranty.

• Made in U.S.A.

CM Puller is designed for heavy-duty

construction and industrial applications.

Used to pull, lift, drag or stretch, it features:

• Tough aluminum alloy construction and

powder coat finish.

• Weatherproof for outdoor service.

• Simple construction with fewer parts for

ease of maintenance.

• Hoistaloy hardened steel link type load

chain for strength, long wear life and

flexibility.

• Weatherized Weston-type automatic

braking system for positive load control.

• Easy, one-hand operation and control —

only 58 pounds of pull required for 3/4 ton

model capacity.

• Forged upper and lower hooks with

latches standard.

• Free chaining for fast, easy attachment to

load.

• Forged upper and lower hooks with latches.

• Simple construction with fewer parts for

ease of maintenance.

• Optional Load Limiter®device protects

against overload

• Lifetime warranty

• Made in U.S.A.

• Easy one-hand operation.

• Lever pull range is 45 to 62 pounds to lift

full load.

• Handle that rotates 360O, making it easy

to operate in any position and in small

spaces.

• Tough yet lightweight aluminum

construction and powder coat finish.

•CM

®Hoistaloy®hardened steel load chain

for strength, long wear life and flexibility.

CM PULLER

CM SHORT HANDLE PULLER

PULL TO MINIMUM HOOK APPROX.

RATED STD. LIFT FULL DISTANCE LEVER THROAT SHIPPING

CAPACITY PROD. LIFT † LOADS BETWEEN LENGTH OPENINGS WEIGHT

(TONS) CODE (FT) (LBS) HOOKS (IN) (IN) REEVING (IN) (LBS)

3/4 4043 5 58 10-3/4 21-1/4 1 1-1/32 16

1-1/2 4045 5 89 14-1/4 21-1/4 1 1-1/8 16

3 4047 5 95 16-15/16 21-1/4 2 1-7/32 38

6 4050 5 96 21-3/8 21-1/4 4 1-3/4 73

† Can be supplied with lifts longer than 5 feet

PULL TO HOOK MIN. APPROX.

RATED STD. LIFT FULL LEVER THROAT DISTANCE SHIPPING

CAPACITY PRODUCT LIFT LOAD LENGTH OPENING BETWEEN WT.

(TONS) CODE (FT) REEVING (LBS) (IN.) (IN) HOOKS (IN) (LBS)

3/4 7300P 5 1 45 12 1-1/32 12-1/4 16

1-1/2 7320P 5 1 55 16-3/4 1-1/8 14-3/4 27

3 7330P 5 2 62 16-3/4 1-3/16 17-5/8 40

Optional

Load Limiter

Latchlok

type

hook

Optional

anchor

sling

(3/4 &

1-1/2

ton)

3/4 ton Puller

Shown

Also available

in 1-1/2 & 3

ton capacity

Optional kits also available - Load Limiter, Anchor Sling & Latchlok®Hook.

Call Hanes Supply for complete details.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Manual Hoists - Cyclone

CM CYCLONE HAND CHAIN HOIST

One of the most popular and reliable hoists

ever designed, the CM Cyclone combines

superior engineering, efficiency and

durability. Available in a variety of

capacities from 1/4 ton to 10 tons, CM

Cyclone features:

• Most interchangeability of parts in the

industry.

• Standard Load Limiter for simple,

automatic overload protection.

• Enclosed contoured Weston-type

automatic brake for positive load control.

• High-efficiency spur gearing for greater

lift with minimum effort.

• Rugged CM Hoistaloy chain for added

strength and durability.

• Fully machined, forged liftwheel pickets

for easier lifting and smooth free

chaining.

MINIMUM CHAIN

RATED STANDARD DISTANCE OVERHAULED CHAIN PULL SHIPPING

CAPACITY PRODUCT LIFT † BETWEEN TO LIFT LOAD TO LIFT FULL WEIGHT

(TONS) CODE (FT.) REEVING HOOKS (IN.) ONE FOOT (FT.) (LBS.) (LBS.)

1/4 4621 8 1 12-7/8 22-1/2 23 37

1/2 4622 8 1 12-7/8 22-1/2 46 37

1 4624 8 1 14 30 69 40

1-1/2 4625 8 1 17-5/16 40-1/2 80 65

2 4626 8 1 17-5/16 52 83 64

3 4627 8 2 21-1/2 81 85 96

4 4628 8 3 21-1/2 104 88 96

5 4629 8 3 24-1/4 156 75 128

6 4630 8 3 25-1/4 156 90 132

8 4631 8 4 34-1/2 208 89 235

10 4632 8 5 35-1/2 260 95 249

† Can be supplied with longer lifts

• High-strength aluminum alloy castings in

frame and covers.

• Inspected over 75 times to meet or

exceed HMI and ASME/ANSI

performance and safety standards.

• Standard hand chain drop is 2 feet less

than lift, (example: 8 foot lift hoist has 6

foot hand chain drop).

• Chain containers, zinc-plated load and

hand chain, aluminum unwelded hand

chain, Latchlok hooks, bronze hooks,

eye-type suspension, bullard hooks and

units without Load Limiter optional,

depending on capacity.

• Lifetime warranty.

• Made in U.S.A.

3 and 4 Ton

Capacity

5 and 6 Ton

Capacity

8 Ton

Capacity

10 Ton

Capacity

1/4 to 2 Ton

Capacity

Hanes Supply 25 Ton

Capacity Test Stand

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Manual Hoists - LHH

LHH HAND CHAIN HOIST

Coffing LHH Models - Stamped steel hand

chain hoists are an excellent low cost option

in the Coffing line. The compact, lighweight

design is ideal for construction and

contractor applications where portability and

easy rigging are critical.

• Capacities and Lift - Rated loads from 1/2

to 20 tons in stock with standard lifts of

10, 15 and 20 feet. Standard hand chain

drop is 2 feet less than lift. Other lifts and

hand chain drops, and 25 - 50 Ton

models available - Please contact Hanes

Supply for details.

• Compact and Light Weight - Designed for

portability and easy installation. Compact

gear housing provides low headroom.

• Easy to Operate - Lubricated bearings

and bushings, bearing mounted pinions,

*25, 30, 40 and 50 ton models available by special order - contact Hanes Supply for more details.

**Standard lifts shown. Other lifts available - contact Hanes Supply for more details.

† LHH-20 through LHH-50 models have two hand chains.

NOTE: Please contact Hanes Supply for complete dimensional data.

and heat-treated spur gearing ensure

smooth and efficient operation with

minimal effort.

• Safety and Load Control - Mechanical

load brake engages instantly for precise

load holding and positioning. 360 degree

swivel hooks with safety latches for

positive load engagement.

• Durable - Through-hardened load chain

provides added strength and wear

resistance for greater chain life.

Stamped steel housing withstands

rugged conditions.

• Easy to Maintain - Designed for easy

maintenance. Hoist can be dismantled

easily with simple hand tools.

• Lifetime Warranty.

1/4 to 50 Ton

Capacity

STRANDS MINIMUM AVG. NET PULL WT. FOR

CAPACITY OF HEAD- OVERHAUL TO LIFT 10 FT.

LIFTS LOAD ROOM FOR 1 FT. RATED LIFT

(LBS) (TONS) MODEL† (FT)** CHAIN (IN) LIFT (FT) LOAD (LBS) (LBS)

1,000 1/2 LHH-1/2 10/15/20 1 10-1/4 32 55 19

2,000 1 LHH-1 10/15/20 1 11-13/16 56 53 25

3,000 1-1/2 LHH-1-1/2 10/15/20 1 13-9/16 75 65 36

4,000 2 LHH-2 10/15/20 1 15 75 74 45

6,000 3 LHH-3 10/15/20 1 17-1/8 95 84 66

10,000 5 LHH-5 10/15/20 3 22-5/8 203 79 75

16,000 8 LHH-8 10/20 3 32-1/2 312.5 77 158

20,000 10 LHH-12 10/20 3 32-1/2 312.5 95 158

24,000 12 LHH-12 10/20 5 50-5/8 526 84 328

30,000 15 LHH-15 10/20 5 50-5/8 526 103 328

40,000 20 LHH-20 10 6 52-3/8 312.5 x 2 † 99 x 2 † 535

50,000 25* LHH-25 10 8 52-7/8 416.7 x 2 † 97 x 2 † 680

60,000 30* LHH-30 10 10 65 526.3 x 2 † 104 x 2 † 945

80,000 40* LHH-40 10 14 73-5/16 714.3 x 2 † 104 x 2 † 1,400

100,000 50* LHH-50 10 20 77-5/8 1000 x 2 † 104 x 2 † 1,840

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Powered Chain Hoists - Lodestar

The balanced, integrated, proven design of the Lodestar

has made it the most popular electric chain hoist in the

industry. Lodestar gives you more value for your money

including:

• Up to 3 ton capacities for heavy-duty industrial

applications.

• Gear train lifetime lubricated with non-oxidizing grease.

• Precision machined and hardened liftwheel with

hardened chain guides for precise chain liftwheel fit.

• Grearing designed for exceptionally long life and quiet

operation.

• H4 duty standard.

• Rugged control station (NEMA 4).

• Hoist duty motor, standard Protector overload device

and standard screw type limit switches.

• Hardened, forged steel, latch type hooks and Hoistaloy

load chain for long, dependable service.

• Easy to install and maintain.

CM LODESTAR ELECTRIC CHAIN HOIST

• No special tools required to disassemble.

• High reliability and long life.

• Designed for greater productivity, efficiency and

economy.

• Lifetime warranty.

• Each hoist thoroughly inspected and tested to over

125% of rated load prior to shipment.

• Meets ASME B30.16.

• Made in U.S.A.

Special Applications

• Harsh environment hoists available for severe duty of

plating, galvanizing and washdown applications.

• Hoists with climbing capability available for temporary

rigging of lifting applications – must be used in inverted

position only.

• Hoists with creep control allow precise positioning

through field adjustment within the range of

approximately 1/16" to 1/2".

Hook

Suspension

Motorized

Plain Trolley

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Wire Mesh Slings

Safer than wire rope, gentle as canvas, flexible as manila...that's only a part of the story of the Gripper Sling –

the ultimate in versatile materials handling tools. Like a giant hand, Gripper Slings grasp and hold the load in a

strong, gentle grip when used in a choke hitch... safely and gently cradle it on a broad, flat surface in a basket

hitch.

Whatever the size or shape of the load you handle – rounds, flats, hexes or squares--Gripper Slings can reduce

load damage in production or shipping, provide greater safety for load and operator, cut rigging and unhitching

time and eliminate the need for two-legged slings. Here's how –

NO LOAD DAMAGE – The unique woven wire construction of Gripper Slings consists of a series of smooth,

spiral wires joined together across the body of the sling. This gives the sling complete flexibility, enabling it to

bend easily around even irregularly shaped loads and eliminating the danger of gouging or marring edges of the

load members. For turned or ground surfaces, PVS or Neoprene-covered slings assure extremely delicate

handling.

SAFE – The wide bearing surface of the Gripper Sling provides better load balance and gripping power...less

crushing effect when handling hollow tubing or similar parts. Its instant gripping action means there's no slipping

of shifting when load is applied. All metal construction means there's no core to rot, nothing to tear suddenly.

Gripper Slings will not whip, kink or tangle, and there are no loose strands to snag load or operator. As for

rigging and hitching, a single man can easily do the job.

STRONG – Thousands of spiral wire loops in a transverse construction give Gripper Slings exceptionally long

life. Should a single wire break, the slack is absorbed by the rest of the sling. Gripper Slings are pretested and

guaranteed to meet load specifications. Standard lengths and widths with capacities up to 100,000 lbs. are

available. Special sizes and corrosion resistant alloys available on request.

Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained

persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated

capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.

A GIANT

HAND...

STRONG, GENTLE GRIP – SAFE, SURE BALANCE MAKES

BEST FOR FAST, SAFE, EASY LIFTS

GRIPPER SLINGS

WOVEN

WIRE

WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Wire Mesh Slings

EFFECT OF ANGLE ON RATED

CAPACITIES IN BASKET HITCH

NOMINAL

WIDTH OF

SLING VERTICAL 30° VERT. 45° VERT. 60° VERT.

(IN) CHOKER BASKET 60° HORZ. 45° HORZ. 30° HORZ.

2 1,600 3,200 2,700 2,000 1,600

3 3,000 6,000 5,100 3,800 2,800

4 4,400 8,800 7,480 5,600 4,400

G-35 6 6,600 13,200 11,225 8,400 6,600

HEAVY 8 8,800 17,600 15,000 11,250 8,800

DUTY 10 11,000 22,000 18,700 14,000 11,000

12 13,200 26,440 22,440 16,800 13,200

14 15,400 30,800 26,180 19,600 15,400

16 17,600 35,200 29,920 22,400 17,600

18 19,800 39,600 33,660 25,200 19,800

20 22,000 44,000 37,400 28,000 22,000

2 1,450 2,900 2,320 1,740 1,450

3 2,175 4,350 3,700 2,700 2,175

4 2,900 5,800 4,900 3,670 2,900

G-43 6 4,800 9,600 8,150 6,100 4,800

MED. 8 6,400 12,800 10,880 8,100 6,400

DUTY 10 8,000 16,000 13,600 10,200 8,000

12 9,600 19,200 16,300 12,000 9,600

14 11,200 22,400 19,000 14,000 11,200

16 12,800 25,600 21,700 16,200 12,800

18 13,500 27,000 22,900 17,000 13,500

20 15,000 30,000 25,500 19,000 15,000

2 900 1,800 1,600 1,300 900

3 1,400 2,800 2,400 2,000 1,400

4 2,000 4,000 3,500 2,800 2,000

G-59 6 3,000 6,000 5,200 4,200 3,000

LIGHT 8 4,000 8,000 6,900 5,700 4,000

DUTY 10 5,000 10,000 8,600 7,100 5,000

12 6,000 12,000 10,400 8,500 6,000

14 7,000 14,000 12,100 9,900 7,000

16 8,000 16,000 13,900 11,300 8,000

18 9,000 18,000 15,600 12,700 9,000

20 10,000 20,000 17,300 14,100 10,000

SAFETY FACTOR OF 5

HOW TO SELECT PROPER SLING WIDTH

First, determine the hitch you will use for the guage slected. Then read down the column under the selected hitch

and guage to the load weight you wish to lift. Then read across to the first column at left to find sling width

required. Example: You wish to use a G-43 sling in a choke hitch to lift 6,400 poiunds. Sling width required is 8".

Inspect before use. Follow OSHA, ANSI B30.9 or Manufacturers Guidelines. Use by untrained

persons is hazardous. Improper use will result in serious injury or death. Do not exceed rated

capacity. This product will fail if damaged, abused, misused, overused or improperly maintained.

60°

30°

45°

30°

60°

WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Rope Slings

RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (SAFETY FACTOR = 5)

EYE AND EYE SLING ENDLESS SLING

NOM. BASKET HITCH BASKET HITCH

ROPE WGT. MIN. ANGLE OF ROPE TO HORIZONTAL ANGLE OF ROPE TO HORIZONTAL

DIA. PER BREAK 90° 60° 45° 30° 90° 60° 45° 30°

NOM. 100 FT. STRENGTH VERT. CHOKER ANGLE OF ROPE TO VERTICAL VERT CHOKER ANGLE OF ROPE TO VERTICAL

(IN.) (LBS.) (LBS.) HITCH HITCH 0° 30° 45° 60° HITCH HITCH 0° 30° 45° 60°

1/2 7.5 2,650 550 250 1,100 900 750 550 950 500 1,900 1,700 1,400 950

9/16 10.4 3,450 700 350 1,400 1,200 1,000 700 1,200 600 2,500 2,200 1,800 1,200

5/8 13.3 4,400 900 450 1,800 1,500 1,200 900 1,600 800 3,200 2,700 2,200 1,600

3/4 16.7 5,400 1,100 550 2,200 1,900 1,500 1,100 2,000 950 3,900 3,400 2,800 2,000

13/16 19.5 6,500 1,300 650 2,600 2,300 1,800 1,300 2,300 1,200 4,700 4,100 3,300 2,300

7/8 22.5 7,700 1,500 750 3,100 2,700 2,200 1,500 2,800 1,400 5,600 4,800 3,900 2,800

1 27.0 9,000 1,800 900 3,600 3,100 2,600 1,800 3,200 1,600 6,500 5,600 4,600 3,200

1-1/16 31.3 10,500 2,100 1,100 4,200 3,600 3,000 2,100 3,800 1,900 7,600 6,600 5,400 3,800

1-1/8 36.0 12,000 2,400 1,200 4,800 4,200 3,400 2,400 4,300 2,200 8,600 7,500 6,100 4,300

1-1/4 41.7 13,500 2,700 1,400 5,400 4,700 3,800 2,700 4,900 2,400 9,700 8,400 6,900 4,900

1-5/16 47.9 15,000 3,000 1,500 6,000 5,200 4,300 3,000 5,400 2,700 11,000 9,400 7,700 5,400

1-1/2 59.9 18,500 3,700 1,850 7,400 6,400 5,200 3,700 6,700 3,300 13,500 11,500 9,400 6,700

1-5/8 74.6 22,500 4,500 2,300 9,000 7,800 6,400 4,500 8,100 4,100 16,000 14,000 11,500 8,000

1-3/4 89.3 36,500 5,300 2,700 10,500 9,200 7,500 5,300 9,500 4,800 19,000 16,500 13,500 9,500

2 107.5 31,000 6,200 3,100 12,500 10,500 8,800 6,200 11,000 5,600 22,500 19,500 16,000 11,000

2-1/3 125.0 36,000 7,200 3,600 14,500 12,500 10,000 7,200 13,000 6,500 26,000 22,500 18,500 13,000

2-1/4 146.0 41,000 8,200 4,100 16,500 14,000 11,500 8,200 15,000 7,400 29,500 25,500 21,000 15,000

2-1/2 166.7 46,500 9,300 4,700 18,500 16,000 13,000 9,300 16,500 8,400 33,500 29,000 23,500 16,500

2-5/8 190.8 52,000 10,500 5,200 21,000 18,000 14,500 10,500 18,500 9,500 37,500 32,500 26,500 18,500

MANILA ROPE SLINGS

Table H-15

NYLON ROPE SLINGS

Table H-16

RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (SAFETY FACTOR = 5)

EYE AND EYE SLING ENDLESS SLING

NOM. BASKET HITCH BASKET HITCH

ROPE WGT. MIN. ANGLE OF ROPE TO HORIZONTAL ANGLE OF ROPE TO HORIZONTAL

DIA. PER BREAK 90° 60° 45° 30° 90° 60° 45° 30°

NOM. 100 FT. STRENGTH VERT. CHOKER ANGLE OF ROPE TO VERTICAL VERT CHOKER ANGLE OF ROPE TO VERTICAL

(IN.) (LBS.) (LBS.) HITCH HITCH 0° 30° 45° 60° HITCH HITCH 0° 30° 45° 60°

1/2 6.5 6,080 700 350 1,400 1,200 950 700 1,200 600 2,400 2,100 1,700 1,200

9/16 8.3 7,600 850 400 1,700 1,500 1,200 850 1,500 750 3,000 2,600 2,200 1,500

5/8 10.5 9,800 1,100 550 2,200 1,900 1,600 1,100 2,000 1,000 4,000 3,400 2,800 2,000

3/4 14.5 13,490 1,500 750 3,000 2,600 2,100 1,500 2,700 1,400 5,400 4,700 3,800 2,700

13/16 17.0 16,150 1,800 900 3,600 3,100 2,600 1,800 3,200 1,600 6,400 5,600 4,600 3,200

7/8 20.0 19,000 2,100 1,100 4,200 3,700 3,000 2,100 3,800 1,900 7,600 6,600 5,400 3,800

1 26.0 23,750 2,600 1,300 5,300 4,600 3,700 2,600 4,800 2,400 9,500 8,200 6,700 4,800

1-1/16 29.0 27,360 3,000 1,500 6,100 5,300 4,300 3,000 5,500 2,700 11,000 9,500 7,700 5,500

1-1/8 34.0 31,350 3,500 1,700 7,000 6,000 5,000 3,500 6,300 3,100 12,500 11,000 8,900 6,300

1-1/4 40.0 35,625 4,000 2,000 7,900 6,900 5,600 4,000 7,100 3,600 14,500 12,500 10,000 7,100

1-5/16 45.0 40,850 4,500 2,300 9,100 7,900 6,400 4,500 8,200 4,100 16,500 14,000 12,000 8,200

1-1/2 55.0 50,530 5,600 2,800 11,000 9,700 7,900 5,600 10,000 5,000 20,000 17,500 14,000 10,000

1-5/8 68.0 61,750 6,900 3,400 13,500 12,000 9,700 6,900 12,500 6,200 24,500 21,500 17,500 12,500

1-3/4 83.0 74,100 8,200 4,100 16,500 14,500 11,500 8,200 15,000 7,400 29,500 27,500 21,000 15,000

2 95.0 87,400 9,700 4,900 19,500 17,000 13,500 9,700 17,500 8,700 35,000 30,500 24,500 17,500

2-1/8 109.0 100,700 11,000 5,600 22,500 19,500 16,000 11,000 20,000 10,000 40,500 35,000 28,500 20,000

2-1/4 129.0 118,750 13,000 6,600 26,500 23,000 18,500 13,000 24,000 12,000 47,500 41,000 33,500 24,000

2-1/2 149.0 133,000 15,000 7,400 29,500 25,500 21,000 15,000 26,500 13,500 53,000 46,000 37,500 26,500

2-5/8 168.0 153,900 17,100 8,600 34,000 29,500 24,000 17,000 31,000 15,500 61,500 53,500 43,500 31,000

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Synthetic Rope Slings

RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (SAFETY FACTOR = 5)

EYE AND EYE SLING ENDLESS SLING

NOM. BASKET HITCH BASKET HITCH

ROPE WGT. MIN. ANGLE OF ROPE TO HORIZONTAL ANGLE OF ROPE TO HORIZONTAL

DIA. PER BREAK 90° 60° 45° 30° 90° 60° 45° 30°

NOM. 100 FT. STRENGTH VERT. CHOKER ANGLE OF ROPE TO VERTICAL VERT CHOKER ANGLE OF ROPE TO VERTICAL

(IN.) (LBS.) (LBS.) HITCH HITCH 0° 30° 45° 60° HITCH HITCH 0° 30° 45° 60°

1/2 8.0 6,080 700 350 1,400 1,200 950 700 1,200 600 2,400 2,100 1,700 1,200

9/16 10.2 7,600 850 400 1,700 1,500 1,200 850 1,500 600 2,400 2,100 1,700 1,200

5/8 13.0 9,500 1,100 550 2,100 1,800 1,500 1,100 1,900 950 3,800 3,300 2,700 1,900

3/4 17.5 11,875 1,300 650 2,600 2,300 1,900 1,300 2,400 1,200 4,800 4,100 3,400 2,400

13/16 21.0 14,725 1,600 800 3,300 2,800 2,300 1,600 2,900 1,500 5,900 5,100 4,200 2,900

7/8 25.0 17,100 1,900 950 3,800 3,300 2,700 1,900 3,400 1,700 6,800 5,900 4,800 3,400

1 30.5 20,900 2,300 1,200 4,600 4,000 3,300 2,300 4,200 2,100 8,400 7,200 5,900 4,200

1-1/16 34.5 24,225 2,700 1,300 5,400 4,700 3,800 2,700 4,800 2,400 9,700 8,400 6,900 4,800

1-1/8 40.0 28,025 3,100 1,600 6,200 5,400 4,400 3,100 5,600 2,800 11,000 9,700 7,900 5,600

1-1/4 46.3 31,540 3,500 1,800 7,000 6,100 5,000 3,500 6,300 3,200 12,500 11,000 8,900 6,300

1-5/16 52.5 35,625 4,000 2,000 7,900 6,900 5,600 4,000 7,100 3,600 14,500 12,500 10,000 7,100

1-1/2 66.8 44,460 4,900 2,500 9,900 8,600 7,000 4,900 8,900 4,400 18,000 15,500 12,500 8,900

1-5/8 82.0 54,150 6,000 3,000 12,000 10,400 8,500 6,000 11,000 5,400 21,500 19,000 15,500 11,000

1-3/4 82.0 64,410 7,200 3,600 14,500 12,500 10,000 7,200 13,000 6,400 26,000 22,500 18,000 13,000

2 118.0 76,000 8,400 4,200 17,000 14,500 12,000 8,400 15,000 7,600 30,500 26,500 21,500 15,000

2-1/8 135.0 87,400 9,700 4,900 19,500 17,000 13,500 9,700 17,500 8,700 35,000 30,500 24,500 17,500

2-1/4 157.0 101,650 11,500 5,700 22,500 19,500 16,000 11,500 20,500 10,000 40,500 35,000 29,000 20,500

2-1/2 181.0 115,900 13,000 6,400 26,000 22,500 18,000 13,000 23,000 11,500 46,500 40,000 33,000 23,000

2-5/8 205.0 130,150 14,500 7,200 29,000 25,000 20,500 14,500 26,000 13,000 52,000 45,000 37,000 26,000

POLYESTER ROPE SLINGS

Table H-17

POLYPROPYLENE ROPE SLINGS

Table H-18

RATED CAPACITY IN POUNDS (SAFETY FACTOR = 5)

EYE AND EYE SLING ENDLESS SLING

NOM. BASKET HITCH BASKET HITCH

ROPE WGT. MIN. ANGLE OF ROPE TO HORIZONTAL ANGLE OF ROPE TO HORIZONTAL

DIA. PER BREAK 90° 60° 45° 30° 90° 60° 45° 30°

NOM. 100 FT. STRENGTH VERT. CHOKER ANGLE OF ROPE TO VERTICAL VERT CHOKER ANGLE OF ROPE TO VERTICAL

(IN.) (LBS.) (LBS.) HITCH HITCH 0° 30° 45° 60° HITCH HITCH 0° 30° 45° 60°

1/2 4.7 3,900 650 350 1,300 1,200 950 650 1,200 600 2,400 2,100 1,700 1,200

9/16 6.1 4,845 800 400 1,600 1,400 1,100 650 1,200 600 2,400 2,100 1,700 1,200

5/8 7.5 5,890 1,000 500 2,000 1,700 1,400 1,000 1,800 900 3,500 3,100 2,500 1,800

3/4 10.7 8,075 1,300 700 2,700 2,300 1,900 1,300 2,400 1,200 4,900 4,200 3,400 2,400

13/16 12.7 9,405 1,600 800 3,100 2,700 2,200 1,600 2,800 1,400 5,600 4,900 4,000 2,800

7/8 15.0 10,925 1,800 900 3,600 3,200 2,600 1,800 3,300 1,600 6,600 5,700 4,600 3,300

1 18.0 13,300 2,200 1,100 4,400 3,800 3,100 2,200 4,000 2,000 8,000 6,900 5,600 4,000

1-1/16 20.4 15,200 2,500 1,300 5,100 4,400 3,600 2,500 4,600 2,300 9,100 7,900 6,500 4,600

1-1/8 23.7 17,385 2,900 1,500 5,800 5,000 4,100 2,900 5,200 2,600 10,500 9,000 7,400 5,200

1-1/4 27.0 19,950 3,300 1,700 6,700 5,800 4,700 3,300 6,000 3,000 12,000 10,500 8,500 6,000

1-5/16 30.5 22,325 3,700 1,900 7,400 6,400 5,300 3,700 6,700 3,400 13,500 11,500 9,500 6,700

1-1/2 38.5 28,215 4,700 2,400 9,400 8,100 6,700 4,700 8,500 4,200 17,000 14,500 12,000 8,500

1-5/8 47.5 34,200 5,700 2,900 11,500 9,900 8,100 5,700 10,500 5,100 20,500 18,000 14,500 10,500

1-3/4 57.0 40,850 6,800 3,400 13,500 12,000 9,600 6,800 12,500 6,100 24,500 21,000 17,500 12,500

2 69.0 49,400 8,200 4,100 16,500 14,500 11,500 8,200 15,000 7,400 29,500 25,500 21,500 15,000

2-1/8 80.0 57,950 9,700 4,800 19,500 16,500 13,500 9,700 17,500 8,700 35,000 30,100 24,500 17,500

2-1/4 92.0 65,550 11,000 5,500 22,000 19,000 15,500 11,000 19,500 9,900 39,500 34,000 28,000 19,500

2-1/2 107.0 76,000 12,500 6,300 25,500 22,000 18,000 12,500 23,000 11,500 45,500 39,500 32,500 23,000

2-5/8 120.0 85,500 14,500 7,100 28,500 24,500 20,000 14,500 25,500 13,000 51,500 44,500 36,500 25,500

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Rope Specifications

POLYPRO NYLON POLYESTER MANILA

DIA. CIR. LBS. FEET BRK. LBS. FEET BRK. LBS. FEET BRK. LBS. FEET BRK.

(IN.) (IN.) PER PER STGTH. PER PER STGTH. PER PER STGET. PER PER STGTH.

100' LB. (LBS.) 100' LB. (LBS.) 100' LB. (LBS.) 100' LB. (LBS.)

3/16 5/8 .75 133.0 800 1.0 100.0 1,000 1.2 83.4 850 1.5 66.7 450

1/4 3/4 1.2 83.4 1,250 1.5 66.7 1,650 2.0 50.0 1,650 2.0 50.0 600

5/16 1 1.8 55.6 1,900 2.5 40.0 2,550 3.1 32.2 2,550 3.0 35.0 1,000

3/8 1-1/8 2.8 35.7 2,700 3.5 28.5 3,700 4.5 22.2 3,700 4.0 25.0 1,350

7/16 1-1/4 3.8 26.3 3,500 5.0 20.0 5,000 6.2 16.1 5,000 5.3 19.0 1,750

1/2 1-1/2 4.7 21.3 4,200 6.5 15.4 6,400 8.0 12.5 6,400 7.5 13.3 2.650

5/8 2 7.5 13.3 6,200 10.5 9.5 10,400 13.0 7.7 10,000 13.3 7.5 4,400

3/4 2-1/4 10.7 9.3 8,500 14.5 6.9 14,000 17.5 5.7 12,500 16.7 6.0 5,400

7/8 2-3/4 15.0 6.7 11,500 20.0 5.0 20,000 25.0 4.0 18,000 22.0 4.5 7,700

1 3 18.0 5.5 14,000 26.0 3.8 25,000 30.5 3.3 22,000 27.0 3.7 9,000

1-1/8 3-1/2 23.7 4.2 18,300 34.0 2.9 33,000 40.0 2.5 29,500 36.0 2.8 12,000

1-1/4 3-3/4 27.0 3.7 21,000 40.0 2.5 37,500 46.3 2.5 33,200 42.0 2.4 13,500

1-5/16 4 30.5 3.3 23,500 45.0 2.2 43,000 52.5 1.9 37,500 48.0 2.2 –

1-1/2 4-1/2 38.5 2.6 29,700 55.0 1.8 53,000 66.8 1.5 46,800 60.0 1.7 18,500

1-5/8 5 47.5 2.1 36,000 68.0 1.5 65,000 82.0 1.2 57,000 75.0 1.3 22,500

1-3/4 5-1/2 57.0 1.7 43,000 83.0 1.2 78,000 98.0 1.02 67,800 90.0 1.1 26,500

2 6 69.0 1.4 53,000 95.0 1.1 92,000 118.0 .85 75,000 108.0 .93 31,000

2-1/8 6-1/2 80.0 1.2 62,000 109.0 .92 105,000 135.0 .75 81,000 125.0 .79 36,000

2-1/4 7 92.0 1.1 70,000 129.0 .77 125,000 157.0 .64 96,000 146.0 .69 41,000

2-1/2 7-1/2 107.0 .93 80,500 150.0 .67 138,000 181.0 .55 110,000 167.0 .59 46,500

2-5/8 8 120.0 .83 90,000 168.0 .59 154,000 205.0 .49 125,000 191.0 .53 52,000

2-7/8 8-1/2 137.0 .73 100,000 189.0 .53 173,000 230.0 .43 140,000 213.0 .47 58,000

3 9 153.0 .65 116,000 210.0 .47 195,000 258.0 .39 158,000 242.0 .42 64,000

3-1/4 10 190.0 .52 137,000 263.0 .38 238,000 319.0 .31 190,000 299.0 .33 77,000

3-1/2 11 232.0 .43 162,000 316.0 .31 288,000 384.0 .26 230,000 367.0 .28 91,000

4 12 275.0 .36 190,000 379.0 .26 342,000 460.0 .21 275,000 436.0 .23 105,000

ROPE SPECIFICATIONS

THREE STRAND AND EIGHT STRAND – STANDARD LAY ROPES

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Winch Lines

USAGE / MAINTENANCE GUIDE

2-in-1®DOUBLE BRAIDED ROPE

Samson 2-IN1®Double Braided Rope is

actually two ropes in one. First the

braided core is constructed. A second

rope is then braided over it to form the

cover. You then have two ropes

performing as a single integrated

strength member. By altering the

construction of the core and/or cover, it

is possible to engineer a rope with

specific performance characteristics.

Braided Core Rope

Parallay®Design

is a twisting and braiding

process that orients all the

fibers parallel to the axis of

the rope.

Braided Cover Rope

Samson Product Identification

Tracer

SIZE (Dia.) 1/2" 9/16" 5/8" 3/4" 13/16" 7/8" 1" 1-1/8" 1-1/4" 10% 20% 30%

STABLE BRAID

Approx. Avg. 9,870 12,600 15,500 19,400 28,400 37,200 45,800 54,400 1.1 1.7 2.7

Tensile Lbs.

Approx. Wgt. 8.5 10.9 13.7 17.2 25.9 34.4 42.7 51.2

Per 100 Ft. Lbs.

NYSTROM

Approx. Avg. 10,500 13,200 16,300 23,000 30,800 40,400 49,800 59,100 3.7 5.3 6.9

Tensile Lbs.

Approx. Wgt. 7.7 10.0 12.6 17.3 23.7 31.5 39.2 46.9

Per 100 Ft. Lbs.

SPECTRON II

Approx. Avg. 15,500 22,000 27,000 35,000 40,000 50,000 57,000 72,900 81,000 .57 .76 .92

Tensile Lbs.

Approx. Wgt. 8.1 9.8 12.3 15.7 19.9 24.3 27.8 34.6 40.2

Per 100 Ft. Lbs.

WINCH LINE SELECTION GUIDE ELASTIC

ELONGATION*

STABLE BRAID

NYSTROM

SPECTRON II

*Elastic Elongation after 50 Cycles from 2000D2

For Example:

STABLE BRAID

•Balanced construction – core and

cover share the load equally

NYSTRON

•Fiber selection – different fiber

combinations in the core and cover

to meet specific performance

requirements

SPECTRON II

• Imbalanced construction – core and

cover have different load sharing

capabilities.

• Coatings may be applied to selected

sections or to continuous long

lengths.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Do not attach end of line to drum by using core only.

DETERMINING LENGTH OF ROPE THAT CAN BE

PUT ON A WINCH

The formula for rope capacity on a winch drum is:

Length to be stored = A(B2 - C2)

15.3 x dia of rope 2

A, B, C, and diameter are in inches.

END-FOR-ENDING

It is recommended that every winch line be rotated End-forEnd

on a periodic basis. This will vary high stress and wear point and

extend useful life. Recommended period is six (6) months, at

which time visual inspection and washing can be programmed.

WINDING ROPE ON WINCH DRUM

The first layer (wrap) around winch drum should be put on

closely and tightly. Initial winding tension (load) should be

approximately 50 pounds. This will prevent subsequent wraps

from slipping down between turns when tension is applied.

Samson Winch Lines will tend to self-level themselves.

IMPORTANT: Recommend at least four wraps always be left on

winch drum.

ABRASION PROTECTION OF LINE

Stable Braid, Nyston, and Spectron II, with their outer jacket of

Polyester, have a relatively high degree of resistance to abrasion

and fusing. However, all synthetics are subject to fusing if

subjected to enough friction and heat, and therefore such

practices as surging on a Gypsy head winch, hard rendering

around poles or over cross-arms, etc. should be avoided

whenever possible.

GUIDELINES FOR THE USE

OF SAMSON WINCH LINES

ROPE STRENGTH

Note carefully the quoted breaking strengths of the various

Samson Braid sizes. These are approximate average breaking

strengths and are subject to a plus or minus 5% testing

tolerance. Advertised breaking strengths are determined by the

standard cordage testing and do not cover conditions such as

sustained loads or shock loading. These strengths are attained

under laboratory conditions. Remember also, that this is a

breaking strength--not a recommended working load capacity.

(See next paragraph for working load factors.)

ASSIGNED WORKING LOAD FACTORS

Will vary in accordance with varying safety practices and policies

of different utilities and industrial users. However, our

recommendation, and one that is fairly well accepted in the

industry, is a minimum 5:1 working load factor. Thus, your

maximum work load should be approximately 20% of the quoted

breaking strength. This factor will provide greater safety and

extended service life of the winch line. A low working load factor

is not only dangerous, but poor economy as it overworks the

fibers and shortens the life of the line.

DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES

Samson Stable Braid, Nystron, and Spectron II have been

described as a "non-conductor". It is our hope that it is never

turned over to a line crew on these terms. It is important to note

that most quoted Dielectric Properties are results obtained from

new, clean rope, and hold true only under such ideal conditions.

Dirt, grease, other foriegn matter and moisture, including

humidity, will all alter the non-conductivity/conductivity of this or

any other synthetic rope or material.

SHARP CUTTING EDGES

Samson winch lines should not be exposed to sharp edges and

surface such as metal burrs on Winch Drums, sheaves,

shackles, thimbles, wire slings, etc. Samson Winch Lines are

made from synthetic fibers, and as such, can be cut and

damaged by sharp edges. When installing winch lines on old

truck units, great care must be exercised to assure that the rope

is not coming in contact with hardware that has been scored and

chewed by previously used wire lines. Sheaves, shackles,

thimbles, etc. should, in most cases, be replaced. Other metal

surfaces should be carefully examined and dressed if necessary.

ATTACHING LINE TO WINCH DRUM

There are various methods of attaching a winch line to a winch

drum: the use of a wedge or plug and set screw in the main body

of the drum, or "U" bolt through the side of the flange. Another

method involves welding a round plug to the winch drum. The

soft eye at the bitter end of the winch line is placed over the plug

and held in place with a flat keeper which is screwed in flush with

the top of the plug. Be sure the attachment method does not

have a sharp edge that will cut the line under load. If possible, it

is advisable to have an eye splice in both ends of the Winch Line

so that it can be reversed in the event of damage to one end.

This is not always possible, depending on the method of

attachment to the winch drum, and whether or not a closed

thimble is spliced into the eye. If an eye is not used at the drum

end, then this end should be tightly whipped with a strong twine.

Important: The end connection is not designed to carry any load,

so at least four wraps should always be kept on the drum.

Winch Lines

Flange

Diameter

DO NOT WORK

BELOW 4 TURNS

ON A DRUM

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Winch Lines

"DOUBLE BLOCK" SYSTEM

For handling heavy loads (up to 14,880 lbs. – pad-mounted

transformers, etc.) using 1" diameter Stable Braid winch lines,

without exceeding R.W.L. of rope (7,440 lbs.), a Double Block

System is recommended.

The system avoids the use of 1-1/4" diameter Stable Braid,

which limits capacity of winch drum and/or sheave-size.

NOTE: Unless boom is equipped with "pole-grabber" claws –

this system does not work well – when handling and setting

poles – as pole can't be snubbed tightly against jaws at end of

boom.

The result is that 1" diameter Stable Braid can be used – with a

single leg, for most normal lifting operations – (up to 7,440 lbs.)

– and for heavy lifts up to 14,880 lbs.) using the double leg

system – in both cases, observing approximate recommended

work loads.

ULTRAVIOLET – STRENGTH DEGRADATION

Prolonged exposure of synthetic ropes to Ultraviolet Radiation of

sunlight causes varying degrees of strength degradation. Some

concern has been created by various reports published on this

subject (and by erroneous interpretations drawn from these

reports).

Polyester fibers are the least affected by ultraviolet exposure,

and resulting strength degradation of exposed fibers is

negligible.

Nylon is more susceptible to strength loss due to ultraviolet rays;

but, with both fibers, the degree of susceptibility to ultraviolet

damage is dependent upon the type of fiber, and the various

ultraviolet inhibitors with which they are treated by the fiber

manufacturer.

The important point to note here is that ultraviolet rays have low

penetration in synthetic fibers, thus it is only the outer surface

fibers that are affected.

HARMFUL CHEMICALS

Certain chemicals will break down synthetic fibers. To be

avoided are sulfuric acids, alkalies, or chlorinate hydrocarbons

over 160°F; strong cleaning agents or bleaches may be harmful.

Boom-tip winch drum

(or sheave-leading from

base-mounted-winch)

Derrick-boom-rated @ 14,520 lbs. max.

(bare drum) – elevated @ 70°

from horizontal.

1" dia. rope

(stable Braid)

7,440 lb. RWL

(one-leg)

2-legs = 14,880 RWL –

compatible with boom

max. capacity: ie., Rope

cannot be overloaded –

beyond rope RWL

Boom drilled for eye-bolt

(permanently installed) –

to accomodate standard

winch-line hook – as

needed.

Removable Nylite "Snatch-Block" –

stored in truck, for quick installation

and removal – as needed.

Note: While the 2-leg

system does allow use

of 1" dia. rope (vs 1-1/4"

dia.) – it does require a

greater length and

results in slower lifting

speeds.

THE USE OF SLINGS WITH A WINCH LINE

The winch line itself should not be used as a choker to pick up a

pole or other objects. The hook attached on the end of the wind

line can cut deeply into the rope itself. We recommend a

separate line, sling or strap be used as the choker and not the

basic winch line itself.

BOOM SHEAVE RECOMMENDATIONS

To assure maximum efficiency and safety, the boom sheave

diameter should be no less than eight (8) times the rope

diameter. The sheave groove diameter should be no less than

10% greater than the rope diameter, and the groove should be

round in shape – not V-shaped.

EYE SPLICING

Eye splices at the end of winch lines, (if not put in at the factory)

should be done in strict accordance with the steps and

procedures as outlined in the Samson Splicing Manual under

"Standard Eye Splice." This splice can be easily learned and

executed by line crews and shop personnel. Assistance in

splicing instruction is available through Hanes Supply. Training

Splicing Kits, manuals, and tools can be ordered through Hanes

Supply.

The Standard Eye Splice can't be pulled out under tension; it

can, however, be pulled out by hand when in a relaxed state. To

prevent such tampering, it is recommended that stich locking or

a tight seizing be applied to the base or throat of the splice.

When splicing used rope, be sure to refer to the "Special Tips for

Splicing Used Rope" in the Splicing Manual.

KNOTS

Splicing is, by far, the strongest and most efficient means of

attachment. Knots should never be tied in a winch line if it can in

any way be avoided, as knots can reduce the strength of any

rope (or wire) as much as 50%. Also, avoid sharp bends in the

line where possible as this will also greatly reduce strength.

STITCH LOCKING EYE SPLICES

Stitch locking may prove advantageous on some splices to

prevent no-load opening due to mishandling.

Material required – about one (1) fid length of Nylon Whipping

Twine approximately the same size as the strands in the size

rope you are stitch locking. The same strands cut from the rope

you are stitch locking may also be used, but whipping twine is

preferable. Instructions are in the Samson Splicing Manual.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Winch Lines

CLEANING

Sometimes utilities have adopted the very good practice of

carrying at all times, a spare (clean and dry) winch line enclosed

in a plastic bag, enabling crews in the field to quickly replace a

damaged, soiled or wet winch line. Samson winch lines can be

washed in a mild detergent and warm water, rinsed and air-dried.

The polyester fibers themselves actually absorb only a negligible

amount of water, but water trapped between the fibers should be

squeezed out (by placing the line under tension) and air-dried.

SHOCK LOADING

Shock loading of any line – synthetic, manila, or wire – produces

a drastically different set of physical properties and results as

compared with normal loading. Shock loading, most simply

described, is a "jerking" or "snatching" or a line. Or, a very

sudden change in tension – from a state of relaxation or low load

to one of high load. This results in accelerated wearing.

A typical shock load on a winch line occurs when an object is

lifted vertically with a sudden jerk, or when this load is suddenly

dropped. A 5,000 pound load, under these conditions, may then

"weigh" 30,000 pounds – and break a winch line rated in this

strength range.

A 4" sudden drop – as off a platform – can actually double the

load. Similarly, an over-wrap "falling off" the winch drum can

result in a 50% shock load.

Assume that you have seven identical ropes – each with a

30,000 lb. breaking strength – and you work these ropes daily –

each rope lifting a different load, as below – for example, in a

winch line application:

WORKING NO. OF LIFTS

BREAKING WORKING LOAD BEFORE

STRENGTH LOAD FACTOR FAILURE*

1. 30,000 lbs. 5,000 lbs. 6/1 1,000

2. 30,000 lbs. 6,000 lbs. 5/1 750

3. 30,000 lbs. 7,500 lbs. 4/1 500

4. 30,000 lbs. 10,000 lbs. 3/1 300

5. 30,000 lbs. 15,000 lbs. 2/1 100

6. 30,000 lbs. 20,000 lbs. 1.5/1 25

7. 30,000 lbs. 28,000 lbs. 1.1/1 5

*Relative values only

This illustration clearly shows the higher the Working Load

Factor the greater the Service Life, and the lower the

replacement factor. Thus, a Working Load Factor also related

directly as an "Economy Factor."

Your may turn this around and look at it another way: If you're

always lifting the same weight; then, the stronger the rope (and

higher the Working Load Factor) – the longer the rope will last.

FATIGUE

Synthetic fibers have a "memory." They function similar to metal

(wire) in that they remember and retain the effects of being

overloaded and shock loaded. This is an important reason to

stress winch line procedures which reduce danger of shock

loading... in order to prolong the life of the line and reduce

premature down grading. If there is reason to believe that a line

has been shock loaded above its recommended working load, it

should be logged; and if a number of these occur, the line should

be rotated and inspected.

VISUAL INSPECTION

The load-bearing capacity of Samson Stable Braid and Nystron

Ropes are divided equally between the inner core and the outer

cover – thus, despite damage to the outer cover strands, you

have an intact inner core capable of supporting approximately

50% of the applied load... an important reserve safety factor.

Spectron II has 100% of its load bearing capacity accomplished

by the core.

DISCARD POINT

Continued use and normal wear in the line gradually diminishes

the ultimate bearing strength and lowers the factor of safety. In

determining the proper discard time of Samson winch lines, the

following guides are suggested:

a. If as many as 1/2 of the cover strands are cut at a given

point, this damaged section should be cut out. If within 10 feet

of the eye, put in a new eye splice. If over 10 feet, rejoin the

rope with a Standard End-for-End Splice per the Splice

Manual. The rope can then be put back into normal operation.

A few damaged strands spaced out along the rope at intervals

is no real cause for immediate concern, but should be watched

and periodically examined.

b. If the individual cover strands have been worn down after

extended use to within 50% of their original bulk over an

extended area of the line, then the line should be discarded (or

assigned to a less critical task). This can best be determined

by an examination and comparison of the bulk of an individual

strand which is exposed and subject to wear with the same

strand where it crosses under other strands and is protected

(and therefore is full size).

c. Another guide for determining discard time is when the rope

has a residual strength of 50% of its original new rope

strength. This can be determined through laboratory tensile

strength break tests. This can be done by Hanes Supply. If

utilities wish to perform their own tests, they should contact

Hanes Supply to coordinate testing procedure, methods and

apparatus. Hanes Supply has instructions on technical

procedures for testing braided synthetic ropes.

TRAINING

A Preventative Maintenance and Safety Program in the use of

winch lines is strongly recommended. Hanes Supply will assist

in this.

Samson winch lines, used and cared for properly, will render

years of efficient, economical, and trouble-free service.

Winch line replacements, either in cut lengths or 600 ft. spools

are available through Hanes Supply.

Samson Ocean Systems guarantees its products against

manufacturing defects, but can't be held responsible for failure

or accident due to improper use or failure to observe prescribed

procedures for usage, as set forth above. Write to Samson for

Guidelines on Care, Usage & Inspection of Rope.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Fiber Characteristics

K-SPEC ARAMID NYLON POLYESTER HMWPE POLYPROPYLENE

FILAMENT TYPE MULTIFILIMENT

STRENGTH 27 23 8.0 - 9.0 6.5 - 9.0 27 6.5 - 8.0

(GRAMS PER DENIER)

SPECIFIC GRAVITY 1.2 1.44 1.14 1.38 .97 .92

ABILITY TO FLOAT SINKS SINKS SINKS SINKS FLOATS FLOATS

ELASTICITY AT 3.6% 3.6% 16% 10 - 12% 3.6% 22 - 28%

STRETCH BREAK

MOISTURE ABSORBENCY .2% OF WEIGHT .5% OF WEIGHT 9% OF WEIGHT 1% OF WEIGHT ZERO ZERO

DECOMPOSES 50% TENSILE AT 200°

EFFECT OF HEAT MELTS AT 300°F MELTS AT 482°F MELTS AT 482°F MELTS AT 297°F

AT 800°F MELTS AT 330°F

EFFECT OF SUNLIGHT TPX TP & SE WEB WEB TPX UP TO 50%

ON SLINGS NONE NONE UP TO 50% UP TO 50% NONE

EFFECT OF AGE NONE NONE NONE NONE NONE NEGLIGIBLE

RESISTANCE TO EXCELLENT GOOD FAIR VERY GOOD EXCELLENT EXCELLENT

CHEMICALS AND ACIDS

TO AKLALIS EXCELLENT GOOD EXCELLENT VERY GOOD EXCELLENT GOOD

TO SOLVENTS EXCELLENT GOOD GOOD VERY GOOD EXCELLENT GOOD

100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

ROT AND MILDEW RESISTANT RESISTANT RESISTANT RESISTANT RESISTANT RESISTANT

MELTS BEFORE MELTS BEFORE FLOATS.

BURNING. BURNING. MELTS BEFORE MELTS BEFORE

IDENTIFICATION LIGHT DOES NOT FORMS HARD FORMS HARD BURNING. BURNING.

STRONG BURN BEAD. BEAD. HARD TO CUT. BURNING ASPHALT

CELERY ODOR. PUNGENT ODOR. ORDOR.

ABRASION RESISTANCE EXCELLENT GOOD GOOD GOOD EXCELLENT FAIR

CHARACTERISTICS OF NATURAL AND SYNTHETIC FIBERS

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

MSI Products

MSI-7200

DYNA-LINK

MSI-3360

CHALLENGER II

MSI-4300

"PORTA-WEIGH PLUS"

MSI-6260

TRANS-WEIGH

The MSI-7200 Dyna-Link is a versatile digital

force measurement and load-indicating

instrument for inside and outside use. Ask

about remote display options.

The MSI-3360 Challenger II DigitalCrane

Scale is an instrument for light-duty overhead

industrial weighing.

The MSI-4300 "Porta-Weigh Plus" Overhead

Crane Scale has served duty in aerospace,

chemical, marine, mining, petroleum, and

steel industry applications for heavy-duty use.

Ask about the MSI-4260 "Porta-Weigh" for

Intrinsically Safe and High Heat applications.

The MSI-6260 Trans-Weigh Radio Telemetry

Crane Scale provides trouble-free data

transmission from crane hook to digital

indicator.

TRANS-WEIGH

SPECIFICATIONS

500 LB.

TO 250 TON

RANGE

CHALLENGER

SPECIFICATIONS

250 LB.

TO 15,000 LB.

RANGE

DYNA-LINK

SPECIFICATIONS

500 LB.

TO 250 TON

RANGE

"PORTA-WEIGH

PLUS"

SPECIFICATIONS

500 LB.

TO 250 TON

RANGE

Do not use this product unless properly trained.

Inspect and use according to OSHA B30.9 or Manufacturers Instructions.

WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Griphoist Products

GRIPHOIST

DYNAFOR®LLX

The Griphoist Dynafor®LLX with

Microprocessor combines digital

technology with lightweight, durable

aluminum construction for state-of-the-art

load monitoring and check-weighing.

Output by cable to hand-held display,

computer or printer. Operates in extreme

atmospheric conditions.

DYNAFOR®LLX

SPECIFICATIONS

250 LB.

TO 500,000 LB.

RANGE

GRIPHOIST

DYNAFOR®LLX-TR

The Griphoist Wireless Dynafor®LLX-TR

sends radio signal up to 180 feet away to

hand-held display, or optional wall-

mounted display or printer.

DYNAFOR®LLX-TR

SPECIFICATIONS

250 LB.

TO 500,000 LB.

RANGE

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Hilman Rollers

1. How much does the load weigh?

2. How many contact points does the load have? The Hilman rollers are rated in metric tons. Divide the number of

contact points into the total load to determine the capacity of individual rollers. Determine if the load is equally

distributed or unbalanced. If unbalanced, some rollers may carry more load and some less.

3. What is the rolling surface and its condition? The rolling surface should be hard and level, and free of debris.

Where the surface is not hard such as asphalt or dirt, a track or steel plate can be used as the rolling surface.

If the surface is not level, there must be a hold-back system on the load to brake and control it. If the floor is

composed of a delicate surface, then specify Nyton rollers which are coated to soften the roller contact.

4. Are there turns involved or is it a straight line move? If there are turns, rollers with swivels or swivels with a

locking top are suggested. If no turns, then a rigid style top is fine.

Rollers are available in sizes ranging from 1/2 to 3,000 tons. Riggers kits which consist of four rollers, steering

handles and various tops are available if moving loads with rollers is a common task. The kit comes complete with

a locking steel box. A riggers set is the same as a kit without the steel box.

GUIDELINES FOR SELECTING THE PROPER MODEL

HILMAN DELUXE KITS

• Steel or Nyton Chain

Hilman Rollers

provide maximum

turning options

Two full-length steering

handles knock-down

for storage

Raised base

prevents corrosion

and provides

forklift loading

14 guage

steel

carrying

case

Move and position all types of heavy equipment

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Lifting Attachments

LIFTER VS SPREADER – THE DIFFERENCE

Lifting beams are used when available headroom is not sufficient for top rigging. Lifting

beams must be designed structurally larger than spreader beams to adequately handle

load stress. Spreader beams with top rigging are smaller because most load stress is

absorbed by the rigging. This differentiation is critical in order to properly specify the

equipment required. Make sure you know the difference.

DO NOT EXCEED RATED CAPACITY

Can fail if damaged, misused or overloaded. Inspect before use. Use only if trained.

DEATH or INJURY can occur from improper use or maintenance. WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Wire Rope Clips

CROSBY CLIP WARNINGS AND

APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS

• Failure to read, understand, and follow these

instructions may cause death or serious injury.

• Read and understand these instructions before

using clips.

• Prepare wire rope end termination only as

instructed.

• Do not use with plastic coated wire rope.

• Apply first load to test the assembly. This load

should be of equal or greater weight than loads

expected in use. Next, check and re-tighten nuts to

recommended torque. (See Table I, this page).

Refer to Table I following these instructions. Turn back

specified amount of rope from thimble or loop. Apply first

clip one base width from dead end of rope. Apply U-Bolt

over dead end of wire rope – live end rests in saddle.

Tighten nuts evenly, alternate from one nut to the other

until reaching the recommended torque.

When two clips are required, apply the second clip as near

the loop or thimble as possible. Tighten nuts evenly,

alternating until reaching the recommended torque. When

more than two clips are required, apply the second clip as

near the loop or thimble as possible, turn nuts on second

clip firmly, but do not tighten. Proceed to Step 3.

When three or more clips are required, space additional

clips equally between first two – take up rope slack –

tighten nuts on each U-Bolt evenly, alternating from one

nut to the other until reaching recommended torque.

IMPORTANT

Apply first load to test the assembly. This load should be of

equal or greater weight than loads expected in use. Next,

check and retighten nuts to recommended torque. In

accordance with good rigging and maintenance practices,

the wire rope end termination should be inspected

periodically for wear, abuse, and general adequacy.

Efficiency ratings for wire rope end terminations are based

upon the catalog breaking strength of wire rope. The

efficiency rating of a properly prepared loop or thimble –

eye termination for clip sizes 1/8" through 7/8" is 80%, and

for sizes 1" through 3-1/2" is 90%.

The number of clips shown (see Table I) is based upon

using RRL or RLL wire rope, 6 x 19 or 6 x 37 Class, FC or

IWRC; IPS or XIP. If Seale construction or similar large

outer wire type construction in the 6 x 19 Class is to be

used for sizes 1" and larger, add one additional clip. If a

pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope, add

one additional clip.

The number of clips shown also applies to rotation-

resistant RRL wire rope, 8 x 19 Class, IPS, XIP, sizes 1-

1/2" and smaller; and to rotation-resistant RRL wire rope,

19 x 7 Class IPS, XIP, sizes 1-3/4" and smaller.

For elevator, personnel hoist, and scaffold applications,

refer to ANSI A17.1 and ANSI A10.4. These standards do

not recommend U-Bolt style wire rope clip terminations.

The style wire rope termination used for any application is

the obligation of the user.

For OSHA (Construction) applications, see OSHA

1926.251.

TABLE I

CLIP MINIMUM AMOUNT OF *TORQUE IN

SIZE NO. ROPE TO TURN FT.

(IN.) OF CLIPS BACK IN INCHES (LBS)

1/8 2 3-1/4 4.5

3/16 2 3-3/4 7.5

1/4 2 4-3/4 15

5/16 2 5-1/4 30

3/8 2 6-1/2 45

7/16 2 7 65

1/2 3 11-1/2 65

9/16 3 12 95

5/8 3 12 95

3/4 4 18 130

7/8 4 19 225

1 5 26 225

1-1/8 6 34 225

1-1/4 7 44 360

1-3/8 7 44 360

1-1/2 8 4 360

1-5/8 8 58 430

1-3/4 8 61 590

2 8 71 750

2-1/4 8 73 750

2-1/2 9 84 750

2-3/4 10 100 750

3 10 106 1200

3-1/2 12 149 1200

If a pulley (sheave) is used for turning back the wire rope, add

one additional clip.

If a greater number of clips are used than shown in the table, the

amount of turnback should be increased proportionately.

*The tightening torque values shown are based upon the threads

being clean, dry, and free of lubrication.

G-450

(Red-U-Bolt)

WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Wire Rope Clips

G-450

• Sizes 1/8" through 3" have

forged bases

• Entire clip – hot dip galvanized to

resist corrosive and rusting

action.

• Only genuine Crosby clips have

a red U-BOLT for instant

recognition.

• All clips are individually bagged

or tagged with proper application

instructions and warning

information.

• Clip sizes up through 1-1/2" have

rolled threads.

Look for the Red-U-Bolt®,

your assurance of

Crosby Clips.

CROSBY®CLIPS

SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION

Crosby clips all sizes 1/4" and larger meet

Federal Specification FF-C-450 TYPE 1 CLASS 1.

ROPE G-450 STD. WT. PER DIMENSIONS (IN)

SIZE STOCK NO. PKG. 100

(IN) GALV. QTY. (LBS) A B C D E F G H

*1/8 1010015 100 6 .22 .72 .44 .47 .41 .38 .81 .94

*3/16 1010033 100 10 .25 .97 .56 .59 .50 .44 .94 1.16

1/4 1010051 100 20 .31 1.03 .50 .75 .66 .56 1.19 1.44

5/16 1010079 100 30 .38 1.38 .75 .88 .72 .69 1.31 1.69

3/8 1010097 100 47 .44 1.50 .75 1.00 .91 1.63 1.94 .75

7/16 1010113 50 76 .50 1.88 1.00 1.19 1.13 .88 1.81 2.28

1/2 1010131 50 80 .50 1.88 1.00 1.19 1.13 .88 1.91 2.28

9/16 1010159 50 104 .56 2.25 1.25 1.31 1.22 .94 2.06 2.50

5/8 1010177 50 106 .56 2.38 1.25 1.31 1.34 .94 2.06 2.50

3/4 1010195 25 142 .62 2.75 1.44 1.50 1.41 1.06 2.25 2.84

7/8 1010211 25 212 .75 3.12 1.62 1.75 1.59 1.25 2.44 3.16

1 1010239 10 252 .75 3.50 1.81 1.88 1.78 1.25 2.63 3.47

1-1/8 1010257 10 283 .75 3.88 2.00 2.00 1.91 1.25 2.81 3.59

1-1/4 1010275 10 438 .88 4.25 2.13 2.31 2.19 1.44 3.13 4.13

1-3/8 1010293 10 442 .88 4.63 2.31 2.38 2.31 1.44 3.13 4.19

1-1/2 1010319 10 544 .88 4.94 2.38 2.59 2.44 1.44 3.41 4.44

1-5/8 1010337 Bulk 704 1.00 5.31 2.62 2.75 2.66 1.63 3.63 4.75

1-3/4 1010355 Bulk 934 1.13 5.75 2.75 3.06 2.94 1.81 3.81 5.28

2 1010373 Bulk 1300 1.25 6.44 3.00 3.38 3.28 2.00 4.44 5.88

2-1/4 1010391 Bulk 1600 1.25 7.13 3.19 3.88 3.19 2.00 4.50 6.38

2-1/2 1010417 Bulk 1900 1.25 7.69 3.44 4.13 3.69 2.00 4.05 6.63

†2-3/4 1010435 Bulk 2300 1.25 8.31 3.56 4.38 4.88 2.00 5.00 6.88

3 1010453 Bulk 3100 1.50 9.19 3.88 4.75 4.69 2.38 5.88 7.63

†31/2 1010426 Bulk 4000 1.50 10.75 4.50 5.50 6.00 2.38 6.19 8.38

*Electro-plated U-Bolt and Nuts

†2-3/4" and 3-1/2" are made of cast steel.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Master Link

MASTER LINK

MASTER LINK ASSEMBLY

• Alloy Steel - Quenched and Tempered.

• Individually proof tested at 2 times Working

Load Limit with certification.

• Proof test certification shipped with each link.

• Sizes from 1/2" to 2" are drop forged.

*Minimum Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

†Based on single leg sling (in-line load), or resultant load on muliple legs with an included angle less than or equal to 120°.

For use with chain slings.

††Welded Master Link.

A-342 WT. DIMENSIONS (IN) DEFOR-

SIZE STOCK WLL*† EACH MATION

(IN) NO. S.C. (LBS) (LBS) A B C D E INDICATOR

1/2 1014262 7000 .82 .50 2.50 5.00 3.50 6.00 3.00

5/8 1014280 9000 1.52 .63 3.00 6.00 4.25 7.25 3.50

3/4 1014306 12300 2.07 .75 2.75 5.50 4.25 7.00 3.50

1 1014324 24360 4.85 1.00 3.50 7.00 5.50 9.00 4.50

1-1/4 1014342 36000 9.57 1.25 4.38 8.75 6.88 11.25 5.50

1-1/2 1014360 54300 16.22 1.50 5.25 10.50 8.25 13.50 6.50

1-3/4 1014388 84900 25.22 1.75 6.00 12.00 9.50 15.50 7.50

2 1014404 102600 37.04 2.00 7.00 14.00 11.00 18.00 9.00

2-1/4†† 1014422 143100 54.10 2.25 8.00 16.00 12.50 20.50 –

2-1/2†† 1014468 147300 67.75 2.50 8.00 16.00 13.00 21.00 –

2-3/4†† 1014440 216900 87.70 2.75 9.50 16.00 15.00 21.50 –

3†† 1014486 228000 115.00 3.00 9.00 18.00 15.00 24.00 –

3-1/4†† 1014501 262200 145.00 3.25 10.00 20.00 16.50 26.50 –

3-1/2†† 1014529 279000 200.00 3.50 12.00 24.00 19.00 31.00 –

3-3/4†† 1015051 336000 198.00 3.75 10.00 20.00 17.50 27.50 –

4†† 1015060 373000 228.00 4.00 10.00 20.00 18.00 28.00 –

4-1/4†† 1015067 354000 302.00 4.25 12.00 24.00 20.50 32.50 –

4-1/2†† 1015079 360000 345.00 4.50 14.00 28.00 23.00 37.00 –

4-3/4†† 1015088 389000 436.00 4.75 14.00 28.00 23.50 37.50 –

5†† 1015094 395000 516.00 5.00 15.00 30.00 25.00 40.00 –

A-342

A-345 WT. DIMENSIONS (IN) DEFOR-

SIZE STOCK WLL*† EACH MATION

(IN) NO. S.C. (LBS) (LBS) A B C D E F INDICATOR

3/4 1014734 10500 2.60 .75 2.75 5.50 .56 3.55 1.57 3.50

1 1014752 24360 6.10 1.00 3.50 7.00 .69 3.94 2.36 4.50

1-1/4 1014770 36000 13.20 1.25 4.38 8.75 .88 3.94 2.36 5.50

1-1/2 1014798 54300 24.20 1.50 5.25 10.50 1.15 5.91 2.76 6.50

1-3/4 1014814 84900 35.60 1.75 6.00 12.00 1.25 6.30 3.54 7.50

2 1014832 102600 57.30 2.00 7.00 14.00 1.50 7.09 3.94 9.00

• Alloy Steel - Quenched and Tempered.

• Individually proof tested at 2 times Working

Load Limit with certification.

• Proof test certification shipped with each link.

*Working Load Limit with coupling links at 60° included angle.

†Ultimate Load is 4 times Working Load Limit.

A-345

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Forged Shackles

• Working load limit permanently shown on every shackle.

• Forged – Quenched and Tempered, with alloy pins.

• Capacities 1/3 through 55 tons.

• Look for the red pin...the mark of genuine Crosby quality.

• Shackles can be furnished proof tested with certificates

to designated standards such as ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or

other certification available when requested at the time of

order.

• Hot dip galvanized or self-colored.

• Fatigue rated.

G-209 S-209 G-213 S-213

WORKING DIMENSIONS (IN) TOLERANCE

NOM. LOAD + / -

SIZE LIMIT* A B C D E F G H L M N P C A

3/16 †1/3 .38 .25 .88 .19 .60 .56 .98 1.47 .16 1.12 – .19 .06 .06

1/4 1/2 .47 .31 1.13 .25 .78 .61 1.28 1.84 .19 1.38 1.34 .25 .06 .06

5/16 3/4 .53 .38 1.22 .31 .84 .75 1.47 2.09 .22 1.66 1.59 .31 .06 .06

3/8 1 .66 .44 1.44 .38 1.03 .91 1.78 2.49 .25 2.03 1.88 .38 .13 .06

7/16 1-1/2 .75 .50 1.69 .44 1.16 1.06 2.03 2.91 .31 2.38 2.13 .44 .13 .06

1/2 2 .81 .63 1.88 .50 1.31 1.19 2.31 3.28 .38 2.69 2.38 .50 .13 .06

5/8 3-1/4 1.06 .75 2.38 .63 1.69 1.50 2.94 4.19 .44 3.34 2.91 .69 .13 .06

3/4 4-3/4 1.25 .88 2.81 .75 2.00 1.81 3.50 4.97 .50 3.97 3.44 .81 .25 .06

7/8 6-1/2 1.44 1.00 3.31 .88 2.28 2.09 4.03 5.83 .50 4.50 3.81 .97 .25 .06

1 8-1/2 1.69 1.13 3.75 1.00 2.69 2.38 4.69 6.56 .56 5.07 4.53 1.06 .25 .06

1-1/8 9-1/2 1.81 1.25 4.25 1.16 2.91 2.69 5.16 7.47 .63 5.59 5.13 1.25 .25 .06

1-1/4 12 2.03 1.38 4.69 1.29 3.25 3.00 5.75 8.25 .69 6.16 5.50 1.38 .25 .06

1-3/8 13-1/2 2.25 1.50 5.25 1.42 3.63 3.31 6.38 9.16 .75 6.84 6.13 1.50 .25 .13

1-1/2 17 2.38 1.63 5.75 1.54 3.88 3.63 6.88 10.00 .81 7.35 6.50 1.62 .25 .13

1-3/4 25 2.88 2.00 7.00 1.84 5.00 4.19 8.86 12.34 1.00 9.08 7.75 2.25 .25 .13

2 35 3.25 2.25 7.75 2.08 5.75 4.71 9.97 13.68 1.22 10.34 8.75 2.40 .25 .13

2-1/2 †55 4.13 2.75 10.50 2.71 7.25 5.69 12.87 17.84 1.38 13.00 – 3.13 .25 .25

*NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.0 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 6 times the Working Load Limit.

†Furnished in screw pin only.

WORKING STOCK NO. WEIGHT EACH

NOM. LOAD (LBS)

SIZE LIMIT* G-209 S-209 G-213 S-213 G-209 G-213

(IN.) (TONS) GALV. S.C. GALV. S.C. S-209 S-213

3/16 †1/3 1018357 – – – .06 –

1/4 1/2 1018375 1018384 1018017 1018026 .10 .13

5/16 3/4 1018393 1018400 1018035 1018044 .19 .18

3/8 1 1018419 1018428 1018053 1018062 .31 .29

7/16 1-1/2 1018437 1018446 1018071 1018080 .38 .38

1/2 2 1018455 1018464 1018099 1018106 .72 .71

5/8 3-1/4 1018473 1018482 1018115 1018124 1.37 1.50

3/4 4-3/4 1018491 1018507 1018133 1018142 2.35 2.32

7/8 6-1/2 1018516 1018525 1018151 1018160 3.62 3.49

1 8-1/2 1018534 1018543 1018179 1018188 5.03 5.00

1-1/8 9-1/2 1018552 1018561 1018197 1018204 7.41 6.97

1-1/4 12 1018570 1018589 1018213 1018222 9.50 9.75

1-3/8 13-1/2 1018598 1018605 1018231 1018240 13.53 13.25

1-1/2 17 1018614 1018623 1018259 1018268 17.20 17.25

1-3/4 25 1018632 1018641 1018277 1018286 27.75 29.46

2 35 1018650 1018669 1018295 1018302 45.00 45.75

2-1/2 †55 1018678 1018687 – – 85.75 –

Screw pin anchor shackles meet the

requirements of Federal Specification

RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A, Class 2.

SCREW PIN ROUND PIN

Round pin anchor shackles meet the

requirements of Federal Specification

RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A, Class 1.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Alloy Bolt-Type Shackles

NOM. WORKING DIMENSIONS TOLERANCE

SHACKLE LOAD (IN) + / -

SIZE LIMIT* ABC DEFGHJKAE

(IN.) (TONS)

1-1/2 30 2.38 3.62 1.62 1.63 5.75 1.50 6.88 7.94 10.00 3.88 .13 .25

1-3/4 40 2.88 4.31 2.25 2.00 7.00 1.75 8.50 9.31 12.22 5.00 .13 .25

2 55 3.25 4.81 2.40 2.25 7.75 2.00 9.75 10.41 13.28 5.75 .13 .25

2-1/2 85 4.12 5.69 3.12 2.75 10.50 2.62 12.50 13.56 17.34 7.25 .25 .25

3 †120 5.00 6.50 3.62 3.25 12.98 3.00 14.50 16.50 21.50 7.88 .25 .25

3-1/2 †150 5.25 8.00 4.12 3.75 14.63 3.50 16.50 19.00 24.62 9.00 .25 .25

4 †175 5.50 9.00 4.56 4.25 14.50 4.00 18.38 19.75 25.69 10.00 .25 .25

4-3/4** †200 7.25 10.50 6.00 4.75 15.50 3.75 21.00 19.88 29.25 11.00 .25 .25

5** †250 8.25 12.00 6.50 5.00 20.00 4.00 24.50 21.12 35.00 13.00 .25 .25

6** †300 8.38 12.00 6.75 6.00 19.50 5.25 25.00 22.88 35.25 13.00 .25 .25

7** †400 8.25 14.00 7.25 7.00 22.50 6.50 26.00 26.12 40.25 13.00 .25 .25

*NOTE: Maximum Proof Load is 2.0 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit on 200

through 400 metric tons. For sizes 30 throught 175 metric tons, Minimum Ultimate Load is 5.4 times the Working Load Limit.

**Cast Alloy Steel.

†Furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.

††Maximum Proof Load is 1000 tons and furnished with Round Head Bolts with welded handle.

NOM. WORKING STOCK NO.

SHACKLE LOAD WEIGHT

SIZE LIMIT* G-2140 S-2140 EACH

(IN.) (TONS) GALV S.C. (LBS.)

1-1/2 30 1021110 1021129 20.8

1-3/4 40 1021138 1021147 33.9

2 55 1021156 1021165 52.0

2-1/2 85 1021174 1021183 96.0

3 120 1021192 – 178.0

3-1/2 †150 1021218 – 265.0

4 †175 1021236 – 338.0

4-3/4** †200 1021414 – 450.0

5** †250 1021432 – 600.0

6** †300 1021450 – 775.0

7** †400 1021478 – 1102.0

• Working Load Limit is permanently

shown on every shackle.

• Alloy bows, alloy bolts.

• Quenched and tempered.

• Sizes 200 tons and larger are

individually proof tested.

• Forged Alloy Steel 30 through 175 metric

tons. Cast Alloy Steel 200 through 400

metric tons.

• Pins are galvanized and painted red.

BOLT-TYPE ANCHOR SHACKLE

G-2140 S-2140

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Bolt-Type Shackles

NOM. WORKING DIMENSIONS (IN) TOLERANCE

SHACKLE LOAD + / -

SIZE LIMIT* A B C D E F G H K L M N P R C&G A

(IN.) (TONS)

3/16 1/3 .38 .25 .88 .19 .60 .56 – 1.47 – .98 – .19 1.29 – .06 .06

1/4 1/2 .47 .31 1.13 .25 .78 .61 – 1.84 – 1.28 – .25 1.56 – .06 .06

5/16 3/4 .53 .38 1.22 .31 .84 .75 – 2.09 – 1.47 – .31 1.82 – .06 .06

3/8 1 .66 .44 1.44 .38 1.03 .91 – 2.49 – 1.78 – .38 2.17 – .13 .06

7/16 1-1/2 .75 .50 1.69 .44 1.16 1.06 – 2.91 – 2.03 – .44 2.51 – .13 .06

1/2 2 .81 .63 1.88 .50 1.31 1.19 1.63 3.28 3.03 2.31 1.81 .50 3.03 .50 .13 .06

5/8 3-1/4 1.06 .75 2.38 .63 1.69 1.50 2.00 4.22 3.75 2.94 2.31 .69 3.63 .63 .13 .06

3/4 4-3/4 1.25 .88 2.81 .75 2.00 1.81 2.38 4.97 4.53 3.50 2.75 .81 4.44 .81 .25 .06

7/8 6-1/2 1.44 1.00 3.31 .88 2.28 2.09 2.81 5.83 5.33 4.03 3.19 .97 5.00 .97 .25 .06

1 8-1/2 1.69 1.13 3.75 1.00 2.69 2.38 3.19 6.56 5.94 4.69 3.69 1.00 5.69 1.00 .25 .06

1-1/8 9-1/2 1.81 1.25 4.25 1.13 2.91 2.69 3.56 7.47 6.78 5.16 4.06 1.25 6.41 1.25 .25 .06

1-1/4 12 2.03 1.38 4.69 1.25 3.25 3.00 3.94 8.28 7.50 5.75 4.53 1.38 6.97 1.38 .25 .06

1-3/8 13-1/2 2.25 1.50 5.25 1.38 3.63 3.31 4.44 9.16 8.28 6.38 5.00 1.50 7.69 1.50 .25 .13

1-1/2 17 2.38 1.63 5.75 1.50 3.88 3.63 4.88 10.00 9.06 6.88 5.38 1.62 8.25 1.62 .25 .13

1-3/4 25 2.88 2.00 7.00 1.75 5.00 4.19 5.75 12.22 10.97 8.50 6.38 2.12 9.59 2.12 .25 .13

2 35 3.25 2.25 7.75 2.00 5.75 4.81 6.75 13.28 12.28 9.75 7.25 2.40 11.00 2.00 .25 .13

2-1/2 55 4.13 2.75 10.50 2.62 7.25 5.69 8.00 17.34 14.84 12.50 9.13 3.13 13.69 2.62 .25 .25

3 †85 5.00 3.25 13.00 3.00 7.88 6.50 8.50 21.50 16.88 14.50 11.00 3.62 16.50 3.50 .25 .25

3-1/2 †120 5.25 3.75 14.63 3.50 9.00 8.00 – 24.63 – 16.50 – 4.12 19.00 – .25 .25

4 †150 5.50 4.25 14.50 4.00 10.00 9.00 – 25.69 – 18.38 – 4.56 19.75 – .25 .25

BOLT-TYPE

ANCHOR SHACKLE

BOLT-TYPE

CHAIN SHACKLE

G-2130 S-2130 G-2150 S-2150

• Working Load Limit is permanently shown on

every shackle.

• Forged – quenched and tempered, with alloy

pins.

• Capacities 1/3 through 150 metric tons.

• Look for the red pin... the mark of genuine

Crosby quality.

• Shackles can be furnished proof tested with

certificates to designated standards, such as

ABS, DNV, Lloyds, or other certification.

Charges for proof testing and certification

available when requested at time of order.

• Hot dip galvanized or self colored.

• Fatigue rated.

NOM. WORKING 2130 2150

STOCK NO.

SHACKLE LOAD WEIGHT WEIGHT

SIZE LIMIT* G-2130 A-21E0 G-2150 A-2150 EACH EACH

(IN.) (TONS) GALV. S.C. GALV. S.C. (LBS.) (LBS.)

3/16 1/3 1019464 – – – .06 –

1/4 1/2 1019466 – 1019768 – .11 .13

5/16 3/4 1019468 – 1019770 – .22 .23

3/8 1 1019470 – 1019772 – .33 .33

7/16 1-1/2 1019471 – 1019774 – .49 .49

1/2 2 1019472 1019481 1019775 1019784 .79 .75

5/8 3-1/4 1019490 1019506 1019793 1019800 1.68 1.47

3/4 4-3/4 1019515 1019524 1019819 1019828 2.72 2.52

7/8 6-1/2 1019533 1019542 1019837 1019846 3.95 3.85

1 8-1/2 1019551 1019560 1019855 1019864 5.66 5.55

1-1/8 9-1/2 1019579 1019588 1019873 1019882 8.27 7.60

1-1/4 12 1019597 1019604 1019891 1019908 11.71 10.81

1-3/8 13-1/2 1019613 1019622 1019917 1019926 15.83 13.75

1-1/2 17 1019631 1019640 1019935 1019944 20.80 18.50

1-3/4 25 1019659 1019668 1019953 1019962 33.91 31.40

2 35 1019677 1019686 1019971 1019980 52.25 46.75

2-1/2 55 1019695 1019702 1019999 1020004 98.25 85.00

3 †85 1019711 – 1020013 – 154.00 124.25

3-1/2 †120 1019739 – – – 265.00 –

4 †150 1019757 – – – 338.00 –

Bolt Type Anchor shackles with thin

head bolt–nut with cotter pin, meets the

requirements of Federal Specification

RR-C-271D Type IVA, Grade A, Class 3.

Bolt Type Chain shackles with thin hex

head bolt–nut with cotter pin, meets the

requirements of Federal Specification

RR-C-271D Type IVB, Grade A, Class 3.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Alloy Shackles

"WIDE BODY" SLING SAVER SHACKLES INCREASE SLING LIFE

• Greatly improves wearability of wire rope slings.

• Increase in shackle bow radius provides minimum

58% gain in sling bearing surface and eliminates

need for a thimble.

• Increases usable sling strength minimum of 15%.

• Pin is non-rotating, with weld on handles for easier

use.

• All ratings are in metric tons, embossed on side of

bow.

• Sizes 400 tons and larger are tested to 1.33 times

Working Load Limit.

• Standard 2160 shackles 400 tons and larger are

individually proof tested with Crosby certification.

Shackles requiring ABS, DNV, Lloyds and other

certifications are available upon special request

and must be specified at time of order.

• Weighs no more than conventionally designed

shackles.

• All sizes quenched and tempered for maximum

strength.

• Forged alloy steel from 75 through 300 metric tons.

• Cast alloy steel from 400 through 1000 metric tons.

• All bows are furnished Dimetcoted. All pins are

Dimetcoted then painted red.

G-2160

Patented

WLL* G-2160 WT. DIMENSIONS (IN)

(METRIC STOCK EACH A B C D E F G H J K L M N O P R

TONS) NO. (LBS) +/-.25 +/-.02

75† 1021290 99 13.62 4.13 2.12 2.76 4.76 12.80 2.52 11.41 4.72 3.66 4.37 1.00 3.00 3.90 12.32 18.31

125† 1021307 161 15.75 5.12 2.56 3.15 5.71 15.94 3.15 14.37 5.90 4.33 5.12 1.06 2.95 4.64 14.96 22.68

200† 1021316 500 20.00 5.90 3.35 4.13 7.28 20.96 4.33 18.90 8.07 5.41 6.69 1.26 4.33 5.75 19.49 29.82

300† 1021325 811 23.27 7.28 4.00 5.25 9.25 26.25 5.51 23.62 10.43 6.31 8.07 1.50 4.42 6.89 23.64 37.39

400†† 1021334 1041 28.13 8.66 5.16 6.30 11.02 25.79 6.30 22.64 12.60 7.28 9.45 1.50 4.72 7.76 27.16 38.78

500†† 1021343 1378 31.87 9.84 5.59 7.09 12.52 28.35 6.69 24.80 13.39 8.86 10.43 1.61 4.92 8.74 31.10 42.72

600†† 1021352 1833 35.94 10.83 6.04 7.87 13.78 31.50 7.28 27.56 14.57 9.74 11.93 1.75 5.39 9.74 34.06 47.24

700†† 1021361 2446 39.07 11.81 6.59 8.46 14.80 33.17 7.87 28.94 15.75 10.63 12.62 1.89 5.94 10.75 37.01 50.18

800†† 1021254 3016 38.82 12.80 7.19 9.06 15.75 34.06 8.27 29.53 16.54 10.92 13.90 1.89 6.14 11.26 38.39 52.09

900†† 1021389 3436 41.34 13.78 7.78 9.84 16.93 34.74 8.66 29.80 17.32 11.52 15.20 2.01 6.08 12.50 40.35 54.04

1000†† 1021370 4022 46.30 14.96 8.33 10.63 17.72 35.24 9.06 29.92 18.11 12.11 16.00 2.01 5.98 12.99 42.32 55.31

*Ultimate Load is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

†Forged Alloy Steel. Proof Load is 2 times the Working Load Limit.

††Cast Alloy Steel. Proof Load is 1.33 times the Working Load Limit.

CONVENTIONAL

SHACKLE

"WIDE BODY"

SHACKLE

400 THROUGH 1000

METRIC TONS

75 THROUGH 300

METRIC TONS

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

"Synthetic Sling Saver" Shackle

SLING SAVER SHACKLES INCREASE SLING LIFE

The Crosby "Synthetic Sling Saver" Shackle, designed for Round or Flat

Synthetic Slings, has the following features:

• Eliminates "bunching" effect caused by traditional shackles.

• Reduces sling tendency to slide.

Increased radius of bow gives wider sling bearing surface resulting in an

increased area for load distribution, thus:

• Increases Synthetic Sling efficiency by at least 15% as compared to a

standard anchor or chain shackle bow.

• Allowing better load distribution on internal fibers.

Both a Screw Pin and Bolt, nut and cotter pin configuration.

• Bolt (Pin) has a large diameter that provides better load distribution.

Each shackle has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material

traceability along with a Working Load Limit and the name Crosby forged

into it.

• Available in sizes from 3-1/4 tons (1") to 50 tons (6").

• All Alloy construction.

• Design Factor of 5 to 1.

• Fatigue rated to 20,000 cycles at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit.

WEB S-252 S-253

ROUND SLING WORKING BOLT TYPE SCREW PIN

SLING NOMINAL LOAD WEIGHT WEIGHT

SIZE SIZE LIMIT* S-252 EACH S-253 EACH

(NUMBER) (IN.) (TONS) STOCK NO. (LBS.) STOCK NO. (LBS.)

1 & 2 1 3-1/4 1020485 1.4 1020575 1.4

3 & 4 1.5 6-1/2 1020496 2.4 1020575 2.2

5 & 6 2 8-3/4 1020507 4.1 1020593 3.8

7 & 8 3 12-1/2 1020518 8.0 1020602 7.3

9 & 10 4 20-1/2 1020529 16.9 1020611 15.2

11 & 12 5 35 1020540 35.0 1020620 30.8

13 6 50 1020551 57.5 1020629 52.0

ROUND WEB WORKING DIMENSIONS

SLING SLING LOAD (IN.)

SIZE NOMINAL LIMIT*

(NUMBER) SIZE (IN.) (TONS) A BCD E F G H J KLMNPR

1 & 2 1 3-1/4 .88 .62 1.38 .75 1.50 .44 3.38 3.68 1.12 1.50 .75 2.69 3.22 .44 1.00

3 & 4 1.5 6-1/2 1.25 .75 1.75 .88 1.88 .50 4.15 4.25 1.31 1.81 1.00 3.38 4.03 .50 1.19

5 & 6 2 8-3/4 1.38 .88 2.25 1.00 2.81 .56 5.50 4.72 1.50 2.09 1.12 4.19 4.50 .50 1.44

7 & 8 3 12-1/2 1.62 1.12 3.25 1.25 3.06 .75 6.34 5.88 1.88 2.62 1.38 5.62 5.59 .62 1.81

9 & 10 4 20-1/2 2.12 1.38 4.50 1.50 5.75 .88 9.75 7.19 2.25 3.12 1.75 7.50 6.88 .75 2.13

11 & 12 5 35 2.50 1.75 5.50 2.00 6.34 1.12 11.50 9.31 3.00 4.19 2.25 9.19 8.66 1.00 2.88

13 6 50 3.00 2.12 6.50 2.25 7.70 1.25 16.75 10.38 3.38 4.75 2.75 11.00 10.22 1.22 3.19

*Note: Maximum Proof Load is 2-1/2 times the Working Load Limit. Minimum Ultimate Strength is 5 times the Working Load Limit.

S-252 S-253

S-253

S-252

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Synthetic Sling Hook

The Web Sling hook, originally designed for 2-Ply Web slings, can also be used

with Round Slings as long as the Working Load Limit ratings are compatible.

The new hook incorporates the following features:

99Eye is desigend with a wide beam surface which:

• Eliminates bunching effects

• Reduces sling tendency to slide.

• Allows a better load distribution on internal fibers.

99Each hook has a Product Identification Code (PIC) for material

traceability along with a working load limit.

99Hooks available in sizes 1-1/2 (1"), 3 (2"), and 5 (3") tons.

99All alloy construction.

99Design factor of 5 to 1.

99Fatigue rated to 20,000 cycles at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit.

WS-320 A

WEB SLING HOOK

WEB SLING ROUND WORKING S-4320

NOMINAL SLING LOAD HOOK WS-320 A WSL-320 A REPLACEMENT

SIZE SIZE LIMIT* I.D. S.C WITH LATCH LATCH KIT

(IN.) (NUMBER) (TONS) CODE STOCK NO. STOCK NO. STOCK NO.

1" 1 1-1/2 FA 1022701 1022706 1096374

2" 2 3 HA 1022712 1022717 1096468

3" 3 5 IA 1022723 1022728 1096515

WEB SLING ROUND WORKING DIMENSIONS

NOMINAL SLING LOAD (IN.) WEIGHT

SIZE SIZE LIMIT* EACH

(IN.) (NUMBER) (TONS) A B C D F G H J K L M N O P Q T AA (LBS.)

1" 1 1-1/2 5.25 2.26 3.98 3.11 1.38 .84 .94 .93 .71 1.50 .63 .75 .91 2.24 1.01 .98 2.00 1.10

2" 2 3 7.11 3.66 5.31 3.97 1.63 1.13 1.32 1.13 .94 2.50 .85 1.13 1.09 2.82 1.69 1.16 2.00 2.86

3" 3 5 9.33 5.13 7.06 4.81 2.00 1.44 1.63 1.47 1.31 3.75 1.13 1.63 1.36 3.51 2.59 1.53 2.50 6.60

*Note: Proof load is 2-1/2 times Working Load Limit. Average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 time Working Load Limit.

WEB SLING HOOK

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Sling and Hoist Hooks

Important Safety Information –

Read and Follow

• A visual periodic inspection for cracks, nicks, wear,

gouges and deformation as part of a comprehensive

documented inspection program, should be conducted by

trained personnel in compliance with the schedule in ANSI

B30.10.

• For hooks used in frequent load cycles or pulsating loads,

the hook and threads should be periodically inspected by

Magnetic Particle or Dye Penetrant. (Note: Some

disassembly may be required.)

• Never use a hook whose throat opening has been

increased, or whose tip has been bent more than 10

degrees out of plane from the hook body, or is in any other

way distorted or bent. Note: A latch will not work

properly on a hook with a bent or worn tip.

• Never use a hook that is worn beyond the limits shown in

Figure 1.

• Remove from service any hook with a crack, nick, or

gouge. Hooks with a crack, nick or gouge shall be repaired

by grinding lengthwise, following the contour of the hook,

provided that the reduced dimension is within the limits

shown in Figure 1.

• Never repair, alter, rework, or reshape a hook by welding,

heating, burning, or bending.

• Never side load, back load, or tip load a hook. (See Figure

• Eye hooks, shank hooks and swivel hooks are designed to

be used with wire rope or chain. Efficiency of assembly

may be reduced when used with synthetic material.

• Do not swivel the S-322 swivel hook while it is supporting

a load.

• The use of a latch may be mandatory by regulations or

safety codes; e.g., OSHA, MSHA, ANSI/ASME B30,

Insurance, etc.

• Always make sure the hook supports the load. (See Figure

3) The latch must never support the load. (See Figure 4)

• When placing two (2) sling legs in hook, make sure the

angle from the vertical to the outermost leg is not greater

than 45 degrees, and the included angle between the legs

does not exceed 90 degrees.* (See Figure 5)

• See ANSI/ASME B30.10 "Hooks" for additional

information.

• Loads may disengage from hook if proper

procedures are not followed.

• A failing load may cause serious injury or

death.

• See OSHA Rule 1926.550(g) for personnel

hoisting by cranes or derricks. A 319, 320 or

322 hook with a PL Latch attached (when

secured with the bolt, nut and pin) may be

used for lifting personnel.

• Threads may corrode and/or strip and drop

the load.

• Hook must always support the load. The

load must never be supported by the latch.

• Never apply more force than the hook's

assigned Working Load Limit (WLL) rating.

• Read and understand these instructions

before using hook.

SLING AND HOIST HOOKS

WARNINGS AND APPLICATION

INSTRUCTIONS

*For two legged slings with angles greater than 90°, use an intermediate

link such as a master link or bolt type shackle to collect the legs of the

slings. The intermediate link can then be placed over the hook to provide

an in-line load on the hook. This approach must also be used when using

slings with three or more legs.

S-319 S-320 S-320N S-322

ZONE A: REPAIR NOT REQUIRED

ZONE B: 10% OF ORIGINAL DIMENSION

ZONE C: 5% OF ORIGINAL DIMENSION

ZONE D: SEE MINIMUM THREAD SIZE

Side Load Back Load Tip Load

WRONG

RIGHT

Figure 2

Figure 3 Figure 4 Figure 5

Figure 1

ZONE A

ZONE B

ZONE C

2/3

45°

60°

ZONE A

ZONE B

ZONE C

2/3

45°

60°ZONE D

WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Hoist Hooks

• The most complete line of shank hoist hooks. Available 3/4

to 300 tons.

• Available in carbon steel, alloy steel, and bronze.

• Quenched and Tempered.

• Proper design, careful forging and precision controlled

quench and tempering give maximum strength without

excessive weight and bulk.

• Every Crosby Shank Hook has a pre-drilled cam which can

be equipped with a latch. Even years after purchase of the

original hook, latch assemblies can be added.

• Load Rating code stamped on each hook (Refer to Hook

Identification Code columns below).

SHANK HOOKS

SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION

*NOTE: Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All carbon hooks – average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy

eye hooks 1 ton thru 22 tons – average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tons –

average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.0 times the Working Load Limit. Alloy shank hooks 1 ton through 22 tons – average straightening load

(ultimate load) is 4.0 times the Working Load Limit. Alloy shank hooks 30 tons through 300 tons (ultimate load is All Bronze hooks – average

straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit.

WORKING LOAD LIMIT* HOOK IDENTIFICATION DIMENSIONS

(TONS) CODE (IN.)

SHANK‡ 319-C 319-A

LENGTH 320-C 320-A 319-B

CARBON ALLOY BRONZE TYPE 322-C 322-A A B C D F G H

3/4* 1 .5 Std. DC DA DB 4.42 1.47 3.34 2.86 1.25 .73 .81

1** 1-1/2 .6 Std. FC FA FB 5.05 1.75 3.80 3.15 1.38 .84 .94

1-1/2** 2 1.0 Std. GC GA GB 5.74 2.13 4.24 3.55 1.50 1.00 1.16

2** 3 1.4 Std. HC HA HB 6.53 2.41 4.82 3.97 1.63 1.13 1.32

3** 4-1/2 2.0 Std. IC IA IB 8.07 3.00 5.91 4.87 2.00 1.44 1.63

5** 7 3.5 Std. JC JA JB 10.19 3.81 7.47 6.27 2.50 1.81 2.06

7-1/2** 11 5.0 Std. KC KA KB 12.52 4.66 9.16 7.50 3.00 2.25 2.63

10** 15 6.5 Std. LC LA LB 14.05 5.38 10.19 8.37 3.25 2.59 2.94

15** 22 10.0 Std. NC NA NB 17.38 6.63 12.82 10.34 4.25 3.00 3.50

20 30 – Std. OC OA – 19.47 7.00 14.06 13.62 5.00 3.62 4.62

20 30 – Long OC OA – – – – 13.62 5.00 3.62 4.62

25 37 – Std. PC PA – 24.81 8.50 18.19 14.06 5.38 4.56 5.00

25 37 – Long PC PA – – – – 14.06 5.38 4.56 5.00

30 45 – Std. SC SA – 27.44 9.31 20.12 15.44 6.00 5.06 5.50

30 45 – Long SC SA – – – – 15.44 6.00 5.06 5.50

40 60 – Std TC TA – 32.31 10.75 23.72 18.50 7.00 6.00 6.50

40 60 – Long TC TA – – – – 18.50 7.00 6.00 6.50

50† 75† – Std. UC UA – – – – 20.62 7.75 6.69 7.25

50† 75† – Long UC UA – – – – 20.62 7.75 6.69 7.25

– 100† – Std. – WA – – – – 23.00 6.81 8.59 9.88

– 100† – Long – WA – – – – 23.00 6.81 8.59 9.88

– 150† – Std. – XA – – – – 24.38 6.75 9.12 10.94

– 200† – Std. – YA – – – – 26.69 7.50 9.75 11.81

– 300† – Std. – ZA – – – – 30.12 9.50 10.62 12.94

**Available hot dip galvanized. ‡See column "Y" for actual shank length.

†Cams on these hook sizes fit PL Latch only.

Hook I.D. Codes: A - Alloy Steel, B - Bronze, C - Carbon Steel.

S-319 S-319N

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Hoist Hooks

*NOTE: Proof load is 2 times Working Load Limit. All carbon hooks – average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy

eye hooks 1 ton thru 22 tons – average straightening load (ultimate load) is 5 times Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 30 tons through 60 tons –

average straightening load (ultimate load) is 4.0 times the Working Load Limit. Alloy shank hooks 1 ton through 22 tons – average straightening load

(ultimate load) is 4.0 times the Wroking Load Limit. Alloy shank hooks 30 tons through 300 tons (ultimate load is All Bronze hooks – average

straightening load (ultimate load) is 4 times Working Load Limit.

DIMENSIONS WEGHT EACH

(IN.) (LBS.)

DEFORMATION

INDICATOR

J K L O P Q R T†† X†† Y Z AA 319 320

.93 .63† 5.14 .89 2.00 .75 2.35 .87 .59 2.06 .69 1.50 .50 .61

.97 .71† 5.68 .91 2.24 .91 2.59 .98 .66 2.25 .78 2.00 .75 .75

1.06 .88† 6.35 1.00 2.45 1.13 2.76 1.03 .72 2.59 .88 2.00 1.00 1.00

1.19 .94† 4.14 1.09 2.82 1.25 3.16 1.16 .88 2.84 1.00 2.00 1.82 1.85

1.50 1.31 8.63 1.36 3.51 1.56 3.85 1.53 1.16 3.34 1.25 2.50 3.69 3.85

1.78 1.66 10.43 1.61 4.52 2.00 4.77 1.96 1.41 3.84 1.56 3.00 7.25 7.25

2.41 1.88 12.52 2.08 5.32 2.44 5.88 2.47 1.81 4.38 1.94 4.00 13.49 13.00

2.62 2.19 13.47 2.27 6.00 2.84 6.37 2.62 2.00 4.50 2.19 4.00 18.00 17.25

3.41 2.69 16.65 3.02 6.90 3.50 8.14 2.83 2.56 5.50 2.63 5.00 35.33 33.00

4.00 3.00 23.09 3.25 8.78 3.50 9.44 3.44 3.12 10.00 3.12 6.50 72.00 53.00

4.00 3.00 31.09 3.25 8.78 – 9.44 3.44 3.12 18.00 3.12 6.50 85.50 85.50

4.25 3.62 31.12 3.00 11.38 4.50 12.56 3.88 4.00 15.00 4.00 7.00 134.00 134.00

4.25 4.00 41.12 3.00 11.38 – 12.56 3.88 4.00 24.00 4.00 7.00 172.00 172.00

4.75 3.72 34.12 3.38 12.63 4.94 14.00 4.75 4.00 15.00 4.00 8.00 182.00 182.00

4.75 4.50 43.12 3.38 12.63 – 14.00 4.75 4.00 24.00 4.00 8.00 214.00 214.00

5.75 4.44 36.06 4.12 14.81 5.69 15.50 5.69 4.50 14.50 4.50 10.00 268.00 268.00

5.75 5.50 47.56 4.12 14.81 – 15.50 5.69 4.50 26.00 4.50 10.00 312.00 312.00

6.50 6.25 41.16 5.38 16.53 – 19.38 6.00 5.00 15.00 5.00 11.50 390.00 390.00

6.50 6.25 49.16 5.38 16.53 – 19.38 6.00 5.00 15.00 5.00 11.50 390.00 390.00

5.88 5.50 42.12 4.50 17.38 – 18.41 7.00 7.00 15.00 7.00 12.00 610.00 610.00

5.88 5.50 48.12 4.50 17.38 – 18.41 7.00 7.00 21.00 7.00 12.00 675.00 675.00

6.00 6.00 45.75 4.50 18.00 – 18.38 7.00 7.25 18.00 7.25 13.00 735.00 735.00

6.60 7.00 50.50 5.00 19.25 – 20.50 8.00 8.00 20.00 8.00 13.00 1020.00 1020.00

8.00 7.25 54.69 6.25 22.69 – 23.50 8.25 9.50 20.00 9.50 15.00 1390.00 1390.00

†Dimensions shown are for S-4320 latch kits. Dimensions for sizes 20 ton carbon and larger are for PL Latch Kits.

††Dimension before machining (as forged).

Shank Hook dimensions

with PL Latch Assembled

• Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into the product which address two (2) QUIC-CHECK®

features.

• Deformation Indicators – Two strategically placed marks, one just below the shank or eye and the

other on the hook up, which allow for a QUIC-CHECK®measurement to determine if the throat

opening has changed, thus indicating abuse or overload.

• To check, use a measuring device (i.e. tape measure) to measure the distance between the

marks. The marks should align to either an inch or half-inch increment on the measuring device.

If the measurement does not meet this criteria, the hook should be inspected further for possible

damage.

• Angle Indicators – Indicates the maximum included angle which is allowed between two (2) sling

legs in the hook. These indicators also provide the opportunity to approximate other included

angles between two sling legs.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Sling and Hoist Hooks

All Crosby 320 Eye Hoist Hooks incorporate the following features:

• Designed with 5:1 Design Factor.

• Proper design, careful forging and precision controlled quenched

and tempering give maximum strength without excessive weight

and bulk.

• Pre-drilled cam which can be equipped with a latch.

• Eye hooks are load rated.

• Available in carbon steel and alloy steel.

• Strategically placed markings forged into the product which

address two (2) QUIC-CHECK®features. (See following page)

• Fatigue rated at 1-1/2 times the Working Load Limit at 20,000

cycles.

• Low profile hook tip.

• Integrated latch (S-4320) meets the World class standard for

lifting.

• Heavy duty stamped latch interlocks with the hook tip.

• High cycle, long life spring.

• When secured with proper cotter pin through the hole in the tip

of the hook, meets the intent of OSHA Rule 1926.550(g) for

personnel hoisting.

EYE HOOKS

SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION

*Eye Hooks (3/4TC - 22TA), Proof load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Eye Hooks (20TC - 60TA), Proof Load is 2 times Working Load Limit.

All carbon hooks – average straightening loads (ultimate load) is 5 tiimes Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton through 22 ton – average load)

is 4.5 times Working Load Limit.

†New 320N style hook.

WORKING

LOAD LIMITS* EYE HOOK REPLACEMENT

(TONS) STOCK NO. LATCH KITS

HOOK CARBON CARBON ALLOY WEIGHT

ID S-320C G-320C S320A EACH S-4320 PL SS-4055

CARBON ALLOY CODE S.C. GALV. S.C. (LBS.) STOCK NO. STOCK NO. STOCK NO.

3/4† 1† D 1022200 1022208 1022375 .61 1096325 – –

1† 1-1/2† F 1022211 1022219 1022386 .89 1096374 – –

1-1/2† 2† G 1022222 1022230 1022397 1.44 1096421 – –

2† 3† H 1022233 1022241 1022406 2.07 1096468 – –

3† 5† I 1022244 1022249 1022419 4.30 1096515 – –

5† 7† J 1022255 1022262 1022430 8.30 1096562 – –

7-1/2† 11† K 1022264 1022274 1022441 15.00 1096609 – –

10† 15† L 1022277 1022285 1022452 21.60 1096657 – –

15† 22† N 1022288 1022296 1022465 39.50 1096704 – –

20 30 O 1023289 – 1023546 60.00 – 1093716 1090161

25 37 P 1023305 – 1023564 105.00 – 1093717 1090189

30 45 S 1023323 – 1023582 148.00 – 1093718 1090189

40 60 T 1023341 – 1023608 228.00 – 1093719 1090205

S-320 S-320N / S-1320N

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Sling and Hoist Hooks

HOOK DIMENSIONS

ID (IN.)

CODE C D F G J K M N O Q T AA

D 3.34 2.83 1.25 .73 .91 .63 .63 .36 .89 .75 .87 1.50

F 3.81 3.11 1.38 .84 .93 .71 .71 .42 .91 .91 .98 2.00

G 4.14 .353 1.50 1.00 1.00 .88 .88 .55 1.00 1.13 1.03 3.00

H 4.69 3.97 1.63 1.13 1.13 .94 .94 .58 1.09 1.25 1.16 2.00

I 5.77 4.81 2.00 1.44 1.47 1.31 1.31 .72 1.36 1.56 1.53 2.50

J 7.37 6.27 2.50 1.81 1.75 1.66 1.66 .90 1.61 2.00 1.96 3.00

K 9.07 7.45 3.00 2.25 2.29 1.88 1.63 1.11 2.08 2.44 2.47 4.00

L 10.08 8.30 3.25 2.59 2.50 2.19 1.94 4.27 2.27 2.84 2.62 4.00

N 12.53 10.30 4.25 3.00 3.30 2.69 2.38 1.56 3.02 3.50 2.83 5.00

O 14.06 13.62 5.00 3.62 4.00 3.00 3.00 1.75 3.25 3.50 3.44 6.50

P 18.19 14.06 5.38 4.56 4.25 4.00 3.19 2.00 3.00 4.50 3.88 7.00

S 20.12 15.44 6.00 5.06 4.75 4.50 3.25 2.18 3.38 4.94 4.75 8.00

T 23.72 18.50 7.00 6.00 5.75 5.50 3.91 2.53 4.12 5.69 5.69 10.00

Shank Hook dimensions

with PL Latch Assembled

• Hoist hooks incorporate markings forged into the product which address two (2) QUIC-

CHECK®features.

• Deformation Indicators – Two strategically placed marks, one just below the shank or

eye and the other on the hook up, which allow for a QUIC-CHECK®measurement to

determine if the throat opening has changed, thus indicating abuse or overload.

• To check, use a measuring device (i.e. tape measure) to measure the distance

between the marks. The marks should align to either an inch or half-inch increment

on the measuring device. If the measurement does not meet this criteria, the hook

should be inspected further for possible damage.

• Angle Indicators – Indicates the maximum included angle which is allowed between

two (2) sling legs in the hook. These indicators also provide the opportunity to

approimate other included angles between two sling legs.

*Eye Hooks (3/4TC - 22TA), Proof load is 2.5 times Working Load Limit. Eye Hooks (20TC - 60TA), Proof Load is 2 times Working Load Limit.

All carbon hooks – average straightening loads (ultimate load) is 5 tiimes Working Load Limit. Alloy eye hooks 1 ton through 22 ton – average load) is

4.5 times Working Load Limit.

SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Material: C-1035 and SA-182-F-11 in stock

Threads: U.N.C. Class 2B, Right or Left Hand

Finish: Self-Colored, Galvanized, Plated

Options: Stainless Steel; Other Alloys;

Special Threading

Maximum working loads have been

established with a safety factor of 5:1 using

the maximum pin diameter, the resulting net

area of the eye at the pin hole, and the

expected ultimate tensile strength of C-1035

steel.

The maximum tap size (U dimension) shown

in Table I is for reference purposes only. It

should be used only to determine the largest

tap diameter the clevis can accommodate

without considering the pin diameter. Use

Table II to select the proper combination of tap

size and pin diameter for any given size of

clevis.

Clevis sizes in Table II for any given tap size

and pin diameter combination are based upon

the net area of the eye at the pin hole being

equal to or greater than 125% of the net area

at the minor diameter of a round rod without

upset ends, threaded Unified National Coarse

Series.

For any combination of tap size and pin

diameter shown, the pin in double shear will

develop the strength of the rod if both the rod

and pin are made from steel having the same

physical properties. The pin must be

investigated for bending, however; and if

inadequate, a larger diameter pin selected.

Pins supplied with clevises by Cleveland City

Forge are made from steel having a minimum

ultimate tensile strength of 58,000 pounds per

square inch, unless otherwise specified.

If the pin is made from steel with physical

properties lower in value than the steel used

for the rod, the pin may not develop the

strength of the rod in either shear or bending;

requiring a larger diameter pin.

Some combinations of tap size and pin

diameter shown will not develop the maximum

working load of the clevis shown in Table I.

Selection of the rod and pin, the material from

which both are made, as well as the clevis

size adequate to meet the required design

load is the responsibility of the purchaser or

user. Load imposed upon the clevis should not

exceed the maximum working load values

shown in Table I.

Clevises

DIAMETER OF TAP – Inches

MAX.

WORKING WGT.

CLEVIS D N U W TOLERANCE A P LOAD EACH

NO. MAX. MAX. KIPS LBS.

2 1-7/16 5/8 5/8 1-1/16 5/16 + 1/32 - 0 3-9/16 3/4 3.5 1

2-1/2 2-1/2 1-1/8 7/8 1-1/4 5/16 + 1/32 - 0 4 1-1/2 7.5 2-1/2

3 3 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 1/2 + 1/32 - 1/32 5-1/16 1-3/7 15 4

3-1/2 3-1/2 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-3/4 1/2 + 1/16 - 1/16 6 2 18 6

4 4 1-3/4 1-3/4 2 1/2 + 1/16 - 1/16 5-15/16 2-1/4 21 8

5 5 2-1/4 2-1/8 2-1/2 5/8 + 3/32 - 0 7 2-1/2 37.5 16

6 6 2-3/4 2-1/2 3 3/4 + 3/32 - 0 8 3 54 26

7 7 3 3 3-1/2 7/8 + 1/8 - 1/16 9 3-3/4 68.5 36

8 8 4 4 4 1-1/2 + 1/8 - 1/16 10-1/8 4-1/4 135 90

TABLE I

STANDARD CLEVIS DIMENSIONS – Inches

1/2 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1¼ 1½ 1¾ 2 2¼ 2½ 2¾ 3 3¼ 3½ 3¾ 4 4¼

3/8 2 2 2

1/2 2 2 2

5/8 2 2 2 2½2½ 2½2½

3/4 2½ 2½ 2½ 2½ 2½

7/8 2½ 2½ 2½ 3

13333

1-1/8 3 3 3 3 3½

1-1/4 3 3 3 3 3½

1-3/8 3 3 3½ 3½ 4

1-1/2 3½ 3½ 4 4 5

1-5/8 4 4 4 5 5 5

1-3/4 4 5 5 5 5

1-7/8 5 5 5 5 5

25555566

2-1/8 5 5 6 6 6 6

2-1/4 6 6 6 6 6 7 7

2-3/8 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7

2-1/2 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7

2-5/8 7 7 7 7 7 8

2-3/4 7 7 7 7 8 8

2-7/8 7 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

3 7 88 88 88 8

3-1/8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

3-1/4 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

3-3/8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8

3-1/2 8 8 8 8 8 8

3-5/8 8 8 8 8 8

3-3/4 8 8 8 8

3-7/8 888

488

TABLE II

DIAMETER OF PIN – Inches

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Hooks

HOOKS • SNAP • REPLACEMENT • SORTING

SINGLE EIGHT SAFE

PART PART WORKING DIMENSIONS (IN.) WEIGHT

ROPE ROPE LOAD* EACH

SIZE SIZE (LBS.) A C E L (LBS.)

3/8 – 2,500 2-1/16 5/8 5/8 4-9/32 .77

1/2 1/8 3,300 2-1/4 3/4 25/32 4-31/32 1.19

5/8† 3/16 5,000 3-1/16 3/4 OR 1 5/16 6-3/8 2.89

3/4† 1/4 8,000 3-3/8 1 OR 1-7/16 1-5/32 7-21/32 5.00

• FORGED ALLOY STEEL

through 3/4".

• Wide throat to take heavy

thimbles

*Ultimate Load is 5 times Safe

Working Load.

†When ordering, EYE diameter

("C") should be specified.

A-350

G-3315

S-3316

A-378

SAFE INSIDE

HOOK WORKING DIAM. THROAT LENGTH WEIGHT

SIZE LOAD OF EYE OPENING OVERALL POUNDS

(IN.) (LBS.) (IN.) (IN.) (IN.) PER 100

7/16 750 3/4 3/4 3-15/16 23.25

9/16 1,000 1-1/8 13/16 4-3/4 48.25

SLIDING CHOKER HOOKS Quenched & Tempered

SNAP HOOKS Forged Steel, Quenched & Tempered

• Pressed steel latches and stainless

steel springs, bolts and nuts.

• Safe Working Loads shown are

based on Ultimate Load that is 4

times the Safe Working Load.

WIDTH

SIZE BETWEEN DIAM. OVERALL THROAT WEIGHT

HOIST JAWS BOLT LENGTH OPENING EACH

(TON) (IN.) (IN.) (IN.) (IN.) (LBS.)

1/2 9/16 3/8 6-1/8 31/32 1.25

1 11/16 7/16 7-11/16 1-1/8 2.61

REPLACEMENT HOOKS Quenched & Tempered

• Easily attached to any hoist with

welded link load chain and roller

chain or wire rope with suitable end

fitting.

• Spring latch, latch bolt with self

locking nut – stainless steel. Nuts

cadmium plated brass.

• For chain and electric hoists with

swivel jaw-forged.

Forged Alloy Steel

SORTING HOOKS Quenched & Tempered

• Deep straight throat permits efficient handling of flat plates

or large cylindrical shapes.

• The long tapered point allow easy grab in rings, pear links,

eye bolts or lifting holes.

• Ultimate load is 5 times the Safe Working Load.

Safe Working Load at Tip 2 Ton

Safe Working Load at Bottom of Hook 7-1/2 Ton

Overall Length 9-11/16"

I.D. of Eye 1-3/8"

Opening at Top of Hook 2-13/16"

Radius at Bottom of Hook 5/8"

Weight Each 6.42 Lbs.

SORTING HOOK

with HANDLE

SLIDING CHOKER

HOOK with LATCH

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Chain Hooks

CM ALLOY CLEVIS TYPE GRAB HOOK – GRADE 80

• Attach directly to the chain – no connecting

links to buy.

• Heat treated pins.

• Extra deep throat.

• Painted orange.

• Hooks embossed with chain grade.

• "Alloy" forged on every hook.

• Grab hooks are compatible with grade 80 alloy

chain except M807A.

• Alloy clevis hooks develop the mechanical

properties of grade 80, as stated, but are not

recommended for overhead lifting sling

applications.

M806A

WORKING DIMENSIONS

CHAIN LOAD (IN.) APPROX

SIZE LIMIT† PROD. WEIGHT

(IN.) (LBS.) CODE W D H L P R EA. (LBS.)

1/4 3,500 M804A 5/16 1-15/16 3/8 3-1/4 21/64 1-7/8 .38

5/16 4,500 M805A 3/8 2-9/32 7/16 3-31/32 25/64 2-3/8 .62

3/8 7,100 M806A 29/64 2-5/8 1/2 4-1/2 1/2 2-5/8 .96

7/16 6,900 M807A** 1/2 3 9/16 5-1/32 1/2 3 1.46

1/2 12,000 M808A 19/32 3-7/16 21-32 5-23/32 19/32 3-5/16 2.02

5/8 18,100 M810A 3/4 4-5/16 23-32 6-7/8 3/4 3-15/16 3.75

SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION

†Alloy clevis hooks develop the mechanical properties of grade 80, as stated, but are not recommended for

overhead lifting sling applications.

**Grade 63

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Wedge Sockets

S-421T

"THE TERMINATOR™"

NOTE: Existing Crosby S-421 Wedge Sockets can be

retrofitted with the New Terminator Wedge.

New QUIC-CHECK™ "Go" and "No-Go" features cast into

wedge. The proper size wire rope is determined when the

following criteria are met:

1. The wire rope shall pass thru the "Go" hole in the wedge.

2. The wire rope shall NOT pass thru the "No-Go" hole in the

wedge.

Important Safety Information –

Read and Follow

Inspection / Maintenance Safety

• Always inspect socket, wedge and pin before using.

• Do not use part showing cracks.

• Do not use modified or substitute parts.

• Repair minor nicks or gouges to socket or pin by lightly

grinding until surfaces are smooth. Do not reduce original

dimension more than 10%. Do not repair by welding.

• Inspect permanent assemblies annually, or more often in

severe operating conditions.

Assembly Safety

• Use only with standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope of designated

size. For intermediate size rope, use next larger size socket.

For example: When using 9/16" diameter wire rope use a 5/8"

size Wedge Socket Assembly. WElding of the tail on the

standard wire rope is not recommended. The tail length of the

dead end should be a minimum of 6 rope diameters but not

less than 6". (See Figure 1)

• To use with Rotation Resistant wire rope (special wire rope

constructions with 8 or more outer strands) ensure that the

dead end is welded, brazed or seized before inserting the

wire rope into the wedge socket to prevent core slippage or

loss of rope lay. The tail length of the dead end should be a

minimum of 20 rope diameters but not less than 6". (See

Figure 1)

• Properly match socket, wedge and clip (See Table I) to wire

rope size.

• Align live end of rope, with center line of pin. (See Figure 1)

• Secure dead end section of rope. (See Figure 1)

• Tighten nuts on clip to recommended torque. (Table I)

• Do not attach dead end to live end or install wedge

backwards. (See Figure 2)

•Use a hammer to seat Wedge and Rope as deep into

socket as possible before applying first load.

• Loads may slip and fall if the Wedge Socket

is not properly installed.

• A failing load can seriously injure or kill.

• Read and understand these instructions

before installing the Wedge Socket.

• Do not side load the Wedge Socket.

• Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and

Wire Rope in the socket. This load should be

of equal or greater weight than loads

expected in use.

WEDGE SOCKET

WARNINGS AND APPLICATION

INSTRUCTIONS

Extended Wedge Socket Assembly

U.S. Patent No. 5,553,360

FIGURE 1

*TAIL

LENGTH

"Go"

"No-Go"

RIGHT

*Tail Length

Standard 6 to 8 strand wire rope Rotation Resistant Wire Rope

A minimum of 6 rope diameters, A minimum of 20 rope diameters,

but not less than 6". but not less than 6".

TABLE I

Rope Size 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4

Clip Size 3/8 7/16 1/2 9/16 5/8 3/4 7/8 1 1-1/8 1-1/4

*Torque Ft./Lbs. 45 65 65 95 95 130 225 225 225 360

*The lightening torque values shown are based upon the threads

being clean, dry, and free of lubrication.

Operating Safety

• Apply first load to fully seat the Wedge and Wire Rope in

the socket. This load should be of equal or greater weight

than loads expected in use.

• Efficiency rating of the Wedge socket termination is based

upon the catalog breaking strength of Wire Rope. The

efficiency of a properly assembled Wedge Socket is 80%.

• During use, do not strike the dead end section with any

other elements of the rigging (Called two-blocking).

WRONG

Rope

Backward

WRONG

Wedge

Backward

WRONG

Tail Clipped

to live Line

FIGURE 2

WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Wedge Sockets

• Basket is cast steel.

• Individually magnetic particle inspected.

• Pin diameter and jaw opening allows wedge and socket to

be used in conjunction with open swage and spelter

sockets.

• Secures the tail or "dead end" of the wire rope to the

wedge, thus eliminates loss or "Punch out" of the wedge.

• The TERMINATOR™ wedge eliminates the potential

breaking off of the tail due to fatigue.

• The tail, which is secured by the base of the clip and the

wedge, is left undeformed and available for reuse.

• Incorporates Crosby's patented QUIC-CHECK™ "Go"

and "No-Go" feature cast into the wedge. The proper size

rope is determined when the following criteria are met:

1. The wire rope should pass thru the "Go" hole in the

wedge.

2. The wire rope should NOT pass thru the "No-Go"

hole in the wedge.

• Utilizes standard Crosby Red-U-Bolt wire rope clip.

• Generates a minimum efficiency of 80% based on the

catalog breaking strength of the wire rope.

• Standard S-421 wedge socket can be retrofitted with the

new style TERMINATOR™ wedge.

• Available with Bolt, Nut and Cotter Pin.

U.S. Patent No. 5,553,360 and foreign equivalents

"THE TERMINATOR™"

Crosby's New & Improved Wedge Socket

SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION

S-421T S-421T S-421TW

WIRE ROPE STOCK NO WEIGHT S-421TW WEIGHT

SIZE COMPLETE EACH STOCK NO. EACH

(IN.) ASSEMBLY* (LBS.) WEDGE ONLY (LBS.)

3/8 1035000 3.18 1035555 .50

1/2 1035009 6.15 1035564 1.05

5/8 1035018 9.70 1035573 1.79

3/4 1035027 14.50 1035582 2.60

7/8 1035036 21.50 1035591 4.02

1 1035045 30.75 1035600 5.37

1-1/8 1035051 45.30 1035609 7.84

1-1/4** 1040448 57.50 1040607 6.81

WIRE

ROPE DIMENSIONS (IN)

DIA.‡

(IN.) A B C D G H J† K† L P R S T U V

3/8 5.63 2.66 .81 .81 1.38 3.12 7.38 1.60 .88 1.56 .44 2.13 .44 1.25 1.38

1/2 6.81 3.53 1.00 1.00 1.62 3.85 8.75 1.21 1.06 1.94 .50 2.56 .53 1.75 1.88

5/8 8.16 4.25 1.25 1.19 2.12 4.58 10.34 1.64 1.22 2.25 .56 3.25 .69 2.00 2.19

3/4 9.78 4.96 1.50 1.38 2.44 5.37 12.03 2.17 1.40 2.62 .66 3.63 .78 2.34 2.56

7/8 11.16 5.66 1.75 1.63 2.69 6.28 14.00 2.22 1.66 3.12 .75 4.31 .88 2.69 2.94

1 12.75 6.31 2.00 2.00 2.56 7.02 15.86 2.71 2.00 3.75 .88 4.70 1.03 2.88 3.29

1-1/8 14.38 6.94 2.25 2.25 3.31 7.76 17.70 2.50 2.25 4.25 1.00 5.44 1.19 3.13 3.56

1-1/4 16.00 7.53 2.50 2.50 3.56 N/A N/A 3.39 2.50 4.75 1.12 6.13 1.31 3.38 3.81

*Terminator Assembly includes Socket, Wedge, Pin and Wire Rope Clip.

**1-1/4" not available in TERMINATOR™ style.

†Nominal

‡For intermediate wire rope sizes use next larger size socket.

S-421T

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Hook & Eye Turnbuckles

HG-225

HOOK & EYE

Meets the performance requirements

of Federal Specification FF-T-79 lb.,

Type 1, Form 1 – CLASS 6, and

ASTM F-1145, except for those

provisions required of the contractor.

• Hot Dip galvanized steel.

• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by

normalizing.

• Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy

attachment in system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckle sizes

1/4" through 2-1/2", a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.

• Turnbuckle hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results

in a stronger hook with better fatigue properties.

• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.

• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body

has UNC threads.

• Lock Nuts available for all sizes.

THREAD WORKING

DIAMETER LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (IN)

& TAKE UP STOCK NO. LIMIT* EACH A D E F J K M N R S X BB

(IN.) GALV. (LBS.) (LBS.) CLOSED OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED

1/4 x 4 1030636 400 .29 .25 .45 1.59 1.27 11.46 7.46 12.09 8.09 .78 .34 1.75 4.00

5/16 x 4-1/2 1030654 700 .49 .31 .50 1.94 1.50 13.19 8.69 13.47 9.47 .94 .44 2.09 4.50

3/8 x 6 1030672 1000 .78 .38 .56 2.30 1.77 16.98 10.98 17.94 11.94 1.12 .53 2.52 6.00

1/2 x 6 1030690 1500 1.61 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 19.45 12.45 20.67 13.67 1.42 .72 3.23 6.00

1/2 x 9 1030716 1500 1.85 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 25.45 15.45 26.67 16.67 1.42 .72 3.23 9.00

1/2 x 12 1030734 1500 2.26 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 31.45 18.45 32.67 19.67 1.42 .72 3.23 12.00

5/8 x 6 1030752 2250 2.70 .63 .90 3.69 2.81 21.96 13.96 22.72 15.47 1.80 .88 3.90 6.00

5/8 x 9 1030770 2250 3.13 .63 .90 3.69 2.81 27.96 16.96 28.72 18.47 1.80 .88 3.90 9.00

5/8 x 12 1030798 2250 3.78 .63 .90 3.69 2.81 33.21 19.96 34.72 21.47 1.80 .88 3.90 12.00

3/4 x 6 1030814 3000 3.89 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 23.13 15.63 24.95 17.45 2.09 1.00 4.69 6.00

3/4 x 9 1030832 3000 4.61 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 29.13 18.63 30.95 20.45 2.09 1.00 4.69 9.00

3/4 x 12 1030850 3000 5.83 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 35.13 21.63 36.95 23.45 2.09 1.00 4.69 12.00

3/4 x 18 1030878 3000 6.33 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 47.13 27.63 48.95 29.45 2.09 1.00 4.69 18.00

7/8 x 12 1030896 4000 8.10 .88 1.13 5.19 3.78 36.53 22.78 38.66 24.91 2.38 1.25 5.10 12.00

7/8 x 18 1030912 4000 9.95 .88 1.13 5.19 3.78 48.53 28.78 50.66 30.91 2.38 1.25 5.10 18.00

1 x 6 1030930 5000 9.33 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 26.80 18.80 29.20 21.20 3.00 1.44 6.36 6.00

1 x 12 1030958 5000 11.93 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 38.80 24.80 41.20 27.20 3.00 1.44 6.36 12.00

1 x 18 1030976 5000 14.00 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 50.80 30.80 53.20 33.20 3.00 1.44 6.36 18.00

1 x 24 1030994 5000 17.25 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 62.80 36.80 65.20 39.20 3.00 1.44 6.36 24.00

1-1/4 x 12 1031010 6500 19.00 1.25 1.50 7.22 5.13 41.63 27.13 44.56 30.06 3.56 1.81 7.72 12.00

1-1/4 x 18 1031038 6500 23.00 1.25 1.50 7.22 5.13 53.63 33.13 56.56 36.06 3.56 1.81 7.72 18.00

1-1/4 x 24 1031056 6500 24.00 1.25 1.50 7.22 5.13 65.63 39.13 68.56 42.06 3.56 1.81 7.72 24.00

1-1/2 x 12 1031074 7500 27.50 1.50 1.88 8.34 5.75 44.72 29.72 47.72 32.72 4.06 2.12 8.62 12.00

1-1/2 x 18 1031092 7500 31.00 1.50 1.88 8.34 5.75 56.72 35.72 59.72 38.72 4.06 2.12 8.62 18.00

1-1/2 x 24 1031118 7500 37.50 1.50 1.88 8.34 5.75 68.72 41.72 71.72 44.72 4.06 2.12 8.62 24.00

*Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

M OPEN

N CLOSED

X CLOSED

J OPEN

K CLOSED

E CLOSED

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Hook & Hook Turnbuckles

HG-223

HOOK & HOOK

Meets the performance requirements

of Federal Specification FF-T-79 lb.,

Type 1, Form 1 – CLASS 5, and

ASTM F-1145, except for those

provisions required of the contractor.

• Hot Dip galvanized steel.

• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.

• Turnbuckle hooks are forged with a greater cross sectional area that results in a

stronger hook with better fatigue properties.

• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.

• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has

UNC threads.

• Lock Nuts available for all sizes.

• Fatigue Rated.

*Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

THREAD WORKING

DIAMETER LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (IN)

& TAKE UP STOCK NO. LIMIT* EACH A D E F J K M N BB

(IN.) GALV. (LBS.) (LBS.) CLOSED OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED

1/4 x 4 1030011 400 .30 .25 .45 1.59 1.27 11.12 7.12 11.94 7.94 4.00

5/16 x 4-1/2 1030039 700 .47 .31 .50 1.94 1.50 12.81 8.31 13.81 9.31 4.50

3/8 x 6 1030057 1000 .78 .38 .56 2.30 1.77 16.50 10.50 17.72 11.72 6.00

1/2 x 6 1030075 1500 1.60 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 18.82 11.82 20.38 13.38 6.00

1/2 x 9 1030093 1500 1.83 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 24.82 14.82 26.38 16.38 9.00

1/2 x 12 1030119 1500 2.28 .50 .66 2.94 2.28 30.82 17.82 32.38 19.38 12.00

5/8 x 6 1030137 2250 2.75 .63 .90 3.69 2.81 20.50 13.25 22.50 15.25 6.00

5/8 x 9 1030155 2250 3.38 .63 .90 3.69 2.81 26.50 16.25 28.50 18.25 9.00

5/8 x 12 1030173 2250 3.50 .63 .90 3.69 2.81 32.50 19.25 34.50 21.25 12.00

3/4 x 6 1030191 3000 3.89 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 22.38 14.88 24.78 17.28 6.00

3/4 x 9 1030217 3000 5.28 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 28.38 17.88 30.78 20.28 9.00

3/4 x 12 1030235 3000 5.43 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 34.38 20.88 36.78 23.28 12.00

3/4 x 18 1030253 3000 8.12 .75 .98 4.52 3.33 46.38 26.88 48.78 29.28 18.00

7/8 x 12 1030271 4000 8.10 .88 1.13 5.19 3.78 36.00 22.25 38.75 25.00 12.00

7/8 x 18 1030299 4000 9.95 .88 1.13 5.19 3.78 48.00 28.25 50.75 31.00 18.00

1 x 6 1030315 5000 9.33 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 25.63 17.63 28.69 20.69 6.00

1 x 12 1030333 5000 11.93 1.00 1.25 5.74 4.25 37.63 23.63 40.69 26.69 12.00

1 x 18 1030351 5000 14.00 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 49.63 29.63 52.69 32.69 18.00

1 x 24 1030379 5000 17.25 1.00 1.25 5.84 4.25 61.63 35.63 64.69 38.69 24.00

1-1/4 x 12 1030397 6500 20.58 1.25 1.50 7.22 5.13 40.44 25.94 44.06 29.56 12.00

1-1/4 x 18 1030413 6500 23.00 1.25 1.50 7.22 5.13 52.44 31.94 56.06 35.56 18.00

1-1/4 x 24 1030431 6500 27.00 1.25 1.50 7.22 5.13 64.44 37.94 68.06 41.56 24.00

1-1/2 x 12 1030459 7500 27.50 1.50 1.88 8.34 5.75 43.94 28.94 47.44 32.44 12.00

1-1/2 x 18 1030477 7500 31.00 1.50 1.88 8.34 5.75 55.96 34.94 59.44 38.44 18.00

1-1/2 x 24 1030495 7500 37.50 1.50 1.88 8.34 5.75 67.94 40.94 71.44 44.44 24.00

M OPEN

N CLOSED

J OPEN

K CLOSED

E CLOSED

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Jaw & Eye Turnbuckles

THREAD WORKING

DIAMETER LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (IN)

& TAKE UP STOCK NO. LIMIT* EACH A D E F J K M N R S X BB

(IN.) GALV. (LBS.) (LBS.) CLOSED OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED

1/4 x 4 1031877 500 .30 .25 .45 1.58 .62 11.35 7.35 12.07 8.17 .78 .34 1.75 4.00

5/16 x 4-1/2 1031895 800 .50 .31 .50 1.98 .87 13.71 8.71 14.01 9.51 .94 .44 2.09 4.50

3/8 x 6 1031911 1200 .80 .38 .54 2.12 .87 16.81 10.81 17.77 11.77 1.12 .53 2.52 6.00

1/2 x 6 1031939 2200 1.51 .50 .55 2.75 1.06 19.29 12.29 20.47 13.48 1.42 .72 3.23 6.00

1/2 x 9 1031957 2200 1.71 .50 .55 2.75 1.06 25.29 15.29 26.48 16.48 1.42 .72 3.23 9.00

1/2 x 12 1031975 2200 2.08 .50 .55 2.75 1.06 31.29 18.29 32.48 19.48 1.42 .72 3.23 12.00

5/8 x 6 1031993 3500 2.35 .63 .82 3.50 1.31 20.99 13.74 22.53 15.28 1.80 .88 3.90 6.00

5/8 x 9 1032019 3500 3.17 .63 .82 3.50 1.31 26.99 16.74 28.53 18.28 1.80 .88 3.90 9.00

5/8 x 12 1032037 3500 3.61 .63 .82 3.50 1.31 32.99 19.74 34.53 21.28 1.80 .88 3.90 12.00

3/4 x 6 1032055 5200 4.00 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 22.69 15.19 24.61 17.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 6.00

3/4 x 9 1032073 5200 4.75 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 28.69 18.19 30.61 20.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 9.00

3/4 x 12 1032091 5200 5.93 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 34.69 21.19 36.61 23.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 12.00

3/4 x 18 1032117 5200 7.00 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 46.69 27.19 48.61 29.11 2.09 1.00 4.69 18.00

7/8 x 12 1032135 7200 8.36 .88 1.23 4.85 1.75 36.09 22.34 38.32 24.57 2.38 1.25 5.10 12.00

7/8 x 18 1032153 7200 9.75 .88 1.23 4.85 1.75 48.09 28.34 50.32 30.57 2.38 1.25 5.10 18.00

1 x 6 1032171 10000 8.92 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 26.34 18.34 28.89 20.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 6.00

1 x 12 1032199 10000 11.20 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 38.34 24.34 40.89 26.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 12.00

1 x 18 1032215 10000 13.30 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 50.34 30.34 52.89 32.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 18.00

1 x 24 1032233 10000 17.00 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 62.34 36.34 64.89 38.89 3.00 1.44 6.36 24.00

1-1/4 x 12 1032251 15200 19.42 1.25 1.86 7.21 2.81 41.32 26.82 44.55 30.05 3.56 1.81 7.72 12.00

1-1/4 x 18 1032279 15200 24.18 1.25 1.86 7.21 2.81 53.32 32.82 56.05 36.05 3.56 1.81 7.72 18.00

1-1/4 x 24 1032297 15200 28.50 1.25 1.86 7.21 2.81 65.32 38.82 68.55 42.05 3.56 1.81 7.72 24.00

1-1/2 x 12 1032313 21400 28.99 1.50 2.25 7.88 2.81 43.50 28.50 47.25 32.25 4.06 2.12 8.62 12.00

1-1/2 x 18 1032331 21400 35.00 1.50 2.25 7.88 2.81 55.50 34.50 59.25 38.25 4.06 2.12 8.62 18.00

1-1/2 x 24 1032359 21400 39.18 1.50 2.25 7.88 2.81 67.50 40.50 71.25 44.25 4.06 2.12 8.62 24.00

1-3/4 x 18 1032395 28000 53.75 1.75 2.60 9.40 3.38 55.38 37.38 59.78 41.78 4.62 2.38 10.00 18.00

1-3/4 x 24 1032411 28000 60.68 1.75 2.60 9.40 3.38 67.38 43.38 71.78 47.78 4.62 2.38 10.00 24.00

2 x 24 1032439 37000 89.00 2.00 2.62 11.86 3.69 72.62 48.62 77.95 53.95 5.75 2.69 13.09 24.00

2-1/2 x 24 1032457 60000 150.00 2.50 3.06 13.56 4.44 75.80 51.80 82.40 58.40 6.50 3.12 13.78 24.00

2-3/4 x 24 1032475 75000 183.00 2.75 3.68 15.22 4.19 77.88 53.88 85.50 61.50 7.00 3.25 15.22 24.00

*Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

HG-227

JAW & EYE

Meets the performance requirements

of Federal Specification FF-T-79 lb.,

Type 1, Form 1 – CLASS 8, and

ASTM F-1145, except for those

provisions required of the contractor.

• Hot Dip galvanized steel.

• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.

• Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy

attachment in system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckle sizes

1/4" through 2-1/2", a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.

• Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4" through 5/8", and pins

and cotters on 3/4" through 2-3/4" sizes.

• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.

• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has

UNC threads.

• Lock Nuts available for all sizes.

M OPEN

N CLOSED

X CLOSED

J OPEN

K CLOSED

E CLOSED

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

100

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Eye & Eye Turnbuckles

THREAD WORKING

DIAMETER LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (IN)

& TAKE UP STOCK NO. LIMIT* EACH A J K M N R S X BB

(IN.) GALV. (LBS.) (LBS.) OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED CLOSED

1/4 x 4 1031252 500 .26 .25 11.80 7.80 12.25 8.25 .78 .34 1.75 4.00

5/16 x 4-1/2 1031270 800 .45 .31 13.56 9.06 14.12 9.62 .94 .44 2.09 4.50

3/8 x 6 1031298 1200 .76 .38 17.47 11.47 18.16 12.16 1.12 .53 2.52 6.00

1/2 x 6 1031314 2200 1.54 .50 20.08 13.08 20.96 13.96 1.42 .72 3.23 6.00

1/2 x 9 1031332 2200 1.13 .50 26.08 16.08 26.96 16.96 1.42 .72 3.23 9.00

1/2 x 12 1031350 2200 2.14 .50 32.08 19.08 32.96 19.96 1.42 .72 3.23 12.00

5/8 x 6 1031378 3500 3.28 .63 21.93 14.68 22.93 15.68 1.80 .88 3.90 6.00

5/8 x 9 1031396 3500 2.83 .63 27.93 17.68 28.93 18.68 1.80 .88 3.90 9.00

5/8 x 12 1031412 3500 3.42 .63 33.93 20.68 34.93 21.68 1.80 .88 3.90 12.00

3/4 x 6 1031430 5200 3.79 .75 23.88 16.38 25.12 17.62 2.09 1.00 4.69 6.00

3/4 x 9 1031458 5200 4.61 .75 29.88 19.38 31.12 20.62 2.09 1.00 4.69 9.00

3/4 x 12 1031476 5200 5.48 .75 35.88 22.38 37.12 23.62 2.09 1.00 4.69 12.00

3/4 x 18 1031494 5200 7.19 .75 47.88 28.38 49.12 29.62 2.09 1.00 4.69 18.00

7/8 x 12 1031519 7200 7.22 .88 37.07 23.32 38.57 24.82 2.38 1.25 5.10 12.00

7/8 x 18 1031537 7200 9.95 .88 49.07 29.32 50.57 30.82 2.38 1.25 5.10 18.00

1 x 6 1031555 10000 9.04 1.00 27.97 19.97 29.72 21.72 3.00 1.44 6.36 6.00

1 x 12 1031573 10000 11.50 1.00 39.97 25.97 41.97 27.72 3.00 1.44 6.36 12.00

1 x 18 1031591 10000 14.00 1.00 51.97 31.97 53.72 33.72 3.00 1.44 6.36 18.00

1 x 24 1031617 10000 17.25 1.00 63.97 37.97 65.82 39.72 3.00 1.44 6.36 24.00

1-1/4 x 12 1031635 15200 19.00 1.25 42.81 28.31 45.06 30.56 3.56 1.81 7.72 12.00

1-1/4 x 18 1031653 15200 23.00 1.25 54.81 34.31 57.06 36.56 3.56 1.81 7.72 18.00

1-1/4 x 24 1031671 15200 27.00 1.25 66.81 40.31 69.06 42.56 3.56 1.81 7.72 24.00

1-1/2 x 12 1031699 21400 27.50 1.50 45.50 30.50 48.00 33.00 4.06 2.12 8.62 12.00

1-1/2 x 18 1031715 21400 31.00 1.50 57.50 36.50 60.00 39.00 4.06 2.12 8.62 18.00

1-1/2 x 24 1031733 21400 37.50 1.50 69.50 42.50 72.00 45.00 4.06 2.12 8.62 24.00

1-3/4 x 18 1031779 28000 52.50 1.75 57.38 39.38 60.38 42.38 4.62 2.38 10.00 18.00

1-3/4 x 24 1031797 28000 58.00 1.75 69.38 45.38 72.38 48.38 4.62 2.38 10.00 24.00

2 x 24 1031813 37000 85.25 2.00 75.69 51.69 79.19 55.19 5.75 2.69 13.09 24.00

2-1/2 x 24 1031831 60000 144.25 2.50 78.62 54.62 82.62 58.62 6.50 3.12 13.78 24.00

2-3/4 x 24 1031859 75000 194.00 2.75 81.00 57.00 85.50 61.50 7.00 3.25 15.22 24.00

HG-226

EYE & EYE

Meets the performance requirements

of Federal Specification FF-T-79 lb.,

Type 1, Form 1 – CLASS 4, and

ASTM F-1145, except for those

provisions required of the contractor.

• Hot Dip galvanized steel.

• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.

• Turnbuckle eyes are forged elongated, by design, to maximize easy attachment in

system and minimize stress in the eye. For turnbuckle sizes 1/4" through

2-1/2", a shackle one size smaller can be reeved through eye.

• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.

• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has

UNC threads.

• Lock Nuts available for all sizes.

• Fatigue Rated.

*Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

M OPEN

N CLOSED

X CLOSED

J OPEN

K CLOSED

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

101

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Jaw & Jaw Turnbuckles

THREAD WORKING

DIAMETER LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (IN)

& TAKE UP STOCK NO. LIMIT* EACH A B E G J K M N BB

(IN.) GALV. (LBS.) (LBS.) CLOSED OPEN CLOSED OPEN CLOSED

1/4 x 4 1032493 500 .36 .25 .45 1.58 .62 10.90 6.90 11.90 7.90 4.00

5/16 X 4-1/2 1032518 800 .52 .31 .50 1.98 .87 12.36 8.36 13.90 9.40 4.50

3/8 X 6 1032536 1200 .81 .38 .54 2.12 .87 16.14 10.14 17.38 11.38 6.00

1/2 X 6 1032554 2200 1.56 .50 .55 2.75 1.06 18.50 11.50 20.00 13.00 6.00

1/2 X 9 1032572 2200 1.74 .50 .55 2.75 1.06 24.50 14.50 26.00 16.00 9.00

1/2 X 12 1032590 2200 2.40 .50 .55 2.75 1.06 30.50 17.50 32.00 19.00 12.00

5/8 X 6 1032616 3500 2.72 .63 .82 3.50 1.31 20.05 12.80 22.13 14.88 6.00

5/8 X 9 1032634 3500 3.43 .63 .82 3.50 1.31 26.05 15.80 28.13 17.88 9.0

5/8 X 12 1032652 3500 3.91 .63 .82 3.50 1.31 32.05 18.80 34.13 20.88 12.00

3/4 X 6 1032670 5200 4.11 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 21.50 14.00 24.10 16.60 6.00

3/4 X 9 1032698 5200 5.46 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 27.50 17.00 30.10 19.60 9.00

3/4 X 12 1032714 5200 6.43 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 33.50 20.00 36.10 22.60 12.00

3/4 X 18 1032732 5200 8.07 .75 1.03 4.18 1.50 45.50 26.00 48.10 28.60 18.00

7/8 X 12 1032750 7200 8.17 .88 1.23 4.85 1.75 35.11 21.36 38.07 24.32 12.00

7/8 X 18 1032778 7200 10.78 .88 1.23 4.85 1.75 47.00 27.36 50.07 30.32 18.00

1 X 6 1032796 10000 10.18 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 24.72 16.72 28.06 20.06 6.00

1 X 12 1032812 10000 12.52 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 36.72 22.72 40.06 26.06 12.00

1 X 18 1032830 10000 15.14 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 48.72 28.72 52.06 32.06 18.00

1 X 24 1032858 10000 18.08 1.00 1.31 5.53 2.06 60.72 34.72 64.06 38.06 24.00

1-1/4 X 12 1032876 15200 20.59 1.25 1.86 7.21 2.81 39.84 25.34 44.04 29.54 12.00

1-1/4 X 18 1032894 15200 24.68 1.25 1.86 7.21 2.81 51.84 31.34 56.04 35.54 18.00

1-1/4 X 24 1032910 15200 28.20 1.25 1.86 7.21 2.81 63.84 37.34 68.04 41.54 24.00

1-1/2 X 12 1032938 21400 30.69 1.50 2.25 7.88 2.81 51.50 26.50 46.50 31.50 12.00

1-1/2 X 18 1032956 21400 36.75 1.50 2.25 7.88 2.81 53.50 32.50 58.50 37.50 18.00

1-1/2 X 24 1032974 21400 40.67 1.50 2.25 7.88 2.81 65.50 38.50 70.50 43.50 24.00

1-3/4 X 18 1033018 28000 54.00 1.75 2.60 9.40 3.38 53.38 35.38 59.18 41.18 18.00

1-3/4 X 24 1033036 28000 63.36 1.75 2.60 9.40 3.38 65.38 41.38 71.18 47.18 24.00

2 X 24 1033054 37000 94.25 2.00 2.62 11.86 3.69 69.54 45.54 76.72 52.72 24.00

2-1/2 X 24 1033072 60000 165.00 2.50 3.06 13.56 4.44 72.98 48.98 82.18 58.18 24.00

2-3/4 X 24 1033090 75000 198.00 2.75 3.68 15.22 4.19 74.75 50.75 85.50 61.50 24.00

HG-228

JAW & JAW

Meets the performance requirements

of Federal Specification FF-T-79 lb.,

Type 1, Form 1 – CLASS 7, and

ASTM F-1145, except for those

provisions required of the contractor.

• Hot Dip galvanized steel.

• End fittings are Quenched and Tempered, bodies heat treated by normalizing.

• TURNBUCKLES RECOMMENDED FOR STRAIGHT OR IN-LINE PULL ONLY.

• Forged jaw ends are fitted with bolts and nuts for 1/4" through 5/8", and pins and

cotters on 3/4" through 2-3/4" sizes.

• Modified UNJ thread on end fittings for improved fatigue properties. Body has

UNC threads.

• Lock Nuts available for all sizes.

• Fatigue Rated.

*Proof Load is 2.5 times the Working Load Limit. Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

M OPEN

N CLOSED

J OPEN

K CLOSED

E CLOSED

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

102

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Wire Rope Thimbles

DIMENSIONS (IN)

ROPE INSIDE MAX. WEIGHT

DIAMETER OVERALL OVERALL LENGTH WIDTH WIDTH PIN POUNDS

(IN) LENGTH WIDTH INSIDE INSIDE OF SCORE DIAM. PER 100

1/8 1-15/16 1-1/16 1-5/16 11/16 5/32 5/8 3.30

3/16 1-15/16 1-1/16 1-5/16 11/16 7/32 5/8 3.30

1/4 1-15/16 1-1/16 1-5/16 11/16 9/32 5/8 3.30

5/16 2-1/8 1-1/4 1-1/2 13/16 3/8 3/4 4.00

3/8 2-3/8 1-15/32 1-5/8 15/16 7/16 7/8 7.50

1/2 2-3/4 1-3/4 1-7/8 1-1/8 9/16 1-1/16 18.80

5/8 3-1/2 2-3/8 2-1/4 1-3/8 11/16 1-1/4 36.00

3/4 3-3/4 2-11/16 2-1/2 1-5/8 13/16 1-1/2 60.00

7/8 5 3-3/16 3-1/2 1-7/8 15/16 1-3/4 90.00

1 5-11/16 3-3/4 4-1/4 2-1/2 1-1/16 2-3/8 105.00

1-1/8 - 1-1/4 6-1/4 4-5/16 4-1/2 2-3/4 1-5/16 2-5/8 166.00

G-411

STANDARD

Recommended for light duty

service. G-411 meets Federal

Specification FF-T-276b Type II.

STANDARD WIRE ROPE THIMBLES GALVANIZED STEEL

DIMENSIONS (IN)

ROPE OVERALL MAX. WEIGHT

DIAMETER OVERALL OVERALL LENGTH WIDTH THICK- PIN POUNDS

(IN) LENGTH WIDTH INSIDE INSIDE NESS DIAM. PER 100

*1/4 2-3/16 1-1/2 1-5/8 7/8 13/32 13/16 7.50

*5/16 2-1/2 1-13/16 1-7/8 1-1/16 1/2 15/16 14.00

*3/8 2-7/8 2-1/8 2-1/8 1-1/8 21/32 1-1/16 25.00

7/16 3-1/4 2-3/8 2-3/8 1-1/4 3/4 1-3/16 36.00

*1/2 3-5/8 2-3/4 2-3/4 1-1/2 27/32 1-7/16 51.00

9/16 3-5/8 2-11/16 2-3/4 1-1/2 29/32 1-7/16 51.00

*5/8 4-1/4 3-1/8 3-1/4 1-3/4 1 1-5/8 75.00

*3/4 5 3-3/16 3-3/4 2 1-1/4 1-7/8 147.00

7/8 5-1/2 4-1/4 4-1/4 2-1/4 1-3/8 2-1/8 185.00

1 6-1/8 4-15/16 4-1/2 2-1/2 1-9/16 2-3/8 291.66

1-1/8 - 1-1/4 7 5-7/8 5-1/8 2-7/8 1-7/8 2-3/4 383.33

1-1/4 - 1-3/8 9-1/16 6-13/16 6-1/2 3-1/2 2-1/4 3-1/4 816.66

1-3/8 - 1-1/2 9 7-1/8 6-1/4 3-1/2 2-5/8 3-3/8 1,166.66

1-5/8 11-1/4 8-1/8 8 4 2-3/4 3-7/8 1,625.00

1-3/4 12-3/16 8-1/2 9 4-1/2 2-7/8 4-3/8 1,837.50

1-7/8 - 2 15-1/8 10-3/8 12 6 3-1/8 5-7/8 2,575.00

2-1/4 17-1/8 11-7/8 14 7 3-5/8 6-7/8 3,850.00

EXTRA HEAVY WIRE ROPE THIMBLES GALVANIZED AND

STAINLESS STEEL

G-414 and SS-414

STAINLESS STEEL

*Sizes available in Stainless (304) Steel.

EXTRA HEAVY

Rugged rope thimbles recommended

for heavy duty service. Thimbles G-414

meet Federal Specification FF-T-276b

Type III.

S-412

SOLID

Fits open wire rope socket, boom

pendant clevis, as well as wedge

socket.

DIMENSIONS (IN)

ROPE WEIGHT

DIAMETER OVERALL OVERALL MAXIMUM POUNDS

(IN) LENGTH WIDTH THICKNESS PIN. DIAM. EACH

1/2 2-13/16 2-1/8 7/8 1 1.0

5/8 4-11/16 3-3/8 1-1/8 1-3/16 2.5

3/4 4-11/16 3-3/8 1-3/8 1-3/8 3.3

7/8 6-1/16 4-1/2 1-5/8 1-5/8 5.0

1 6-1/16 4-1/2 1-13/16 2 6.5

1-1/8 7-1/4 5-3/8 2-1/16 2-1/4 8.5

1-1/4 - 1-3/8 7-1/4 5-3/8 2-5/16 2-1/2 10.0

SOLID WIRE ROPE THIMBLES

*Sizes available in open pattern.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

103

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Thimbles

DIMENSIONS AND DATA

THIMBLE SLING SIZE DIMENSION (IN) WT.

CODE SINGLE 8 PTS. 6 PTS. 4 PTS. A B C D ERF G (LBS)

*W-2 5/16 - 3/8 3/32 - 1/8 3/32 - 1/8 1/8 - 3/16 2-1/8 4-1/8 7/16 13/16 9/16 3-1/4 5-1/4 1.3

W-3 1/2 - 9/16 3/16 3/16 1/4 2-3/8 4-3/8 5/8 1 5/8 4 6 1.15

W-4 5/8 - 3/4 1/4 1/4 - 5/16 5/16 - 1/8 3-3/8 6-5/8 13/16 1-5/16 5/8 5-3/8 8-1/2 3.11

W-5 7/8 - 1 5/16 3/8 7/16 - 1/2 3-3/4 7-1/8 1-1/8 1-5/8 7/8 6-1/4 9-3/8 5.6

W-6 1-1/8 - 1-1/4 3/8 7/16 9/16 - 5/8 4-3/8 8-3/8 1-3/8 1-7/8 1 7-1/8 11 8.6

W-7 1-3/8 - 1-1/2 7/16 - 1/2 1/2 3/4 5 9-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/8 1-1/4 8-1/8 12-1/2 11.1

W-8 1-5/8 - 1-3/4 9/16 5/8 7/8 6-3/4 11-3/4 1-13/16 2-9/16 1-7/16 9-3/8 14-3/4 17.6

W-9 1-7/8 - 2 5/8 3/4 1 8 14-1/2 2-1/8 3-1/4 1-7/8 13 19-1/4 53

W-10 2-1/8 - 2-1/4 1/4 7/8 - 1 1-1/8 - 1-1/4 8 15-1/2 2-1/2 3-3/4 2 13 20-1/8 66

W-11 2-1/2 - 3 7/8 - 1 1-1/8 1-1/4 - 1-3/8 - 1-1/2 9 18-1/2 3-3/16 4-11/16 2-1/2 15-3/4 24-3/4 126

SLIP-THRU THIMBLE

NEWCO SLIP-TRHU THIMBLES are designed to allow

passage of an identical thimble through its eye. This is

a necessity when a regular sling is used as a choker

sling. SLIP-THRU THIMBLES also prevent the eye of

the sling from mashing together and the top of the eye

wearing excessively. The generous inside dimensions

allow the thimbles to fit large crane hooks.

CRESCENT THIMBLE

Designed to protect the bearing surface of a loop

where a large dimension loop is necessary. The

ears are tapered so that they can be bent over.

Standard-Laid Rope Size 3/8" to 3".

*Made from High Tensile Malleable.

DIMENSIONS AND DATA

THIMBLE ROPE SIZE DIMENSION (IN) WT.

CODE SINGLE 8 PTS. 6 PTS. 4 PTS. A B C D E F G H (LBS)

6C 3/8 - 7/16 3/32 - 1/8 1/8 1/8 - 3/16 2 1 27/32 15/32 2-1/16 3/8 1/2 3/8 .75

8C 1/2 - 9/16 3/16 3/16 1/4 2-1/4 1-1/8 1 5/8 2-1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2 1.0

9C 5/8 – 1/4 5/16 2-3/4 1-3/8 1-5/32 23/32 3 19/32 9/16 19/32 1.2

10C 3/4 1/4 5/16 3/8 3-1/4 1-5/8 1-5/16 13/16 3-1/2 5/8 5/8 5/8 2.0

14C 7/8 – – 7/16 4-1/2 2-1/4 1-7/16 15/16 4-5/16 3/4 11/16 3/4 3.3

16C 1 5/16 3/8 1/2 4-1/2 2-1/4 1-9/16 1-1/16 4-19/32 13/16 3/4 7/8 3.8

18C 1-1/8 3/8 7/16 9/16 4-7/8 2-7/16 1-13/16 1-1/4 5-1/32 7/8 7/8 1 5.0

20C 1-1/4 7/16 1/2 5/8 5-1/2 2-3/4 2-1/16 1-7/16 5-3/4 15/16 15/16 1-1/8 6.8

22C 1-3/8 - 1-1/2 1/2 9/16 3/4 6 3 2-1/4 1-5/8 6-1/4 1-1/16 1-1/8 1-3/16 9.0

24C 1-5/8 9/16 5/8 – 6-1/2 3-1/4 2-1/2 1-3/4 6-11/16 1-1/8 1-1/4 1-1/4 12.0

28C 1-3/4 - 1-7/8 – – 7/8 7 3-1/2 2-15/16 1-15/16 7-3/8 1-1/4 1-3/8 1-1/2 16.6

32C 2 5/8 3/4 1 7 3-1/2 3-3/16 2-3/16 7-13/16 1-1/2 1-1/2 1-5/8 21.8

40C 2-1/4 - 2-1/2 3/4 - 7/8 1 1-1/8 - 1-1/4 8-1/2 4-1/4 4-1/8 2-7/8 9-5/8 1-5/8 1-7/8 2 39.0

48C 2-3/4 - 3 1 1-1/8 – 10 5 4-7/8 3-3/8 11-1/4 1-3/4 2-1/4 2-1/2 67.0

DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES AND ARE APPROXIMATE.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

104

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Spelter Sockets

GROOVED OPEN SPELTER SOCKETS

• Forged Steel Sockets thru 1-1/2", cast alloy steel 1-5/8" thru 4".

• Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%,

based on the catalog strength of wire rope. Ratings are based

on recommended use with 6 x 7, 6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP

(EIP), RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.

STRUCTURAL STOCK NO.

ROPE STRAND WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (IN)

DIAMETER DIAM. G-416 S-416 EACH

(IN.) (IN.) GALV. S.C. (LBS.) A C D F G H J L M N

1/4 – 1039619 1039628 1.10 4.56 .91 .69 .38 .69 1.56 2.25 1.56 1.31 .36

5/16 - 3/8 – 1039637 1039646 1.30 4.84 .81 .81 .50 .81 1.69 2.25 1.75 1.50 .44

7/16 - 1/2 – 1039655 1039664 2.25 5.56 1.00 1.00 .56 .94 1.88 2.50 2.00 1.88 .50

9/16 - 5/8 1/2 1039673 1039682 3.60 6.75 1.25 1.19 .69 1.13 2.25 3.00 2.50 2.25 .56

3/4 9/16 - 5/8 1039691 1039708 5.83 7.94 1.50 1.38 .81 1.25 2.62 3.50 3.00 2.62 .62

7/8 11/16 - 3/4 1039717 1039726 9.65 9.25 1.75 1.63 .94 1.50 3.25 4.00 3.50 3.13 .80

1 13/16 - 7/8 1039735 1039744 15.50 10.56 2.00 2.00 1.13 1.75 3.75 4.50 4.00 3.75 .88

1-1/8 15/16 - 1 1039753 1039762 21.50 11.81 2.25 2.25 1.25 2.00 4.12 5.00 4.62 4.12 1.00

1-1/4 - 1-3/8 1-1/16 - 1-1/8 1039771 1039780 31.00 13.19 2.50 2.50 1.50 2.25 4.75 5.50 5.00 4.75 1.13

1-1/2 1-3/16 - 1-1/4 1039799 1039806 47.25 15.12 3.00 2.75 1.63 2.75 5.25 6.00 6.00 5.38 1.19

1-5/8 1-5/16 - 1-3/8 1039815 1039824 55.00 16.25 3.00 3.00 1.75 3.00 5.50 6.50 6.50 5.75 1.31

1-3/4 - 1-7/8 1-7/16 - 1-5/8 1039833 1039842 82.00 18.25 3.50 3.50 2.00 3.13 6.38 7.50 7.00 6.50 1.56

2 - 2-1/8 1-11/16 - 1-3/4 1039851 1039860 129.00 21.50 4.00 3.75 2.25 3.75 7.38 8.50 9.00 7.00 1.81

2-1/4 - 2-3/8 1-13/16 - 1-7/8 1039879 1039888 167.00 23.50 4.50 4.25 2.50 4.00 8.25 9.00 10.00 7.75 2.13

2-1/2 - 2-5/8 1-15/16 - 2-1/8 1041633 1041642 252.00 25.50 5.00 4.75 2.88 4.50 9.25 9.75 10.75 8.50 2.38

2-3/4 - 2-7/8 2-3/16 - 2-7/16 1041651 1041660 315.00 27.25 5.25 5.00 3.12 4.88 10.50 11.00 11.00 9.00 2.88

3 - 3-1/8 2-1/2 - 2-5/8 1041679 1041688 380.00 29.00 5.75 5.25 3.38 5.25 11.12 12.00 11.25 9.50 3.00

3-1/4 - 3-3/8 2-3/4 - 2-7/8 1041697 1041704 434.00 30.88 6.25 5.50 3.62 5.75 11.88 13.00 11.75 10.00 3.12

3-1/2 - 3-5/8 3 - 3-1/8 1041713 1041722 563.00 33.25 6.75 6.00 3.88 6.50 12.38 14.00 12.50 10.75 3.25

3-3/4 - 4 – 1041731 1041740 783.00 35.25 7.50 7.00 4.25 7.25 13.62 15.00 13.50 12.50 3.50

Open Grooved Sockets meet the requirements of Federal Specifications RR-S-550D, Type A.

NOTICE: All cast steel sockets 1-5/8" and

larger are magnetic particle inspected and

ultrasonic inspected. Proof testing

available on special order.

Note: Above drawing illustrates one

groove used on sockets 1/4" thru 3/4".

Sizes 7/8" thru 1-1/2" use 2 grooves.

Sizes 1-5/8" and larger use 3 grooves.

G-416

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

105

Spelter Sockets

GROOVED CLOSED SPELTER SOCKETS

• Forged Steel Sockets thru 1-1/2", cast alloy steel 1-5/8" thru 4".

• Spelter socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%,

based on the catalog strength of wire rope. Ratings are based

on recommended use with 6 x 7, 6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP

(EIP), RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.

STRUCTURAL STOCK NO.

ROPE STRAND WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (IN)

DIAMETER DIAM. G-417 S-417 EACH

(IN.) (IN.) GALV. S.C. (LBS.) A B C D F G H J K L

1/4 – 1039897 1039904 .50 4.50 .50 1.50 .88 .38 .69 1.56 2.25 .50 1.75

5/16 - 3/8 – 1039913 1039922 .75 4.88 .62 1.69 .97 .50 .81 1.69 2.25 .69 2.00

7/16 - 1/2 – 1039931 1039940 1.50 5.44 .69 2.00 1.16 .56 .94 1.88 2.50 .88 2.25

9/16 - 5/8 1/2 1039959 1039968 2.50 6.31 .81 2.63 1.41 .69 1.12 2.38 3.00 1.00 2.50

3/4 9/16 - 5/8 1039977 1039986 4.25 7.56 1.06 3.00 1.66 .81 1.25 2.75 3.50 1.25 3.00

7/8 11/16 - 3/4 1039995 1040000 7.25 8.75 1.25 3.63 1.88 .97 1.50 3.25 4.00 1.50 3.50

1 13/16 - 7/8 1040019 1040028 10.50 9.88 1.38 4.13 2.30 1.13 1.75 3.75 4.44 1.75 4.00

1-1/8 15/16 - 1 1040037 1040046 14.25 11.00 1.50 4.50 2.55 1.25 2.00 4.13 5.00 2.00 4.50

1-1/4 - 1-3/8 1-1/16 - 1-1/8 1040055 1040064 19.75 12.12 1.63 5.30 2.80 1.50 2.25 4.75 5.50 2.25 5.00

1-1/2 1-3/16 - 1-1/4 1040073 1040082 29.20 13.94 1.94 5.33 3.19 1.63 2.75 5.25 6.00 2.50 6.00

1-5/8 1-5/16 - 1-3/8 1040091 1040108 36.00 15.13 2.13 5.75 3.25 1.75 3.00 5.50 6.50 2.75 6.50

1-3/4 - 1-7/8 1-7/16 - 1-5/8 1040117 1040126 57.25 17.25 2.19 6.75 3.75 2.00 3.13 6.38 7.50 3.00 7.56

2 - 2-1/8 1-11/16 - 1-3/4 1040135 1040144 79.00 19.50 2.44 7.63 4.38 2.25 3.75 7.38 8.50 3.25 8.56

2-1/4 - 2-5/8 1-13/16 - 1-7/8 1040153 1040162 105.00 21.13 2.88 8.50 5.00 2.50 4.00 8.25 9.00 3.63 9.50

2-1/2 - 2-5/8 1-15/16 - 2-1/8 1041759 1041768 140.00 23.50 3.12 9.50 5.50 2.94 4.50 9.25 9.75 4.00 10.62

2-3/4 - 2-7/8 2-3/16 - 2-7/16 1041777 1041786 220.00 25.38 3.12 10.75 6.25 3.12 4.88 10.19 11.00 4.88 11.25

3 - 3-1/8 2-1/2 - 2-5/8 1041795 1041802 276.00 27.00 3.25 11.50 6.75 3.38 5.25 11.50 12.00 5.25 11.75

3-1/4 - 3-3/8 2-3/4 - 2-7/8 1041811 1041820 313.00 29.25 4.00 12.25 7.25 3.62 5.75 12.25 13.00 5.75 12.25

3-1/2 - 3-5/8 3 - 3-1/8 1041839 1041848 400.00 31.00 4.00 13.00 7.75 3.88 6.50 13.00 14.00 6.25 13.00

3-3/4 - 4 – 1041857 1041866 542.00 33.25 4.25 14.25 8.50 4.25 7.25 14.25 15.00 7.00 14.00

Closed Grooved Sockets meet the requirements of Federal Specifications RR-S-550D, Type B.

NOTICE: All cast steel sockets 1-5/8" and

larger are magnetic particle inspected and

ultrasonic inspected. Proof testing

available on special order.

Note: Above drawing illustrates one

groove used on sockets 1/4" thru 3/4".

Sizes 7/8" thru 1-1/2" use 2 grooves.

Sizes 1-5/8" and larger use 3 grooves.

G-417

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

106

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Open Swage Sockets

OPEN SWAGE SOCKET

• Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable for cold

forming.

• Hardness controlled by spheriodize annealing.

• Swage Socket terminations have an efficiency rating of 100%

based on the catalog strength of wire rope.

NOTE: S-501 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with 6 x 19,

or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.

S-501 OPEN SOCKET SPECIFICATIONS PRESS / DIE DATA

BEFORE SWAGE DIMENSIONS MAX. STOCK NO. SIDE LOAD

AFTER 500 TON

ROPE WEIGHT SWAGE DIE 1000 TON 1500 TON 1500 3000

STOCK SIZE EACH DIM. DESCRIP. 1500 TON 3000TON TONS TONS

NO. (IN.) (LBS.) A B C D E F H L M N (IN.) (SOCKET) 5 X 7 6 X 12 6 X 12 6 X 12

1039021 1/4 .52 4.81 .50 1.38 .69 .27 2.13 .69 4.00 .38 1.50 .46 1/4 1192845 – – –

1039049 5/16 1.12 6.25 .77 1.62 .81 .34 3.19 .81 5.31 .47 1.75 .71 5/16 - 3/8 1192863 – – –

1039067 3/8 1.30 6.25 .77 1.62 .81 .41 3.19 .81 5.31 .47 1.75 .71 5/16 - 3/8 1192863 – – –

1039085 7/16 2.08 7.81 .98 2.00 1.00 .48 4.25 1.00 6.69 .56 2.00 .91 7/16 - 1/2 1192881 – – –

1039101 1/2 2.08 7.81 .98 2.00 1.00 .55 4.25 1.00 6.69 .56 2.00 .91 7/16 - 1/2 1192881 – – –

1039129 9/16 4.67 9.50 1.25 2.38 1.19 .61 5.31 1.25 8.13 .66 2.25 1.16 9/16 - 5/8 1192907 – – –

1039147 5/8 4.51 9.50 1.25 2.38 1.19 .67 5.31 1.25 8.13 .66 2.25 1.16 9/16 - 5/8 1192907 – – –

1039165 3/4 7.97 11.56 1.55 2.75 1.38 .80 6.38 1.50 10.00 .75 2.75 1.42 3/4 1192925 – – –

1039183 7/8 11.52 13.41 1.70 3.13 1.62 .94 7.44 1.75 11.63 .94 3.25 1.55 7/8 1192949 – – –

1039209 1 17.80 15.47 1.98 3.69 2.00 1.06 8.50 2.00 13.38 1.06 3.75 1.80 1 1192961 – – –

1039227 1-1/8 25.25 17.31 2.25 4.06 2.25 1.19 9.56 2.25 15.00 1.19 4.25 2.05 1-1/8 1192989 – – –

1039245 1-1/4 35.56 19.06 2.53 4.50 2.50 1.33 10.63 2.50 16.50 1.22 4.75 2.30 1-1/4 1193005 – – –

1039263 1-3/8 43.75 20.94 2.80 5.00 2.50 1.45 11.69 2.50 18.13 1.38 5.25 2.56 1-3/8 1193023 – – –

1039281 1-1/2 58.50 22.88 3.08 5.50 2.75 1.58 12.75 3.00 19.75 1.69 5.75 2.81 1-1/2 1193041 1191267 1195355 1195192

1039307 1-3/4 88.75 26.63 3.39 6.25 3.50 1.86 14.88 3.50 23.00 2.11 6.75 3.06 1-3/4 1193069 1191276 1195367 1195209

1042767 2 146.25 31.44 3.94 8.00 3.75 2.11 17.00 4.00 26.88 2.37 8.00 3.56 2 1193087 1191294 1195379 1195218

S-501

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

107

Spelter Sockets

CLOSED SWAGE SOCKET

• Forged from special bar quality carbon steel, suitable for

cold forming.

• Hardness controlled by spheriodize annealing.

• Swage Socket terminations have an efficiency rating of

100% based on the catalog strength of wire rope.

NOTE: S-502 Swage Sockets are recommended for use with

6 x 19, or 6 x 37, IPS or XIP (EIP), RRL, FC, or IWRC wire rope.

S-502 CLOSED SOCKET SPECIFICATIONS PRESS / DIE DATA

BEFORE SWAGE DIMENSIONS MAX. STOCK NO. SIDE LOAD

AFTER 500 TON

ROPE WEIGHT SWAGE DIE 1000 TON 1500 TON 1500 3000

STOCK SIZE EACH DIM. DESCRIP. 1500 TON 3000TON TONS TONS

NO. (IN.) (LBS.) A B C D E F H L (IN.) (SOCKET) 5 X 7 6 X 12 6 X 12 6 X 12

1039325 1/4 .33 4.31 .50 1.38 .75 .27 2.12 .50 3.50 .46 1/4 1192845 – – –

1039343 5/16 .75 5.44 .77 1.62 .88 .34 3.19 .67 4.50 .71 5/16 - 3/8 1192863 – – –

1039361 3/8 .72 5.44 .77 1.62 .88 .41 3.19 .67 4.50 .71 5/16 - 3/8 1192863 – –

1039389 7/16 1.42 6.91 .98 2.00 1.06 .48 4.25 .86 5.75 .91 7/16 - 1/2 1192881 – – –

1039405 1/2 1.42 6.91 .98 2.00 1.06 .55 4.25 .86 5.75 .91 7/16 - 1/2 1192881 – – –

1039423 9/16 2.92 8.66 1.25 2.38 1.25 .61 5.31 1.13 7.25 1.16 9/16 - 5/8 1192907 – – –

1039441 5/8 2.85 8.66 1.25 2.38 1.25 .67 5.31 1.13 7.25 1.16 9/16 - 5/8 1192907 – – –

1039469 3/4 5.00 10.28 1.55 2.88 1.44 .80 6.38 1.31 8.63 1.42 3/4 1192925 – – –

1039487 7/8 6.80 11.94 1.70 3.12 1.69 .94 7.44 1.50 10.13 1.55 7/8 1192949 – – –

1039502 1 10.40 13.56 1.98 3.63 2.06 1.06 8.50 1.75 11.50 1.80 1 1192961 – – –

1096520 1-1/8 14.82 15.03 2.25 4.00 2.31 1.19 9.56 2.00 12.75 2.05 1-1/8 1192989 – – –

1039548 1-1/4 21.57 16.94 2.53 4.50 2.56 1.33 10.63 2.25 14.38 2.30 1-1/4 1193005 – – –

1039566 1-3/8 28.54 18.63 2.80 5.00 2.56 1.45 11.69 2.25 15.75 2.56 1-3/8 1193023 – – –

1039584 1-1/2 38.06 20.12 3.08 5.50 2.81 1.58 12.75 2.50 17.00 2.81 1-1/2 1193041 1191267 1193355 1195192

1039600 1-3/4 51.00 23.56 3.39 6.25 3.56 1.86 14.88 3.00 20.00 3.06 1-3/4 1193069 1191276 1195367 1195209

1042589 2 89.25 27.62 3.94 7.25 3.81 2.11 17.00 3.25 23.00 3.56 2 1193087 1191294 1195379 1195218

S-502

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

108

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Swage Buttons / Socket Compound

DIMENSIONS (IN)

ROPE

ITEM DIAMETER A B C D E

1 SB 1/8 27/64 1/2 .141 3/8 39/64

2 SB 5/32 1/2 39/64 .172 7/16 23/32

3 SB 3/16 9/16 45/64 .203 1/2 27/32

4 SB 7/32 41/64 13/16 .234 9/16 31/32

5 SB 1/4 41/64 1-1/16 .296 9/16 1-13/64

6 SB 9/32 49/64 1-1/32 .313 11/16 1-13/64

7 SB 5/16 27/32 1-1/8 .358 3/4 1-21/64

8 SB 3/8 27/32 1-31/64 .421 3/4 1-11/16

9 SB 7/16 1-1/8 1-5/8 .484 1 1-15/16

10 SB 1/2 1-17/64 1-57/64 .547 1-1/8 2-11/64

11 SB 9/16 1-13/32 2-1/64 .609 1-1/4 2-13/32

12 SB 5/8 1-35/64 2-27/64 .672 1-3/8 2-57/64

13 SB 3/4 1-11/16 2-47/64 .796 1-1/2 3-1/4

14 SB 7/8 1-31/32 3-17/64 .936 1-3/4 3-55/64

15 SB 1 2-1/4 3-43/64 1.061 2 4-23/64

16 SB 1-1/8 2-17/32 4-3/64 1.188 2-1/4 4-23/64

17 SB 1-1/4 2-13/16 4-37/64 1.328 2-1/2 5-27/64

18 SB 1-3/8 3-3/32 5-5/64 1.453 2-3/4 6-1/32

19 SB 1-1/2 3-3/8 5-15/32 1.578 3 6-33/64

S-409 SWAGE BUTTONS

• Low carbon steel

• Spherodize annealed

• Quality controlled

• Economical to use

A multi-purpose fitting for many swaging

applications. Manufactured from a special

analysis high quality, low carbon steel,

and later heat treated. They are precision

made with constant quality control checks

throughout all stages of manufacturing to

assure the best in quality and

performance.

NOTE: Length is measured from outside end of terminal.

BEFORE SWAGE

AFTER SWAGE

AMOUNT OF WIRELOCK®REQUIRED

WIRE WIRE

ROPE WIRELOCK®ROPE WIRELOCK®

SIZE REQUIRED SIZE REQUIRED

(IN.) (CC) (IN.) (CC)

1/4 9 1-3/4 700

5/16 17 1-7/8 700

3/8 17 2 1265

7/16 35 2-1/8 1265

1/2 35 2-1/4 1410

9/16 52 2-3/8 1410

5/8 52 2-1/2 1830

3/4 86 2-5/8 1830

7/8 125 2-3/4 2250

1 160 3 3160

1-1/8 210 3-1/4 3795

1-1/4 350 3-1/2 4920

1-3/8 350 3-3/4 5980

1-1/2 420 4 7730

1-5/8 495

WIRELOCK®- RESIN FOR SPELTER SOCKETS

• Ideal for on-site applications

• Improved fatigue life

• For use on 416 & 417 Spelter

Sockets only

• 100% termination efficiency

• Temperature operating range

from -65°F to +240°F

• One Booster pack needed if

pouring temperature is 35°F to 48°F

• Two Booster packs needed if

pouring temperature is 27°F to 35°F

W416-7 KITS BOOSTER

KIT KITS STOCK WT. EACH PACK

SIZE PER CASE NO. (LBS.) STOCK NO.

100 CC 20 1039602 .62 1039603

250 CC 12 1039604 1.25 1039605

500 CC 12 1039606 2.54 1039607

1000 CC 12 1039608 4.59 1039609

2000 CC 12 1039610 9.00 1039611

APPROXIMATE U.S. MEASUREMENTS

250cc Kit 1 Cup

500cc Kit 1 Pint

1,000cc Kit 1 Quart

NATO NUMBERS

100cc 8030-21-902-1823

250cc 8030-21-902-1824

500cc 8030-21-902-1825

1,000cc 8030-21-902-1826

Witnessed and tested by American

Bureau of Shipping (ABS)

W416-7

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

109

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Eye Bolts

Important Safety Information –

Read and Follow

Inspection/Maintenance Safety

• Always inspect eye bolt before use.

• Never use eye bolt that shows signs of wear or

damage.

• Never use eye bolt if eye or shank is bent or elongated.

• Always be sure threads on shank and receiving holes

are clean.

• Never machine, grind, or cut eye bolt.

Assembly Safety

• Never exceed load limits specified in Table I.

• Never use regular nut eye bolts for angular lifts.

• Always use shoulder nut eye bolts (or machinery eye

bolts) for angular lifts.

• For angular lifts, adjust working load as follows:

• Never undercut eye bolt to seat shoulder against the

load.

• Always countersink receiving hole or use washers to

seat shoulder.

• Always screw eye bolt down completely for proper

seating.

• Always tighten nuts securely against the load.

• Loads may slip or fall if proper eye bolt

assembly and lifting procedures are not used.

• A falling load can seriously injure or kill.

• Read, understand and follow all eye bolt

safety information and diagrams presented

here.

FORGED EYE BOLT

WARNINGS AND APPLICATION

INSTRUCTIONS

Regular Nut

Eye Bolt

G-291

Shoulder Nut

Eye Bolt

G-277

Machinery

Eye Bolt

G-279

DIRECTION OF PULL ADJUSTED WORKING LOAD

45 degrees 30% of rated working load

90 degrees 25% of rated working load

TABLE I (IN-LINE LOAD)

Size (in.) Working Load Limit (lbs.)

1/4 650

5/16 1200

3/8 1550

1/2 2600

5/8 5200

3/4 7200

7/8 10600

1 13300

1-1/4 21000

1-1/2 24000

• Thickness of spacers

must exceed this

distance between the

bottom of the load and

the last thread of the eye

bolt.

• Place washers or

spacers between nut

and load so that when

the nut is tightened

securely, the shoulder is

secured flush against

the load surface.

• The threaded shank

must protrude

through the load

sufficiently to allow

full engagement of

the nut.

• If the eye bolt

protrudes so far

through the load

that the nut cannot

be tightened

securely against the

load, use properly

sized washers to

take up the excess

space BETWEEN

THE NUT AND THE

LOAD.

Shoulder Nut Eye Bolt –

Installation for Angular Loading

WARNING

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

110

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Eye Bolts

Right

More than

one eye

bolt dia. of

threads,

only (1) nut

required.

Do not reeve slings

from one eye bolt to

another. This will alter

the load & angle of

loading on the eye bolt.

After slings have been

properly attached to the eye

bolts, apply force slowly.

Watch the load carefully

& be prepared to stop

applying force

if the load

starts buckling.

Buckling may occur if

the load is not stiff

enough to resist the

compressive forces

which result

from the angular

Resultant Load

Wrong

Tighten hex nut securely

against load

One eye

bolt dia. of

threads or

less, use

two (2)

nuts.

Tighten hex nut securely

against load

Tighten

Hex Nut

Securely

Against

Load

One eye bolt dia. or less

2x Dia.

(Min.)

Tap Depth:

2.5 x Dia.

Right Right Wrong

IMPORTANT – READ AND UNDERSTAND THESE INSTRUCTIONS

BEFORE USING EYE BOLTS.

Regular Nut & Shoulder Nut Eye Bolt – Installation for In-Line Loading

Operating Safety

• Always inspect eye bolt before use.

• Always lift load with a steady, even pull – do not jerk.

• Always apply load to eye bolt in the plane of the eye,

not at an angle.

• Never exceed the capacity of the eyebolt – See Table I.

• When using lifting slings of two or more legs, make sure

the loads in the legs are calculated using the angle from

the vertical to the leg and properly size the shoulder nut

or machinery eye bolt for the angular load.

Machinery Eye Bolt – Installation for In-Line & Angular Loading

These eye bolts are primarily intended to be installed into

tapped holes.

1. After the loads on the eye bolts have been calculated,

select the proper size eye bolt for the job.

For angular lifts, adjust working load as follows:

2. Drill and tap the load to the correct sizes to a minimum

depth of one-half the eye bolt size beyond the shank

length of the machinery eye bolt.

3. Thread the eye bolt into the load until the shoulder is

flush and securely tightened against the load.

4. If the plane of the machinery eye bolt is not aligned

with the sling line, estimate the amount of unthreading

rotation necessary to align the plane of the eye

properly.

5. Remove the machinery eye bolt from the load and add

shims (washers) of proper thickness to adjust the angle

of the plane of the eye to match the sling line. Use

Table II to estimate the required shim thickness for the

amount of unthreading rotation required.

DIRECTION OF PULL ADJUSTED WORKING LOAD

45 degrees 30% of rated working load

90 degrees 25% of rated working load

Shim added to change eye alignment 90°

Min. tap depth is

basic shank length

plus one-half the

nominal eye bolt

diameter.

TABLE II

SHIM THICKNESS REQUIRED

EYE BOLT SIZE TO CHANGE ROTATION 90°

(IN.) (IN.)

1/4 .0125

5/16 .0139

3/8 .0156

1/2 .0192

5/8 .0227

3/4 .0250

7/8 .0278

1 .0312

1-1/4 .0357

1-1/2 .0417

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

111

Eye Bolts

REGULAR NUT EYE BOLTS

• Recommended for straight line pull.

• All Bolts Hot Dip galvanized after threading.

• Furnished with standard Hot Dip galvanized hex nuts.

• Forged Steel – Quenched and Tempered.

G-291

SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION

SHANK WORKING WEIGHT

DIAMETER G-291 LOAD PER DIMENSIONS (IN)

& LENGTH STOCK NO. LIMIT* 100

(IN.) GALV. (LBS.) (LBS.) A B C D E F G H

1/4 x 2 1043230 650 8.20 .25 .50 1.00 .25 1.50 2.00 3.06 .56

1/4 x 4 1043258 650 11.70 .25 .50 1.00 .25 2.50 4.00 5.06 .56

5/16 x 2-1/4 1043276 1200 13.30 .31 .62 1.25 .31 1.50 2.25 3.56 .69

5/16 x 4-1/4 1043294 1200 25.00 .31 .62 1.25 .31 2.50 4.25 5.56 .69

3/8 x 2-1/2 1043310 1550 23.30 .38 .75 1.50 .38 1.50 2.50 4.12 .88

3/8 x 4-1/2 1043338 1550 29.50 .38 .75 1.50 .38 2.50 4.50 6.12 .88

3/8 x 6 1043356 1550 35.20 .38 .75 1.50 .38 2.50 6.00 7.62 .88

1/2 x 3-1/4 1043374 2600 50.30 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 1.50 3.25 5.38 1.12

1/2 x 6 1043392 2600 66.10 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 3.00 6.00 8.12 1.12

1/2 x 8 1043418 2600 82.00 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 3.00 8.00 10.12 1.12

1/2 x 10 1043436 2600 88.00 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 3.00 10.00 12.12 1.12

1/2 x 12 1043454 2600 114.20 .50 1.00 2.00 .50 3.00 12.00 14.12 1.12

5/8 x 4 1043472 5200 103.10 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 2.00 4.00 6.69 1.44

5/8 x 6 1043490 5200 118.20 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 3.00 6.00 8.69 1.44

5/8 x 8 1043515 5200 135.10 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 3.00 8.00 10.69 1.44

5/8 x 10 1043533 5200 153.60 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 3.00 10.00 12.69 1.44

5/8 x 12 1043551 5200 167.10 .62 1.25 2.50 .62 4.00 12.00 14.69 1.44

3/4 x 4-1/2 1043579 7200 168.60 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 2.00 4.50 7.69 1.69

3/4 x 6 1043597 7200 184.50 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 3.00 6.00 9.19 1.69

3/4 x 8 1043613 7200 207.90 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 3.00 8.00 11.19 1.69

3/4 x 10 1043631 7200 235.00 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 3.00 10.00 13.19 1.69

3/4 x 12 1043659 7200 257.50 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 4.00 12.00 15.19 1.69

3/4 x 15 1043677 7200 298.00 .75 1.50 3.00 .75 5.00 15.00 18.19 1.69

7/8 x 5 1043695 10600 270.00 .88 1.75 3.50 .88 2.50 5.00 8.75 2.00

7/8 x 8 1043711 10600 308.00 .88 1.75 3.50 .88 4.00 8.00 11.75 2.00

7/8 x 12 1043739 10600 400.00 .88 1.75 3.50 .88 4.00 12.00 15.75 2.00

1 x 6 1043757 13300 421.00 1.00 2.00 4.00 1.00 3.00 6.00 10.31 2.31

1 x 9 1043775 13300 468.50 1.00 2.00 4.00 1.00 4.00 9.00 13.31 2.31

1 x 12 1043793 13300 540.00 1.00 2.00 4.00 1.00 4.00 12.00 16.31 2.31

1 x 18 1043819 13300 650.00 1.00 2.00 4.00 1.00 7.00 18.00 22.31 2.31

1-1/4 x 8 1043837 21000 750.00 1.25 2.50 5.00 1.25 4.00 8.00 13.38 2.88

1-1/4 x 12 1043855 21000 900.00 1.25 2.50 5.00 1.25 4.00 12.00 17.38 2.88

1-1/4 x 20 1043873 21000 1210.00 1.25 2.50 5.00 1.25 6.00 20.00 25.38 2.88

*Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

112

Eye Bolts

SHANK WORKING

DIAMETER G-277 LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (IN)

& LENGTH STOCK NO. LIMIT* PER 100

(IN.) GALV. (LBS.) (LBS.) A B C D E F G H J

1/4 x 2 1045014 650 6.60 .25 .50 .88 .19 1.50 2.00 2.94 .50 .47

1/4 x 4 1045032 650 9.10 .25 .50 .88 .19 2.50 4.00 4.94 .50 .47

5/16 x 2-1/4 1045050 1200 12.50 .31 .62 1.12 .25 1.50 2.25 3.50 .69 .56

5/16 x 4-1/4 1045078 1200 18.80 .31 .62 1.12 .25 2.50 4.25 5.50 .69 .56

3/8 x 2-1/2 1045096 1550 21.40 .38 .75 1.38 .31 1.50 2.50 3.97 .78 .66

3/8 x 4-1/2 1045112 1550 25.30 .38 .75 1.38 .31 2.50 4.50 5.97 .78 .66

1/2 x 3-1/4 1045130 2600 42.60 .50 1.00 1.75 .38 1.50 3.25 5.12 1.00 .91

1/2 x 6 1045158 2600 56.60 .50 1.00 1.75 .38 3.00 6.00 7.88 1.00 .91

5/8 x 4 1045176 5200 68.60 .62 1.25 2.25 .50 2.00 4.00 6.44 1.31 1.12

5/8 x 6 1045194 5200 102.40 .62 1.25 2.25 .50 3.00 6.00 8.44 1.31 1.12

3/4 x 4-1/2 1045210 7200 144.50 .75 1.50 2.75 .62 2.00 4.50 7.44 1.56 1.38

3/4 x 6 1045238 7200 167.50 .75 1.50 2.75 .62 3.00 6.00 8.94 1.56 1.38

7/8 x 5 1045256 10600 225.00 .88 1.75 3.25 .75 2.50 5.00 8.47 1.84 1.56

1 x 6 1045292 13300 366.60 1.00 2.00 3.75 .88 3.00 6.00 9.97 2.09 1.81

1 x 9 1045318 13300 422.50 1.00 2.00 3.75 .88 4.00 9.00 12.97 2.09 1.81

1-1/4 x 8 1045336 21000 650.00 1.25 2.50 4.50 1.00 4.00 8.00 12.72 2.47 2.28

1-1/4 x 12 1045354 21000 795.00 1.25 2.50 4.50 1.00 4.00 12.00 16.72 2.47 2.28

1-1/2 x 15 1045372 24000 1425.00 1.50 3.00 5.50 1.25 6.00 15.00 20.75 3.00 2.75

SHOULDER NUT EYE BOLTS

• Forged Steel

• Hot Dip galvanized

• Furnished with standard Hot Dip galvanized, heavy hex nuts

G-277

SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION

SHANK WORKING

DIAMETER G-275 LOAD WEIGHT DIMENSIONS (IN)

& LENGTH STOCK NO. LIMIT* PER 100

(IN.) GALV. (LBS.) (LBS.) A B C D E F G H J

1/4 x 2 1046111 500 4.30 .25 1.50 2.00 2.50 2.94 .50 .88 .19 .47

5/16 x 2-1/4 1046139 800 12.50 .31 1.69 2.25 2.94 3.50 .63 1.13 .25 .56

3/8 x 2-1/2 1046157 1200 19.00 .38 1.88 2.50 3.28 3.97 .75 1.38 .31 .66

1/2 x 3-1/4 1046175 2200 37.50 .50 2.44 3.25 4.25 5.12 1.00 1.75 .38 .91

5/8 x 4 1046193 3500 75.00 .62 3.00 4.00 5.31 6.44 1.25 2.25 .50 1.12

*Ultimate Load is 5 times Working Load Limit.

• Forged Steel – Quenched and Tempered

• Hot Dip galvanized

SCREW EYE BOLTS

G-275

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

113

Eye Bolts

SHOULDER TYPE MACHINE EYE BOLTS

• Forged

• 1030 Carbon Steel

• Self-Colored

SEE APPLICATION AND

WARNING INFORMATION

THREAD CENTER APPROX.

SIZE SHANK I.D. O.D. OVERALL OF EYE TO WT. PER RATED

STOCK UNC-2A LENGTH EYE EYE LENGTH SHOULDER 100 PCS. CAP.

NO. A B C D E F BLANKS* (LBS.) (LBS.)

14611 1/4 - 20 1 3/4 1-3/16 2-3/8 3/4 R14611 5.0 500

14621 5/16 - 18 1-1/8 7/8 1-7/16 2-13/16 15/16 R14621 9.6 900

14631 3/8 - 16 1-1/4 1 1-11/16 3-1/4 1-1/8 R14631 16.0 1,300

14638 7/16 - 14 1-3/8 1-3/32 1-13/16 3-9/16 1-1/4 R14638 24.2 1,800

14641 1/2 - 13 1-1/2 1-3/16 2-1/8 3-31/32 1-3/8 R14641 34.8 2,400

14650 9/16 - 12 1-3/4 1-3/8 2-9/16 4-3/4 1-21/32 R14650 47.0 3,200

14661 5/8 - 11 1-3/4 1-3/8 2-9/16 4-3/4 1-21/32 R14661 67.0 4,000

14672 3/4 - 10 2 1-1/2 2-13/16 5-1/4 1-13/16 R14682 100.0 5,000

14682 7/8 - 9 2-1/4 1-11/16 3-3/16 6 2-1/8 R14682 163.0 7,000

14702 1 - 8 2-1/2 1-13/16 3-9/16 6-5/8 2-5/16 R14702 222.0 9,000

14712 1-1/8 - 7 2-3/4 2 4-1/16 7-17/32 2-11/16 R14712 340.0 12,000

14723 1-1/4 - 7 3 2-13/16 4-7/16 8-7/32 2-15/16 R14723 444.0 15,000

14753 1-1/2 - 6 3-1/2 2-1/2 5-3/16 9-15/32 3-5/16 R14753 736.0 21,000

14770 1-3/4 - 5 3-3/4 2-7/8 6 10-13/16 4 R14770 1135.0 28,000

14780 2 - 4-1/2 4 3-1/4 6-7/8 11-7/8 4-3/8 R14780 1670.0 38,000

*Blanks have no rated capacity.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

114

RATED THREAD STANDARD U-BAR LONG U-BAR

LOADS SIZE PART PART TORQUE WT.

(LBS.) (IN.) A C D E NO. B F NO. B F G H (FT/LB) (LBS)

600 1/4 - 20 0.43 0.71 3/8 0.54 46100 1.27 2.67 – – – 1.84 1.00 6 0.3

800 5/16 - 18 0.43 0.71 3/8 0.29 46102 1.27 2.67 – – – 1.84 1.00 7 0.3

800 5/16 - 18 0.43 0.71 3/8 0.54 46104 1.27 2.67 – – – 1.84 1.00 7 0.3

1,000 3/8 - 16 0.43 1.71 3/8 0.54 46106 1.27 2.67 – – – 1.84 1.00 12 0.3

2,000 7/16 - 14 0.70 0.93 1/2 1.07 46606 1.84 3.77 – – – 2.58 1.49 22 1.0

2,500 1/2 - 13 0.70 0.93 1/2 1.07 46602 1.84 3.77 – – – 2.58 1.49 28 1.0

2,000 7/16 - 14 0.88 1.22 3/4 0.78 46000 2.31 4.78 46638 4.25 6.72 3.52 1.99 22 2.6

2,500 1/2 - 13 0.88 1.22 3/4 0.78 46008 2.31 4.78 46644 4.25 6.72 3.52 1.99 28 2.6

2,500 1/2 - 13 0.88 1.22 3/4 1.03 46010 2.31 4.78 46646 4.25 6.72 3.52 1.99 28 2.6

2,500 1/2 - 13 0.88 1.22 3/4 1.28 46012 2.31 4.78 46648 4.25 6.72 3.52 1.99 28 2.6

4,000 5/8 - 11 0.88 1.22 3/4 0.78 46002 2.18 4.78 – – – 3.52 1.99 60 2.6

4,000 5/8 - 11 0.88 1.22 3/4 1.03 46004 2.18 4.78 46640 4.12 6.72 3.52 1.99 60 2.6

4,000 5/8 - 11 0.88 1.22 3/4 1.28 46006 2.18 4.78 46642 4.12 6.72 3.52 1.99 60 2.6

5,000 3/4 - 10 0.88 1.22 3/4 1.03 46014 2.06 4.78 46650 4.00 6.72 3.52 1.99 100 3.0

5,000 3/4 - 10 0.88 1.22 3/4 1.53 46018 2.06 4.78 46654 4.00 6.72 3.52 1.99 100 3.0

7,000 3/4 - 10 1.40 1.71 1 1.04 46204 3.06 6.52 46658 4.65 8.11 5.14 3.00 100 7.0

7,000 3/4 - 10 1.40 1.71 1 2.54 46206 3.06 6.52 46660 4.65 8.11 5.14 3.00 100 7.0

8,000 7/8 - 9 1.40 1.71 1 1.04 46202 2.93 6.52 46656 4.52 8.11 5.14 3.00 160 7.0

8,000 7/8 - 9 1.40 1.71 1 1.29 46203 2.93 6.52 46652 4.52 8.11 5.14 3.00 160 7.0

10,000 1 - 8 1.40 1.71 1 1.29 46210 2.81 6.52 46662 4.40 8.11 5.14 3.00 230 7.5

10,000 1 - 8 1.40 1.71 1 1.54 46212 2.81 6.52 46664 4.40 8.11 5.14 3.00 230 7.5

10,000 1 - 8 1.40 1.71 1 2.29 46214 2.81 6.52 46666 4.40 8.11 5.14 3.00 230 7.5

15,000 1-1/4 - 7 1.75 2.11 1-1/4 1.89 46802 4.12 8.73 – – – 6.50 3.76 470 14.0

20,000 1-3/8 - 6 2.00 2.36 1-1/2 2.64 46702 5.20 10.59 – – – 7.46 4.31 540 22.0

24,000 1-1/2 - 6 2.25 2.81 1-3/4 2.70 46404 6.41 12.47 – – – 8.55 4.87 800 34.0

24,000 1-3/4 - 5 2.25 2.81 1-3/4 2.70 46408 6.41 12.47 – – – 8.55 4.87 800 34.0

30,000 2 - 4-1/2 2.25 2.81 1-3/4 2.96 46400 5.91 12.47 – – – 8.55 4.87 800 36.0

50,000 2-1/2 - 8 3.00 4.09 2-1/4 4.00 47002 8.03 16.87 – – – 11.67 6.52 2100 88.0

50,000 2-1/2 - 4 3.00 4.09 2-1/4 4.00 47006 8.03 16.87 – – – 11.67 6.52 2100 88.0

75,000 3 - 4 3.75 5.27 2-3/4 4.20 47200 8.48 19.50 – – – 14.15 8.10 4300 166.0

100,000 3-1/2 - 4 4.00 6.06 3-1/4 7.00 47402 9.28 22.09 – – – 15.90 8.60 5100 265.0

250,000 6 - 4 6.00 14.00 5 9.00 47602 14.00 33.00 – – – 25.00 13.00 9900 790.0

Hoist Rings

ACTEK™ SWIVEL (SAFETY) HOIST RINGS

• Rated load from 400 lbs. to 125 tons.

• Pivots 180°/Swivels 360°

• Material: AISI 4140 aircraft quality

• Finish: Black oxide per mil spec cadmium plated

• Safety factor: 5:1

• 100% magnetic particle inspected

• Certified heat treatment

UNC THREADS METRIC THREADS

See following page

UNC THREADS

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

115

RATED STANDARD U-BAR LONG U-BAR

LOADS THREAD PART PART TORQUE WT.

(KGS.) SIZE A C D E NO. B F NO. B F G H (KGM.) (KGS.)

400 M8 x 1.25 11 18 10 13 46912 32 68 – – – 47 25 0.86 0.17

500 M10 x 1.50 11 18 10 18 46916 30 68 – – – 47 25 1.5 0.17

1,050 M12 x 1.75 22 30 19 19 46924 60 121 47124 110 171 89 51 3.7 1.08

1,900 M16 x 2.00 22 30 19 29 46930 56 121 47130 106 171 89 51 8.4 1.12

2,150 M20 x 2.50 22 30 19 34 46936 52 121 47136 102 171 89 51 14 1.19

3,000 M20 x 2.50 36 43 25 32 46942 78 166 47142 118 206 131 76 14 3.03

4,200 M24 x 3.00 36 43 25 37 46948 74 166 47148 114 206 131 76 14 3.10

4,200 M30 x 3.50 36 43 25 58 – – – 46950 108 206 131 76 60 3.10

7,000 M30 x 3.50 45 54 32 42 46956 106 222 – – – 165 95 60 6.30

7,000 M30 x 3.50 45 54 32 62 46958 106 222 – – – 165 95 60 6.40

11,000 M36 x 4.00 57 71 44 64 46966 166 317 – – – 217 124 100 15.50

12,500 M42 x 4.50 57 71 44 82 46968 160 317 – – – 217 124 100 16.00

13,500 M48 x 5.00 57 71 44 82 46970 154 317 – – – 217 124 100 16.80

22,300 M64 x 6.00 76 103 57 101 46972 204 428 – – – 296 165 273 39.00

31,500 M72 x 6.00 95 133 70 132 46988 220 495 – – – 359 206 559 74.00

51,000 M90 x 6.00 102 153 83 177 46990 235 561 – – – 404 218 663 118.00

Hoist Rings

ACTEK™ SWIVEL (SAFETY) HOIST RINGS

• Rated load from 400 lbs. to 125 tons.

• Pivots 180°/Swivels 360°

• Material: AISI 4140 aircraft quality

• Finish: Black oxide per mil spec cadmium plated

• Safety factor: 5:1

• 100% magnetic particle inspected

• Certified heat treatment

METRIC THREADS UNC THREADS

See previous page

METRIC THREADS

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

116

IPHGZ horizontal

lifting clamps are

designed for the lifting

and transfer in the

horizontal position of

steel plates, including

thin plates that sag.

• Clamps have a latch

which allows the

oprator to position the clamp and

move away from the load before the lift

begins.

• Suitable for working in conjunction

with an angle bench, guillotine, round

roller, etc.

Lifting Clamps

IPUZ / UNIVERSAL VERTICAL LIFTING CLAMP

IPUZ vertical lifting clamps are

used for lifting, turning (180°)

and vertical transfer of steel

plates & constructions.

• Hinged hoisting eye allows

the user to place and lift the

load from virtually any

direction.

• All IPUZ clamps have latches

that lock in both the open and

closed positions.

• IPUZ clamps with working

load limits greater than 12

tons have special built-in

hook-up devices to assist

in the placement of these

large-sized clamps.

IPHGZ / IPHGUZ HORIZONTAL LIFTING CLAMP

WLL JAW WT. PER

ORDER PER PCE. OPENING PIECE

MODEL NO. (TONS) (IN.) (LBS.)

0,75 - IPUZ 5051 0,75 0 - 5/8 4

0,75 - IPSUZ 5052 0,75 5/8 - 1-1/4 4

0,75 - IPWGUNZ 1601 0,75 0 - 3/4 4

1,5 - IPUZ 5053 1,5 0 - 3/4 17

1,5 - IPSUZ 5054 1,5 3/4 - 1-5/8 17

1,5 - IPWGUZ 5186 1,5 0 - 1-3/8 17

3 - IPUZ 5055 3,0 0 - 1 35

3 - IPSUZ 5056 3,0 1 - 2 36

4,5 - IPUZ 5057 4,5 0 - 1 35

4,5 - IPSUZ 5058 4,5 1 - 2 37

6 - IPUNZ 5139 6,0 0 - 1-1/4 50

6 - IPSUNZ 5140 6,0 1-1/4 - 2-1/2 51

9 - IPUNZ 5141 9,0 0 - 1-5/8 63

9 - IPSUNZ 5142 9,0 1-5/8 - 3-1/8 64

12 - IPUNZ 5078 12,0 0 - 2-1/8 126

12 - IPSUNZ 5079 12,0 2-1/8 - 4-1/4 130

16 - IPUNZ 5093 16,0 1/4 - 2-1/2 174

16 - IPSUNZ 5094 16,0 2-1/2 - 5 203

22,5 - IPUNZ 5098 22,5 1/4 - 3-1/8 281

22,5 - IPSUNZ 5099 22,5 3-1/8 - 6-1/8 288

30 - IPUNZ 5112 30,0 1/4 - 3-1/8 337

30 - IPSUNZ 5113 30,0 3-1/8 - 6-1/8 364

WLL JAW WT. PER

ORDER PER PCE. OPENING PIECE

MODEL NO. (TONS) (IN.) (LBS.)

0,75 - IPHGZ 5451 0,75 0 - 1 8

1,5 - IPHGZ 5452 1,5 0 - 1 16

3 - IPHGZ 5453 3,0 0 - 1-1/2 27

4,5 - IPHGZ 5454 4,5 0 - 1-1/2 46

4,5 - IPHGX1Z 3772 4,5 1/4 - 1-3/4 50

1,5 - IPHGUZ 5455 1,5 0 - 1 18

IPHGZ

Type IPHGZ has a fixed hoisting eye.

Type IPHGUZ has a universal hoisting eye.

Type IPURZ has a cam segment and pivot made of stainless

steel.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

117

Lifting Clamps

WLL@ JAW GRIP INSIDE

0 - 15° ADJ. JAW SHACKLE AVG.

VERT. MIN-MAX APERTURE CROWN TO WT.

MODEL (LBS.) (IN.) (IN.) SPACER (IN.) (LBS.)

S5 6720 3-1/2 - 12 1 3-3/4 22.0

S5A 6720 3-1/2 - 12 1 4-1/8 30.4

S6 11200 3-1/2 - 12 1 4-1/8 30.4

S6A 11200 3-1/2 - 12 1 4-1/8 33.5

S11 22400 3-1/2 - 12 1 5-1/8 45.4

FIXED JAW ADJUSTABLE GIRDER CLAMPS

SWIVEL JAW ADJUSTABLE GIRDER CLAMPS

ADJUSTABLE RUNWAY BEAM TROLLEYS

Swivel Jaw Adjustable Girder Clamps incorporate the

additional benefit of horizontal jaw adjustment. This enables

the full length and maximum width of the swivel jaw to anchor

evenly on a considerable surface area of the beam flange.

Additional tools or width adjusting components are not

required.

WLL@ JAW GRIP INSIDE

0 - 15° ADJ. JAW SHACKLE AVG.

VERT. MIN-MAX APERTURE CROWN TO WT.

MODEL (LBS.) (IN.) (IN.) SPACER (IN.) (LBS.)

S1 4480 3 - 7-1/2 7/8 3-3/4 8.8

S2 6720 3 - 7-1/2 7/8 3-3/4 11.3

S2A 6720 3 - 7-1/2 7/8 3-3/4 16.3

S3 8960 6 - 10 7/8 3-9/10 22.9

S3X 11200 3 - 7-1/2 7/8 4-1/8 19.9

S3A 11200 6 - 12 1-5/8 4-1/8 32.8

S4S 13440 8 - 18 1-5/8 4-1/8 41.5

S4A 22400 8 - 18 1-5/8 5-1/8 60.2

S12 33600 8 - 18 2 5-7/8 118.4

S14 33600 16 - 24 2-1/2 5-7/8 126.1

These Fixed Jaw Adjustable Girder Clamps are truly versatile in

application and may be used for lifting, pulling or as an anchor point.

• Designed specifically to provide maximum JAW GRIP ADJUSTMENT.

• Engineered for practical use where mobility is essential.

• Easily applied and do not require additional tools or width adjusting

components such as spacing washers.

WLL@ WIDTH TO ACCOM- INSIDE

0° ADJ. MODATE BEAM SHACKLE AVG.

VERT. MIN-MAX FLANGE MAX. CROWN TO WT.

MODEL (LBS.) (IN.) THKNS. (IN.) SPACER (IN.) (LBS.)

B1 6720 3 - 8 1-1/8 4 60.6

B2 13440 4 - 12 1-1/4 4 107.2

B3 22400 4 - 12 1-1/2 5-1/8 158.7

"SUPERCLAMP" Adjustable Runway Beam Trolleys are of

acknowledged and experienced design. The unique quality features

of this new range of manual travelling gear are the Wheelguarding

Anti-drop Plates, which are incorporated into the practical design of

these transferable and mobile securing attachments. To complement

this range, reference is made to "SUPERCLAMP" Geared Runway

Beam Trolleys which allow additional ease of load conveyance.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

118

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Swivels

SAFE WEIGHT

WORKING SWIVEL WIRE ROPE EACH

LOAD* TYPE NUMBER SIZE (LBS.)

3 S - 1 3 - S - 1 1/2 9.81

3 S - 2 3 - S - 2 1/2 9.63

3 S - 3 3 - S - 3 1/2 9.12

3 S - 4 3 - S - 4 1/2 9.00

3 S - 5 3 - S - 5 1/2 8.50

3 S - 6 3 - S - 6 1/2 9.32

5 S - 1 5 - S - 1 5/8 15.51

5 S - 2 5 - S - 2 5/8 13.69

5 S - 3 5 - S - 3 5/8 13.50

5 S - 4 5 - S - 4 5/8 12.33

5 S - 5 5 - S - 5 5/8 11.30

5 S - 6 5 - S - 6 5/8 14.24

8-1/2 S - 1 8-1/2 - S - 1 3/4 29.42

8-1/2 S - 2 8-1/2 - S - 2 3/4 26.16

8-1/2 S - 3 8-1/2 - S - 3 3/4 24.90

8-1/2 S - 4 8-1/2 - S - 4 3/4 29.00

8-1/2 S - 5 8-1/2 - S - 5 3/4 29.25

8-1/2 S - 6 8-1/2 - S - 6 3/4 32.00

10 S - 1 10 - S - 1 7/8 46.75

10 S - 2 10 - S - 2 7/8 45.75

10 S - 3 10 - S - 3 7/8 43.50

10 S - 4 10 - S - 4 7/8 44.00

10 S - 5 10 - S - 5 7/8 42.00

10 S - 6 10 - S - 6 7/8 45.50

15 S - 1 15 - S - 1 1 73.75

15 S - 2 15 - S - 2 1 62.75

15 S - 3 15 - S - 3 1 61.00

15 S - 4 15 - S - 4 1 61.00

15 S - 5 15 - S - 5 1 49.00

15 S - 6 15 - S - 6 1 63.00

25 S - 1 25 - S - 1 – 140.00

25 S - 2 25 - S - 2 – 140.00

25 S - 3 25 - S - 3 – 135.00

25 S - 4 25 - S - 4 – 135.00

25 S - 5 25 - S - 5 – 130.00

25 S - 6 25 - S - 6 – 135.00

35 S - 1 35 - S - 1 – 220.00

35 S - 2 35 - S - 2 – 155.00

35 S - 3 35 - S - 3 – 150.00

35 S - 4 35 - S - 4 – 150.00

35 S - 5 35 - S - 5 – 145.00

35 S - 6 35 - S - 6 – 215.00

45 S - 1 45 - S - 1 – 251.00

45 S - 2 45 - S - 2 – 235.00

45 S - 3 45 - S - 3 – 225.00

45 S - 4 45 - S - 4 – 225.00

45 S - 5 45 - S - 5 – 215.00

45 S - 6 45 - S - 6 – 270.00

SWIVELS

TIMKEN BEARING EQUIPPED

LOAD RATED

S-2

JAW & JAW

S-4

EYE & JAW

S-6

EYE & HOOK

S-1

JAW & HOOK

S-3

JAW & EYE

S-5

EYE & EYE

*Safe working load in metric tons.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

119

SAFE

WORKING DIMENSIONS (IN) WEIGHT

SIZE LOAD EACH

(IN.) (LBS)* A B C D E R (LBS.)

1/4 850 1-1/4 11/16 3/4 7/16 15/16 2-1/4 .13

5/16 1250 1-5/8 13/16 1 1/2 1-1/8 2-23/32 .25

3/8 2250 2 15/16 1-1/4 3/4 1-1/2 3-7/16 .54

1/2 3600 2-1/2 1-5/16 1-1/2 7/8 1-7/8 4-1/4 1.12

5/8 5200 3 1-9/16 1-3/4 1-1/16 2-3/16 5-1/8 2.09

3/4 7200 3-1/2 1-3/4 2 1-1/4 2-5/8 5-25/32 3.09

Swivels

REGULAR

SAFE

WORKING DIMENSIONS (IN) WEIGHT

SIZE LOAD EACH

(IN.) (LBS)* A B C K N P R (LBS.

1/4 850 1-1/4 11/16 3/4 15/32 7/8 1/4 2-5/8 .21

5/16 1250 1-5/8 13/16 1 1/2 7/8 5/16 2-15/16 .34

3/8 2250 2 15/16 1-1/4 5/8 1-1/16 3/8 3-5/8 .66

1/2 3600 2-1/2 1-5/16 1-1/2 3/4 1-5/16 1/2 4-1/2 1.34

5/8 5200 3 1-9/16 1-3/4 15/16 1-1/2 5/8 5-5/16 2.48

3/4 7200 3-1/2 1-3/4 2 1-1/8 1-3/4 3/4 6-1/16 3.88

7/8 10000 4 2-1/16 2-1/4 1-3/16 2-1/16 7/8 7 5.87

1 12500 4-1/2 2-5/16 2-1/2 1-3/4 2-13/16 1-1/8 8-9/16 9.84

1-1/4 18000 5-5/8 2-11/16 3-1/8 2-1/16 2-13/16 1-3/8 9-7/16 15.75

1-1/2 45200 7 4-3/16 4 2-7/8 4-7/16 2-1/4 14-3/4 54.75

*Ultimate Load is five times the Safe Working Load.

SAFE

WORKING DIMENSIONS (IN) WEIGHT

SIZE LOAD EACH

(IN.) (LBS)* A B C D R (LBS.)

1/4 850 1-1/4 11/16 3/4 1-1/16 2-15/16 .21

5/16 1250 1-5/8 13/16 1 1-1/4 3-9/16 .39

3/8 2250 2 15/16 1-1/4 1-1/2 4-5/16 .71

1/2 3600 2-1/2 1-5/16 1-1/2 2 5-7/16 1.32

5/8 5200 3 1-9/16 1-3/4 2-3/8 6-9/16 2.49

3/4 7200 3-1/2 1-3/4 2 2-5/8 7-3/16 4.02

7/8 10000 4 2-1/16 2-1/4 3-1/16 8-3/8 6.25

1 12500 4-1/2 2-5/16 2-1/2 3-1/2 9-5/8 8.95

1-1/4 18000 5-5/8 2-11/16 3-1/8 2-11/16 11-1/8 16.37

1-1/2 45200 7 4-3/16 4 4-3/16 17-1/8 45.79

JAW END

CHAIN

*Ultimate Load is five times the Safe Working Load.

G-402

REGULAR

QUENCHED

& TEMPERED

G-403

JAW END

QUENCHED

& TEMPERED

G-401

CHAIN

QUENCHED &

TEMPERED

SIZE

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

120

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Swaged Sockets

SWAGED SOCKETS ASSEMBLIES

CAPACITY (TONS*)

6X 19 & 6 X 37

IWRC

ROPE

DIA. LPS XIP

1/4 .588 .69

5/16 .916 1.05

3/8 1.3 1.5

7/16 1.778 2.04

1/2 2.3 2.66

9/16 2.9 3.36

5/8 3.58 4.12

3/4 5.12 5.88

7/8 6.92 7.96

1 8.98 10.34

1-1/8 11.3 13.

1-1/4 13.88 15.98

1-3/8 16.7 19.2

1-1/2 19.78 22.8

1-3/4 26.6 30.6

2 34.4 39.6

2-1/4 43. 49.4

2-1/2 52.4 60.4

In mechanically swaged fittings, high

pressure presses and precision dies cause

metal of the socket to flow around wires

and strands to offer the ultimate in

compactness and strength with minimum

weight. Material is weldless, drop-forged

steel.

Normally, only regular lay rope is used.

Swaged assemblies are interchangeable

with *poured sockets up through 2" rope

diameters. Assembly length is measured

from centerline of pins for both open and

closed sockets.

When purchasing, indicate choice of end

fittings by the suffixes “OS” or “CS” after

the stock number, for open or closed type

fittings. Pins and cotters are supplied as

standard on open fittings, but assemblies

may be specified without pins. Fittings are

assembled in the same plane unless

specified otherwise when ordered.

* These sockets are not interchangeable with zinc

poured sockets.

OPEN SOCKET DIAMETER (IN) CLOSED SOCKET DIAMETER (IN)

ROPE LSLS

DIA. C D E F PIN AS(APPROX.) C D E AS(APPROX.)

1/4 11/16 5/16 1-1/2 1-3/8 .688 .438 4-7/16 1-7/16 .750 1/2 .438 3-15/16

5/16 13/16 13/32 1-3/4 1-5/8 .812 .688 5-15/16 1-11/16 .875 11/16 .688 5-1/8

3/8 13/16 13/32 1-3/4 1-5/8 .812 .688 5-15/16 1-11/16 .875 11/16 .688 5-1/8

7/16 1 1/2 2 2 1.00 .875 7-5/8 2 1.063 7/8 .875 6-5/8

1/2 1 1/2 2 2 1.00 .875 7-5/8 2 1.063 7/8 .875 6-5/8

9/16 1-1/4 5/8 2-1/4 2-1/2 1.19 1.125 9-3/16 2-1/2 1.250 1-1/8 1.125 8-5/16

5/8 1-1/4 5/8 2-1/4 2-1/2 1.19 1.125 9-3/16 2-1/2 1.250 1-1/8 1.125 8-5/16

3/4 1-1/2 3/4 2-3/4 3 1.38 1.375 11-1/4 3 1.438 1-5/16 1.375 9-15/16

7/8 1-3/4 15/16 3-1/4 3-3/8 1.63 1.50 13-1/8 3-1/2 1.688 1-1/2 1.50 11-5/8

1 2 1-1/32 3-3/4 4 2.00 1.75 15-1/16 4 2.063 1-3/4 1.75 13-3/16

1-1/8 2-1/4 1-3/16 4-1/4 4-1/2 2.25 2.00 16-15/16 4-1/2 2.313 2 2.00 14-11/16

1-1/4 2-1/2 1-3/16 4-3/4 5 2.50 2.25 18-5/8 5 2.563 2-1/4 2.25 16-1/2

1-3/8 2-1/2 1-5/16 5-1/4 5-1/4 2.50 2.50 20-1/2 5-1/4 2.563 2-1/4 2.50 18-1/8

1-1/2 3 1-7/16 5-3/4 5-3/4 2.75 2.75 22-5/16 5-1/2 2.813 2-1/2 2.75 19-9/16

1-3/4 3-1/2 1-11/16 6-3/4 7 3.50 3.00 26 6-3/4 3.563 3 3.00 23

2 4 1-13/16 8 8 3.75 3.50 30-1/8 7-3/4 3.813 3-1/4 3.50 26-7/16

2-1/4* 4-1/4 2-1/8 6-3/4 8-3/4 4.25 4.00 31-1/4 8-3/4 4.312 4 4.00 28-1/2

2-1/2* 4-1/4 2-1/8 6-3/4 8-3/4 4.25 4.40 33-3/8 8-3/4 4.312 4 4.40 30-1/4

Pins at

Right Angles

500-R

Pins at

Right Angles

502-R

Pins at

Right Angles

503-R

Pins

Parallel

500-P

Pins

Parallel

502-P

Pins

Parallel

503-P

os-os

cs-cs

os-cs

LENGTH

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

121

Snatch Blocks

NEW IMPROVED LIGHT CHAMPION by McKissick®

418

w/Hook

419

w/Shackle

404

Tail Board

• Forged alloy heat treated hooks.

• Forged steel swivel tees, yokes and shackles.

• Hook and shackle assemblies on 4-1/2” through 14”

sizes can be interchanged.

• Can be furnished with bronze bushings or roller

bearings.

• Opening feature permits insertion of rope while block is

suspended from gin-pole.

• 3” thru 18” 418 and 419 blocks have exclusive bolt

retaining spring to assure no lost bolts.

• Can be furnished with SS-4055 hook latch.

• Pressure lube fittings.

• Fatigue rated.

• 3” - 10” feature dual rated wireline sheaves.

STOCK NO. WEIGHT EACH

WIRE (LBS.) REPLACEMENT

SHEAVE 481 419 404 ROPE WORKING 418 419 404 SHEAVE

DIA. BEARING WITH WITH TAIL SIZE LOAD LIMIT* WITH WITH TAIL STOCK

(IN.) CODE HOOK SHACKLE BOARD (IN.)‡ (TONS) HOOK SHACKLE BOARD NO.

3** BB – 109091 – 5/16 - 3/8 2 – 5 – 460147

3** BB 108038 109037† 102016 5/16 - 3/8 2 5 4 3 460147

4-1/2** BB 108065 109064 102025 3/8 - 1/2 4 12 12 7 2000232

6 BB 108127 109126 102098 5/8 - 3/4 8 27 28 15 460815

6 RB 108154 109153 102114 5/8 - 3/4 8 27 28 15 472688

8 BB 108225 109224 102169 5/8 - 3/4 8 33 34 21 461164

8 RB 108252 109251 102187 5/8 - 3/4 8 33 34 21 473277

10 BB 108323 109322 102230 5/8 - 3/4 8 41 42 29 461805

10 RB 108350 109359 102258 5/8 - 3/4 8 41 42 29 473776

12 BB 169169 202961 178890 5/8 8 48 49 36 462270

12 RB 199911 169347 178934 5/8 8 48 49 36 474141

12 BB 108421 109420 102301 3/4 8 48 49 36 462289

12 RB 108458 109457 102329 3/4 8 48 49 36 474150

14 BB 194920 169356 – 5/8 8 55 56 – 463625

14 RB 199948 167857 – 5/8 8 55 56 – 474766

14 BB 108528 109527 – 3/4 8 55 56 – 463634

14 RB 108546 109545 – 3/4 8 55 56 – 474775

16 BB 199975 203041 – 3/4 15 130 135 – 4100056

16 RB 200008 203087 – 3/4 15 130 135 – 4200028

16 BB 108608 109607 – 7/8 15 130 135 – 4100065

16 RB 108626 109625 – 7/8 15 130 135 – 4200037

18 BB 200099 203130 – 7/8 15 150 155 – 464571

18 RB 200151 203176 – 7/8 15 150 155 – 475792

18 BB 108644 109643 – 1 15 150 155 – 4104640

18 RB 108662 109661 – 1 15 150 155 – 6000000

*Ultimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.

**Available in Bronze Bushed only. 3" and 4-1/2" have self-lubricating Bronze Bushing.

†Fitted with 1-1/4" ID Swivel Eye.

‡May be furnished in other rope sizes.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

122

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Wire Rope

In certain instances the use of rotation resistant

wire rope is necessary to provide rotational

stability to the lifted load. In general, the use of

these specialized wire ropes is limited to those

situations where it is impractical to:

1. Use a tag line.

2. Relocate rope dead end.

3. Increase sheave sizes.

4. Eliminate "odd-part" reeving.

5. Significantly reduce rope loading and rope

length.

Rotation resistant wire ropes have less of a

tendency to unlay when loaded than do

conventional wire ropes. This results in improved

rotational stability to the lifted load within a safe

working load range. Rotation resistant wire

ropes are designed in such a way that the

rotational force of the outer rope is partially

counteracted by the rotational force of the inner

rope when the rope is subjected to a load.

The rated strengths of rotation resistant ropes

are less than the conventional 6 x 19 and 6 x 36

Classification wire ropes, and larger sheaves

and drums are required in order to achieve

comparable fatigue life. Drum and sheave

diameters should be 34 to 36 times rope

diameter for the 19 x 7 and 35 x 7 rotation

resistant ropes and 21 to 27 times rope diameter

for 8 x 19 rotation resistant ropes.

Rotation Resistant Ropes are available in a full

range of sizes, grades and constructions:

• Standard constructions for single-part and

multi-part lifting.

• Special wire rope constructions for increased

service life in particularly demanding

applications – Dyform®-18 HSLR, Dyform®

34LR and 35LS.

NOTE:

1.Swivels are not recommended for use with

rotation resistant ropes.

2.Although B30 standards permit rotation

resistant ropes to be used under certain

conditions at design factors of 3.5:1, we

recommend a minimum design factor of 5:1

and a design factor of 7:1 for extended rope

life.

ROTATION RESISTANT

WIRE ROPES

DYFORM®-34LR & 35LS ROTATION RESISTANCE ROPE

MIN. BREAKING FORCE** APPROX.

(TONS) WT/FT (LBS)

DIAMETER 1960 2160

(MM) (IN.) 34LR 35LS 34LR 34LR 35LS

– 1/2 15.40 13.60 17.42 .54 .49

13 – 16.19 14.28 18.21 .57 .51

14 – 18.88 16.52 21.13 .65 .60

– 9/16 19.67 17.31 22.03 .69 .62

15 – 22.03 19.11 24.73 .77 .69

16 5/8 25.18 21.69 28.21 .87 .78

17 – 27.20 24.28 30.46 .94 .87

18 – 30.80 27.09 34.62 1.07 ..97

19 3/4 34.51 30.91 38.67 1.20 1.11

20 – 38.33 33.61 42.94 1.32 1.21

21 – 43.28 37.43 48.45 1.49 1.34

22 – 46.65 41.37 52.38 1.61 1.49

– 7/8 47.21 41.59 53.06 1.65 1.51

23 – 50.69 44.74 56.88 1.75 1.61

24 – 55.64 49.35 62.38 1.92 1.77

25 – 60.59 52.94 67.89 2.10 1.91

– 1 62.38 54.40 70.03 2.16 1.97

26 – 66.09 57.78 74.19 2.28 2.08

28 – 75.99 66.99 85.20 2.63 2.41

– 1-1/8 77.45 68.90 86.89 2.70 2.50

30 – 86.44 75.99 97.01 2.99 2.74

32 1-1/4 98.13 85.99 110.16 3.39 3.10

35 1-3/8 116.90 105.89 123.65 4.05 3.82

38 1-1/2 138.26 120.27 147.25 4.87 4.35

Not recommended for

multiple part lifting.

19 x 7

Rotation Resistant

Can be used for multiple

part lifting.

8 x 19

Rotation Resistant

35LS

19 X 7 ROTATION RESISTANT ROPE

NOMINAL STRENGTH* APPROX.

DIA. (TONS) WT/FT

(IN.) EIP IPS (LBS)

3/16 1.57 1.42 .064

1/4 2.77 2.51 .113

5/16 4.30 3.90 .177

3/8 6.15 5.59 .25

7/16 8.33 7.58 .35

1/2 10.8 9.85 .45

9/16 13.6 12.4 .58

5/8 16.8 15.3 .71

3/4 24.0 21.8 1.02

7/8 32.5 29.5 1.39

1 42.2 38.3 1.82

1-1/8 53.1 48.2 2.30

1-1/4 65.1 59.2 2.80

1-3/8 78.4 71.3 3.43

1-1/2 92.8 84.4 4.08

1-5/8 108.0 98.4 4.80

8 X 19 ROTATION RESISTANT ROPE

7/16 8.97 7.80 .36

1/2 11.7 10.2 .47

9/16 14.7 12.8 .60

5/8 18.1 15.7 .73

3/4 25.9 22.6 1.06

7/8 35.0 30.5 1.44

1 45.5 39.6 1.88

1-1/8 57.3 49.8 2.39

1-1/4 70.5 61.3 2.94

1-3/8 84.9 73.8 3.56

1-1/2 100.0 87.3 4.24

*Acceptance strength is not less than 2-1/2% below the nominal

breaking strengths listed.

NOTE: These strengths apply only when a test is conducted

with both ends fixed. When in use, the strength of

these ropes may be reduced if one end is free to rotate.

**Listed minimum breaking force is for 1960 & 2160 grade

bright (ungalvanized) ropes. Inquire for a minimum breaking

force of glavanized ropes.

†Other sizes available upon request.

Dyform®- 18HSLR

Rotation Resistant

Strongest, most rotation

resistant. For the most

demanding hoisting

applications.

Dyform®- 34LR

For multi-part lifting.

35% greater strength.

For demanding

applications where

highest strength is not

mandatory.

DYFORM®-18 HSLR

ROTATION RESISTANT ROPE

NOMINAL APPROX.

DIA. STRENGTH* WT/FT

(IN.)† (TONS) (LBS)

3/8 8.3 .27

7/16 11.2 .37

1/2 14.6 .51

9/16 18.5 .64

5/8 22.7 .79

3/4 32.4 1.1

7/8 43.8 1.5

1 57.5 2.0

1-1/8 71.5 2.5

1-1/4 87.9 3.1

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

Dyform®-6 The Dyforming process produces high

density wire rope made with compacted strands.

Dyform®-6 is a six strand construction with an

Independent Wire Rope Core (IWRC). It meets or

exceeds strength requirements of EEIPS rope. The

compact strand construction provides better

flexibility, bending life and crush resistance than standard 6-strand

ropes. Compacting also produces a smooth surface for reduced

bearing pressure; and

increases the steel area by

100% for higher abrasion

resistance and less sheave

wear. Typical Applications

include: boom hoist, load

hoist and winch lines,

holding, closing, crowd and

retract lines, blast furnace

skip hoist and bell operating

ropes, ore bridges and ore

unloaders, stripper, soaking

pit, hot metal, scrap yard,

mobile and overhead

traveling cranes, hot bed

conveyors, car haulage, and

marine cargo falls.

DYFORM®-6

NOMINAL APPROX.

STRENGTH* WT/FT

(TONS) (LBS.)

DIA. FIBER FIBER

(IN.)† IWRC CORE IWRC CORE

3/8 8.8 – .31 –

7/16 11.9 – .39 –

1/2 15.3 – .49 –

9/16 19.3 – .63 –

5/8 22.7 20.0 .78 .71

3/4 32.4 28.6 1.13 1.03

7/8 43.8 38.6 1.54 1.40

1 57.5 50.0 2.00 1.82

1-1/8 71.5 63.0 2.54 2.31

1-1/4 87.9 77.5 3.14 2.85

1-3/8 106.0 93.0 3.80 3.45

1-1/2 125.0 111.0 4.50 4.10

Constructex®is made of three different

strand constructions: 7-wire, 24-wire and

40-wire strands. The nine strands are

closed in operation and lightly swaged to

postform the rope and give the strands a

triangular shape. Compacting increases

strength and resistance to crushing. The smooth outside

surface enhances abrasion and scrubbing resistance.

Constructex®can provide 1-1/2 to 2 times the service life

of other wire ropes in severely abusive applications.

Typical Applications include: tubing lines, logging lines,

winch lines, boom hoists, scrap yard, mobile and

overhead traveling

cranes, hot bed

conveyors, car haulage

and marine cargo falls.

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

123

Wire Rope

HIGH PERFORMANCE WIRE ROPE

AIR CRAFT CABLE

GALVANIZED STAINLESS STEEL

7 X 19 MIN. MIN.

DIA. APPROX. WT. BREAKING BREAKING

(IN.) 1000 FT/LBS. STRENGTH (LBS) STRENGTH (LBS.)

3/32 17. 1,000 920

1/8 29. 2,000 1,760

5/32 45. 2,800 2,400

3/16 65. 4,200 3,700

7/32 86. 5,600 5,000

1/4 110. 7,000 6,400

9/32 139. 8,000 7,800

5/16 173. 9,800 9,000

3/8 243. 14,400 12,000

7 x 19

CONSTRUCTEX®ROPE

NOMINAL APPROX

DIA. STRENGTH* WT/FT

(IN.)† (TONS) (LBS)

5/8 25.5 .86

3/4 36.5 1.1

7/8 48.5 1.5

1 62.5 2.0

1-1/8 79.5 2.6

1-1/4 97.6 3.2

1-3/8 118.0 3.8

1-1/2 139.0 4.6

1-5/8 162.0 5.3

*Acceptance strength is not

less than 2-1/2% below the

nominal breaking strengths

listed.

†Other sizes available upon

request.

7 x 19

VINYL COATED GALVANIZED AIRCRAFT CABLE

MIN.

COATED APPROX. BREAKING

DIA. TO WT/FT STRENGTH

(IN.) (IN.) CONSTRUCTION (LBS.) (LBS.)

3/32 3/16 7 x 7 28 920

1/8 3/16 7 x 7 39 1,700

1/8 3/16 7 x 19 39 2,000

3/16 1/4 7 x 19 78 4,200

1/4 5/16 7 x 19 125 7,000

3/8 7/16 7 x 19 272 14,400

Aircraft Cable is pre-formed and

made in accordance with commerical

specifications. GAC to military and

federal specifications is available.

CARBON STEEL AIRCRAFT

CABLE

Galvanized cable has the highest

strength and greatest fatigue life of

the materials offered. It has good to

fair corrosion resistance in rural to

industrial atmosphere enviornments.

This material is most widely used for

small diameter cable. Tin over

galvanized cable offers greater

corrosion resistance and reduced

friction over pulleys.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

124

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Wire Ropes

NOMINAL STRENGTH

IN TONS OF 2000 POUNDS APPROXIMATE WEIGHT

DIAMETER EXTRA IMPROVED PER FOOT (LBS.)

IMPROVED PLOW STEEL

(IN.) PLOW STEEL

FIBER CORE IWRC IWRC FIBER CORE IWRC

3/16 1.55 1.67 – .059 .065

1/4 2.74 2.94 3.40 .105 .116

5/16 4.26 4.58 5.27 .164 .18

3/8 6.10 6.56 7.55 .236 .26

7/16 8.27 8.89 10.2 .32 .35

1/2 10.7 11.5 13.3 .42 .46

9/16 13.5 14.5 16.8 .53 .59

5/8 16.7 17.9 20.6 .66 .72

3/4 23.8 25.6 29.4 .95 1.04

7/8 32.2 34.6 39.8 1.29 1.42

1 41.8 44.9 51.7 1.68 1.85

1-1/8 52.6 56.5 65.0 2.13 2.34

1-1/4 64.6 69.4 79.9 2.63 2.89

1-3/8 77.7 83.5 96. 3.18 3.50

1-1/2 92.0 98.9 114. 3.78 4.16

1-5/8 107. 115. 132. 4.44 4.88

1-3/4 124. 133. 153. 5.15 5.67

1-7/8 141. 152. 174. 5.91 6.50

2 160. 172. 198. 6.72 7.39

2-1/8 179. 192. 221. 7.59 8.35

2-1/4 200. 215. 247. 8.51 9.36

2-3/8 222. 239. 274. 9.48 10.4

2-1/2 244. 262. 302. 10.5 11.6

2-5/8 268. 288. 331. 11.6 12.8

2-3/4 292. 314. 361. 12.7 14.0

2-7/8 317. 341. 393. 13.9 15.3

3 – 370. 425. – 16.6

3-1/8 – 399. 458. – 18.0

3-1/4 – 429. 492. – 19.5

3-3/8 – 459. 529. – 21.0

3-1/2 – 491. 564. – 22.6

Available galvanized at 10% lower strengths, or in equivalent strengths on special request.

ABRASION RESISTANCE FATIGUE RESISTANCE

WIRE ROPE

NOMINAL STRENGTHS AND WEIGHTS – 6 X 19 CLASS – 6 X 36 CLASS

...DECREASES

with Smaller Wires

...DECREASES

with Fewer Wires

...INCREASES

with More Wires

...INCREASES

with Larger Wires

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

125

Wire Ropes

COMMONLY USED WIRE ROPE CROSS SECTIONS

6 x 19 Classification

6 x 36 Classification

Cross sections of rotation resistant rope constructions.

6 x 19 Seale

IWRC

6 x 21 Filler Wire

6 x 25 Filler Wire

IWRC

6 x 26 Warrington Seale

IWRC

6 x 31 Warrington Seale

IWRC

6 x 36 Seale Filler Wire

IWRC

6 x 36 Warrington Seale

6 x 31 Filler Wire Seale

IWRC

6 x 41 Warrington Seale

IWRC

6 x 41 Seale Filler Wire

IWRC

6 x 46 Seale Filler Wire

IWRC

6 x 49 Filler Wire Seale

IWRC

3 x 19 Seale 8 x 19 Seale

IWRC

8 x 25 Filler Wire

IWRC

8 x 17

19 x 7 19 x 19 Seale 35 x 7 35 x 19 Seale

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

126

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Wire Ropes

INSPECTION – THE KEY TO LONGER, SAFER WIRE ROPE USE

Any wire rope in use should be inspected on a

regular basis. You have too much at stake in

lives and equipment to ignore thorough

examination of the rope at prescribed

intervals.

The purpose of inspection is to accurately

estimate the service life and strength

remaining in a rope so that maximum service

can be had within the limits of safety. Results

of the inspection should be recorded to

provide a history of rope performance on a

particular job. On most jobs, wire rope must be

replaced before there is a risk of failure. A rope

broken in service can destroy machinery and

curtail production. It can also kill.

Because of the great responsibility involved in

ensuring safe rigging on equipment, the man

assigned to inspect should know wire rope and

its operation thoroughly. Inspections should be

made regularly and the results recorded.

When inspecting the rope, the condition of the

drum, sheaves, guards, cable clamps and

other end fittings should be noted. The

condition of these parts affects rope wear; any

defects detected should be repaired.

To ensure rope soundness between

inspections, all workers should participate.

The operation can be most helpful by watching

the ropes under his control. If any accident

involving the ropes occurs, the operator

should immediately shut down his equipment

and report the accident to his supervisor. The

equipment should be inspected before

resuming operation.

The Occupational Safety and Health Act has

made periodic inspection mandatory for most

wire rope applications.

Photo shows new gauge and worn sheave. This new gauge is

designed with one-half the allowable oversize (see table). Using

the new gauge, when you do not see light, the sheave is OK.

When you do see light under the new gauge, the sheave should

be replaced.

NOMINAL ROPE ALLOWABLE ROPE ONE-HALF ALLOWABLE

DIAMETER OVERSIZE ROPE OVERSIZE

0" - 3/4" +1/32" +1/64"

13/16" - 1-1/8" +3/64" +3/128"

1-3/16" - 1-1/2" +1/16" +1/32"

1-9/16" - 2-1/4" +3/32" +3/64"

2-5/16" - and larger +1/8" +1/16"

JUST LOOKING AT THE ROPE IS NOT ENOUGH

When an inspector takes a look at a rope, he may see

sections showing excessive wear. By flagging the rope, he

can quickly determine where the rope is rubbing or

contacting parts of the equipment, and then repair, replace

or modify the condition causing wear.

Inspections of sheaves is a relatively simple, yet very vital

task. A sheave groove gauge, usually obtainable from a

wire rope manufacturer, is used to check the grooves in a

sheave. Hold the gauge perpendicular to the surface of the

groove to observe properly the groove size and contour, as

in this illustration.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

127

SHEAVES SHOULD BE CHECKED FOR:

1. Correct groove diameter

2. Roundness or contour to give proper support to the rope

3. Small holes, cracks, uneven surfaces, or other defects that

might be detrimental to the rope

4. Extreme deep wear

A sheave should also be checked to make sure it turns freely,

is properly aligned, has no broken or cracked flanges, and has

bearings that work properly.

Drums should also be inspected for signs of wear that could

damage rope. Plain-faced or smooth drums can develop

grooves or impressions that prevent rope from winding

properly. Repair by resurfacing the face or replacing the

lagging.

Scrubbing will occur if the rope tends to close wind. If the

tendency is to open winding, the rope will encounter abnormal

abuse as the second layer forces itself down between the

open wraps of the first layer on the drum.

Operating with a smooth drum calls for special care. Be sure

the rope is always tightly wound and thread laid on the first

layer. Any loosening of the line is easily observed as the

winding will be bad and the rope will be coming off with a

series of "bad spots."

Grooved drums should be examined for tight or corrugated

grooves and for differences in depth or pitch that could

damage the second and subsequent layers. Worn grooves

can develop extremely sharp edges that shave away small

particles of steel from the rope. Correct this condition by

grinding or filing a radius to replace the sharp edge.

Drum flanges, as well as the starter, filler and riser strips,

should be checked. Excessive wear here often causes

unnecessary rope abuse at the change of layers and cross-

over points.

Other places of contact such as rollers, scrub boards, guides

and end-attachments should also be inspected.

MEASURE THE WIDEST DIAMETER

Ropes and sheave grooves must be precisely fitted to each

other to get the most service out of your wire rope dollar.

Make measurement of rope diameter a normal part of your

inspection program.

There's only one right way to measure rope diameter: use

machinist's calipers and be sure to measure the widest

diameter. The drawings at the left compare the right way with

the wrong way.

This method is not only useful for measuring the diameter of

a new rope, but also for determining the amount of wear and

compression that has occurred while the rope has been in

use. Accurate recording of this information is essential in

helping to decide when to replace wire rope.

RIGHT WAY. Set the machinist's caliper to read the

widest diameter. Vernier scale reads to 1/128th of

an inch.

WRONG WAY. This is the wrong way to measure

wire rope diameter. Widest diameter is not being

read.

Wire Ropes

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

128

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

COMMON WIRE ROPE ABUSES

Neglect and abuse are the two chief enemies of

wire rope life. One costly form of neglect is lack of

proper field lubrication. Abuse takes many forms:

improper reeling or unreeling, wrong size or worn

sheaves, improper storage, and bad splicing are a

few.

CONDITION OF MACHINERY

Wire rope performance depends upon the

condition of the equipment on which it operates;

poorly maintained equipment will usually result in

reduced rope life.

EFFECTS OF SHOCK-LOADING AND

VIBRATION

The destructive effects of jerking or shock-loading

are visually noticeable. Vibration has somewhat

the same effect, and is equally destructive. An

individual shock may be slight, but many rapidly

repeated slight shocks can have the effect of

several large shocks.

Vibration which occurs directly above a load is

often unavoidable. "Whipping" of the section of

rope immediately above the load is also common.

In these cases, rapid wire fatigue is possible. For

reasons of safety, this section should be examined

regularly.

Wire rope failure is usually cumulative. Each

repeated overstress brings the rope nearer to

failure. Thus, a wire rope may become fatigued to

a point close to failure under a heavy load, and

actually fail under a much lighter load.

OVERSTRESSING

In any hoisting operation, there should be no slack

in the wire rope when the load is applied.

Otherwise, the resulting stress will be excessive.

Overstressing can also be the result of too-rapid

acceleration or deceleration. Wire rope will

withstand considerable stress if the load is applied

slowly. As with ordinary twine, a quick snap will

cause overstressing and breakage. This applies

both when starting to lift a load, and when bringing

it to a stop.

CORROSION

Corrosion can seriously shorten wire rope life, both

by metal loss and by formation of corrosion pits in

the wires. These pits act as stress-concentration

points in the wires in much the same manner as do

nicks.

CRUSHING. Because of loose winding on drum, rope was pulled

inbetween underlying wraps and crushed out of shape.

TOO SUDDEN LOAD RELEASE. The sudden release of a load

caused birdcaging. Here individual strands open away from each

other, displacing the core.

LACK OF LUBRICATION. Premature breakage of wires resulted from

"locking" of strands, which was caused by insufficient lubrication.

INFREQUENT INSPECTION. Neglect of periodical inspection left this

rope in service too long, resulting in considerable abrasion.

IMPROPER HANDLING. Kink or "dog leg" was caused by improper

handling and/or installation. A kink causes excessive localized or spot

abrasion.

Wire Ropes

continued...

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

129

Wire Ropes

Wire rope left on machines shut down for

long periods of time deteriorates rapidly. To

preserve the rope for future sue, it should

be removed, cleaned and thoroughly

lubricated.

CAUSES OF CORROSION DAMAGE

Pitting, erosion and surface effects of many

different types can all result in corrosion

damage. Because they tend to increase

corrosion, the following conditions should

be considered and noted when applicable,

during the ordering of wire rope: acid and

alkaline solutions, gases, fumes, brine and

salt air, sulphurous compounds, and high

humidity and temperature. Lubricants are

readily available to reduce the severity of

attack of most of these conditions.

EFFECTS OF SEVERE HEAT

Where wire rope is subjected to severe heat

(e.g., foundry cranes) it will not give the

service expected because it will deteriorate

more quickly.

Wire ropes exposed to hot-metal handling

or other extreme heat sometimes require

independent wire rope cores.

SHIFTING ROPES FROM ONE JOB

TO ANOTHER

Sometimes an idle wire rope from one

operation is installed on another to keep the

rope in continuous service. This extremely

poor practice is an expensive "economy."

Because wire rope tends to "set" to the

conditions of its particular operating job, the

differing bends, abrasions and stresses of a

new operation can produce premature

failure. Therefore, for a maximum life and

efficiency, a rope should be used only on

the job for which it has been specified.

MACHINERY OPERATION

Some operators are harder on their

machinery than others and as a result they

get shorter rope life. In certain instances,

enough extra work is done to more than

offset the additional wear-and-tear on

equipment and wire rope. The operation

may be more efficient from the production

standpoint as a result, but those in charge

of rope purchases should be made aware of

the probable reduction in rope life and

increased rope costs.

REVERSE BENDING Running this rope over one sheave and under

another caused fatigue breaks in wires.

EXCESSIVE EXPOSURE TO ELEMENTS. Too much exposure

combined with surface wear and loss of lubrication caused corrosion

and pitting.

TOO LONG IN SERVICE. Repeated winding and overwinding of this

rope on a drum while it was under heavy stress caused the unusually

severe wear shown.

UNDERSIZE SHEAVE GROOVES. Sheaves were too small, causing

strands to pinch. Wires then fail in the valley between the strands.

LACK OF KNOWLEDGE. Here's what occurs when a loop which has

been "pulled through" and tightened remains in service.

POOR WORK PROCEDURES. Damage to strands and wires resulted

from electric arcing.

WIRE ROPE ABUSE continued

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

130

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

LEAST½½RESISTANCE TO ABRASION ¾¾GREATEST

LEAST½RESISTANCE TO BENDING FATIGUE ¾GREATEST

Wire Ropes

While there is a possibility, there is

likelihood that an application can be

found for which there is a precisely

suitable wire rope – one that can

satisfy every indicated requirement.

As with all engineering design

problems, feasible solutions demand

compromise to some degree. At times,

it becomes necessary to settle for less

than optimum resistance to abrasion

in order to obtain maximum flexibility;

the latter being a more important

requirement for the given job. A

typical example of this kind of trade-off

would be in selecting a highly flexible

rope on an overhead crane.

Conversely, in a haulage installation, a

rope with greater resistance to

abrasion would be chosen despite the

fact that such ropes are markedly less

flexible.

Two compelling factors that govern

most decisions as to the selection of a

wire rope are: abrasion resistance,

and resistance to bending fatigue.

Striking a proper balance with respect

to these two important characteristics

demands judgment of a very high

order. A graphic presentation of just

such comparison of qualities between

the most widely used rope

constructions and others is given by

means of X-chart.

Referring to this chart when selecting

a rope, the mid-point (at the X) comes

closest to an even balance between

abrasion resistance and resistance to

bending fatigue. Reading up or down

along either leg of the X, the inverse

relationship becomes more apparent

as one quality increases and the other

decreases.

EFFECT OF SHEAVE SIZE

Wire ropes are manufactured in a

great variety of constructions to meet

the varying demands of wire rope

usage. Where abrasion is an

important factor, the rope must be

made of a coarse construction

containing relatively large wires. In

other cases, the great amount of

bending to which the rope is subjected

is more important. Here, a more

flexible construction, containing many

relatively small wires, is required. In

either case, however, if the rope

operates over inadequate size

sheaves, the severe bending stresses

imposed will cause the wires to break

from fatigue, even though actual wear is

slight. The smaller the diameter of the

sheave, the sooner these fatigue breaks

will occur and the shorter rope life

becomes.

Another undesirable effect of small

sheaves is accelerated wear of both

rope and sheave groove. The pressure

per unit area of rope on sheave groove

for a given load is inversely proportional

to the size of the sheave. In other

words, the smaller the sheave the

greater the rope pressure per unit area

on the groove. Both sheaves and rope

life can obviously be prolonged by using

the proper diameter sheave for the size

and construction of rope.

Sheave diameter can also influence

rope strength. When a wire rope is

bent around a sheave, there is a loss

of effective strength due to the inability

of the individual strands and wire to

adjust themselves entirely to their

changed position. Tests show that rope

strength efficiency decreases to a

marked degree as the sheave diameter

is reduced with respect to the diameter

of the rope.

Therefore, it is evident that a definite

relationship exists between rope

service and sheave size. As a guide to

rope users, wire rope manufacturers

have established standards for various

rope constructions. To secure the most

economical service, it is important that

the suggested size of sheaves given

below be used.

NUMBER OF OUTSIDE WIRES PER STRAND

SUGGESTED MINIMUM

CONSTRUCTION D/d* RATIO D/d*RATIO

6 x 7 72 42

19 x 7 or 18 x 7

Rotation Resistant 51 34

6 x 19 Seale 51 34

6 x 27 H flattened strand 45 30

6 x 31 V flattened strand 45 30

6 x 21 filler wire 45 30

6 x 25 filler wire 39 26

6 x 31 Warrington Seale 39 26

6 x 36 Warrington Seale 35 23

8 x 19 Seale 41 27

8 x 25 filler wire 32 21

6 x 41 Warrington Seale 32 21

6 x 42 filler 21 14

The wire rope industry refers to this as the X-chart. It serves to illustrate the

inverse relationship between abrasion resistance and resistance to bending

fatigue in a representative number of the most widely used wire ropes.

6 X 7

6 X 19 S

6 X 21 FW

Flattened

Strand

6 X 25 FW

6 X 31 WS

6 X 36 WS

6 X 49 FWS

6 X 64 SFWS

PROPER SHEAVE AND DRUM SIZES

ABRASION AND BENDING

THE "X CHART": ABRASION RESISTANCE VS. BENDING-FATIGUE RESISTANCE

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

131

Wire Ropes

The rope strength design factor is the ratio of the

rated strength of the rope to its operating stress. If

a particular rope has a rated strength of 100,000

lbs. and is working under an operating stress of

20,000 lbs., it has a rope strength design factor of

5. It is operating at one-fifth or 20% of its rated

strength.

Many codes refer to this factor as the "Safety

Factor" which is a misleading term, since this ratio

obviously does not include the many facets of an

operation which must be considered in

determining safety.

NUMBER BROKEN WIRES NUMBER BROKEN WIRES

IN RUNNING ROPES IN STANDING ROPES

A.N.S.I. EQUIPMENT IN ONE IN ONE IN ONE IN ONE

NO. ROPE LAY STRAND ROPE LAY STRAND

B30.2 Overhead & Gantry Cranes 12 4 Not specified Not specified

B30.4 Portal, Tower & Pillar Cranes 6 3 3 2

B30.5 Crawler, Locomotive & Truck Cranes 6 3 3 2

B30.6 Derricks 6 3 3 2

B30.7 Base Mounted Drum Hoists 6 3 3 2

B30.8 Floating Cranes & Derricks 6 3 3 2

A10.4 Personnel Hoists 6* 3 2* 2

A10.5 Material Hoists 6* Not specified Not specified Not specified

NUMBER OF WIRE BREAKS

Wire rope is an expendable item – a replacement

part of a machine or installation. For economic and

other reasons, some installations require ropes to

operate at high stresses (low rope strength design

factors). On some installations where high risk is

involved, high rope strength design factors must

be maintained. However, operating and safety

codes exist for most applications and these codes

give specific factors for usage. When a machine is

working and large dynamic loadings (shock

loading) are imparted to the rope, the rope

strength design factor will be reduced which could

result in overstressing of the rope. Reduced rope

strength design factors frequently result in reduced

service life of wire rope.

O.S.H.A. (A.N.S.I.) Removal Criteria 5.

A.N.S.I. Safety Codes, Standards and

Requirements –

rope must be removed from service

when diameter loss or wire breakage

occurs as follows:

ORIGINAL LOSS

DIAMETER (IN.) (IN.)

5/16 & smaller 1/64

3/8 - 1/2 1/32

9/16 - 3/4 3/64

7/8 - 1-1/8 1/16

1-1/4 - 1-1/2 3/32

DIAMETER LOSS

*Also remove for 1 valley break. OSHA requires monthly record keeping of wire rope condition.

Note: Current industry recommendations and OSHA Standars are based upon the use of steel sheaves. The

manufacturer of plastic or synthetic sheaves or liners should be consulted for their recommendations on

the safe application of their product, and possible revision in rope inspection criteria when used with their

product.

ROPE STRENGTH AND DESIGN FACTORS

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

132

Wire Ropes

UNDERSTAND WHAT THE "LAYS" OF WIRE

ROPE MEAN

"Lay" of a wire rope is simply a description of the way

wires and strands are placed during construction.

Right lay and left lay refer to the direction of strands.

Right lay means that the strands pass from left to right

across the rope. Left lay means just the opposite;

strands pass from right to left.

Regular lay and lang lay describe the way wires are

placed within each strand. Regular lay means that

wires in the strands are laid opposite in direction to the

lay of the strands. Lang lay means that wires are laid

in the same direction as the lay of the strands.

Most of the wire rope used is right lay, regular lay. This

specification has the widest range of applications and

meets the requirements of most equipment. In fact,

other lay specifications are considered exceptions and

must be requested when ordering.

HERE ARE SOME EXCEPTIONS

Lang lay is recommended for many excavating,

construction, and mining applications, including

draglines, hoist lines, dredgelines and other similar

lines. Here's why. Lang lay ropes are more flexible

than regular lay ropes. They also have greater wearing

surface per wire than regular lay ropes.

Where properly recommended, installed and used,

lang lay ropes can be used to greater advantage than

regular lay ropes. However, lang lay ropes are more

ROPE STRENGTH AND DESIGN FACTORS

susceptible to the abuses of bending over small

diameter sheaves, pinching in undersize sheave

grooves, crushing when winding on drums, and failing

due to excessive rotation. Left lay rope has greatest

usage in oil fields on rod and tubing lines, blast hole

rigs, and spudders where rotation of right lay rope

would loosen couplings. The rotation of a left lay rope

tightens a standard coupling.

A wire rope is a piece of flexible, multi-wired, stranded

machinery made of many precision parts.

Usually a wire rope consists of a core member, around

which a number of multi-wired strands are "laid" or

helically bent. There are two general types of cores for

wire rope – fiber cores and wire cores. The fiber core

may be made from natural or synthetic fibers. The wire

core can be an Independent Wire Core (IWRC), or

Strand Core (SC).

The purpose of the core is to provide support and

maintain the position of the outer strands during

operation.

Any number of multi-wired strands may be laid around

the core. The most popular arrangement is six strands

around the core, as this combination gives the best

balance.

The number of wires per strand may vary from 3 to 91,

with the majority or wire ropes falling into the 7-wire,

19-wire, or 36 wire strand categories.

RIGHT LAY REGULAR LAY

LEFT LAY REGULAR LAY

RIGHT LAY LANG LAY

LEFT LAY LANG LAY

LENGTH OF SERVICE DEPENDS ON

HOW YOU TREAT YOUR WIRE ROPES.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

133

Basic Lift Engineering

STRAIGHT OR VERTICAL,

attachment, is simply using a sling to

connect a lifting hook to a load. Full

rated lifting capacity of the sling may

be utilized, but must not be exceeded.

Whenever a single sling is used in this

manner, a tagline should be used to

prevent load rotation which may cause

damage to the sling.

When two or more slings are attached

to the same lifting hook in straight or

vertical manner, the total hitch

becomes, in effect, a lifting bridle, and

the load is distributed among the

individual slings.

CHOKER hitches reduce lifting

capability of a sling, since this method

of rigging affects ability of the wire

rope components to adjust during the

lift. A choker is used when the load will

not be seriously damaged by the sling

body – or the sling damaged by the

load, and when the lift requires the

sling to snug up against the load.

The diameter of the bend where the

sling contacts the load should keep the

point of choke against the sling BODY –

never against a splice or the base of

the eye. When a choke is used, the

sling rated capacity must be adjusted

downward to compensate for loss of

capability.

A choker hitch should be pulled tight

before a lift is made – NOT PULLED

DOWN DURING THE LIFT. It is also

dangerous to use only one choker hitch

to lift a load which might shift or slide

out of the choke.

BASKET hitches distribute a load

between the two legs of a sling – within

limitations described below. Capacity of

a sling used in a basket is affected by

the bend, or curvature, where the sling

body comes in contact with the load –

just as any sling is affected and limited

by bending action, as over a sheave.

EVERY LIFT USES 1 OF 3 BASIC HITCHES

CALCULATING THE LOAD ON EACH LEG OF A SLING

As the horizontal angle between the

legs of a sling decreases, the load on

each leg increases. The effect is the

same whether a single sling is used as

a basket, or two slings are used with

each in a straight pull, as with a 2-

legged bridle.

Anytime pull is exerted at an angle on

a leg – or legs – of a sling, the load per

leg can be determined by using the

data in the table at right. Proceed as

follows to calculate this load – and

determine the rated capacity required

of the sling, or slings, needed for a lift.

1. First, divide the total load to be lifted by the number of legs to be used. This

provides the load per leg if the lift were being made with all legs lifting vertically.

2. Determine the angle.

3. Then MULTIPLY the load per leg (as computed in No. 1 above) by the Load

Factor for the leg angle being used (from the table below) – to compute the

ACTUAL LOAD on each leg for this lift and angle. THE ACTUAL LOAD MUST

NOT EXCEED THE RATED SLING CAPACITY.

Thus, in drawing three (sling angle at 60°):

1000 ÷ 2 = 500 (Load Per Leg if vertical lift)

500 x 1.154 = 577 lbs. = ACTUAL LOAD on each leg at the 60° HORIZ

angle being used.

In drawing four (sling angle of 45°):

1000 ÷ 2 = 500 (Load Per Leg if a vertical lift)

500 x 1.414 = 70 lbs. = ACTUAL LOAD on each leg at the 45° HORIZ angle

being used.

LEG ANGLE LOAD

(DEGREES) FACTOR

90° 1.000

85° 1.003

80° 1.015

75° 1.035

70° 1.064

65° 1.103

60° 1.154

55° 1.220

50° 1.305

45° 1.414

STRAIGHT

CHOKER

BASKET

LOAD

LOAD LOAD

1000 LBS

500 LBS.

1000 LBS 1000 LBS 1000 LBS

1000 LBS

518 LBS

577 LBS

707 LBS

90° 75° 60° 45°

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

134

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

Basic Lift Engineering

EFFECT OF ANGLES

Various sling manufacturers refer in their

specification tables to leg angles of slings

during lifts – since these angles have a

direct relationship to lifting capability of a

sling. Regardless of how the sling angle

may be stated, or the method used to

compute stress in a sling leg, the sling is

the same. Capacity does not change –

but stresses on sling legs change with

rigging angles.

Much misunderstanding results because

the carrying capacity of a sling leg is

reduced by the rigging angle. What

happens is that the operator is lifting the

load straight up (vertical) while the legs

are pulling at an angle, thereby causing a

disadvantage.

For quick figuring in the shop, a 60-degree

leg angle causes a loss in lifting capacity

of 15%... a 45-degree angle reduces

capacity by 30%... and a 30-degree angle,

50%. This rule of thumb is not 100%

accurate, but is easy to remember and

slightly on the safe side.

It is always good practice, within limits, to

keep the sling leg angle as large as

possible. The length and width of the load

sling length, and available headroom are

determining factors in this sling angle.

It is neither economical nor good practice

to exceed a 45-degree sling leg angle.

Angles less than 45 degrees not only build

up tension in the sling legs out of all

proportion to the weight of the load, they

also create a much greater "in-pull" on the

ends of the load. This produces

eccentrically loaded column effect, as an

engineer would describe it – meaning

simply that long, slender objects have a

tendency to buckle. Angles less than 45

degrees indicate some thought should be

given to the use of a lifting beam or other

device in connection with the lift.

Studying typical sling charts readily reveals

that lifting capacities on slings are

misleading unless the sling angle is stated.

The same sling that will handle 10 tons at

an 85-degree leg angle will only handle 5

tons if this angle is decreased to 30

degrees.

GOOD SLING PRACTICE

Regardless of what type of sling may be

employed, there are accepted good

working rules which will help increase

useful sling life – as well as improve safety.

These include:

1. Use the proper sling for the lift. Whether

Twin-Path, Web, Chain, or Wire Rope,

the proper sling is the one with the best

combination of work and handling

feature – of the proper length and rated

capacity for the situation.

2. Start and stop slowly. Crane hooks

should be raised slowly until the sling

becomes taut and the load is

suspended. Lifting or lowering speed

should be increased or decreased

gradually. Sudden starts or stops place

heavier loads on a sling – comparable

to jamming the brakes on a speeding

automobile. A rule of thumb: Shock

loads can double the stress on a sling.

3. If possible, set the load on blocks.

Pulling a sling from under a load causes

abrasion and "curling" – making the

sling harder to handle on the next lift,

while reducing strength through loss of

metal.

4. Sharp corners cut slings. Use protector

arcs, Cornermax™ and Synthetic Armor

Wear Pads between sharp corners and

the sling body.

5. Store in a dry room. Moisture is a

natural enemy of wire rope – as are acid

fumes and other caustic gases.

6. Avoid handling hot material or objects in

direct contact with the sling. Strength

goes down as temperature goes up!

7. Dropping casting, tools or heavy objects

on slings, or running over them with

trucks, can cause damage. Always

hang slings when not in use.

8. Use hooks properly. "Point loading"

reduces hook capacity. Pull should be

straight in the line of lift.

SELECTING A SLING

The following is presented as a guide only

to help in selection of a sling for a lift.

1. Determine the Load: The weight of the

load must be known. This is always the

starting point.

2. Decide the Hitch: Shape and bulk of the

load must be accommodated as well as

weight. Determine whether a straight

attachment at some point on the load, a

choker around the load, or some form of

basket hitch will best control the load

during the lift.

3. Adequacy of Lifting Device: The lifting

device must have adequate capacity for

making the lift, and provide any

maneuverability required once the load

is hoisted.

4. Room to Lift: Make certain the lifting

device has sufficient headroom to raise

the load to the height required.

Headroom will affect the length of sling.

5. Length of Sling: By applying your

decision on the type of hitch to

knowledge of the headroom offered by

the lifting device, the length of sling can

be calculated.

6. Use Rated Capacity Chart: Always

double-check that the sling type and

capacity you choose, when rigged at

the angle determined by the length of

the sling, or the specific type of hitch,

will handle the load.

Attaching the sling and completing the lift

should be an orderly procedure without

"surprises" when these steps have been

followed. Two further precautions should be

noted, however.

First, plan to protect both load and sling

from damage at sharp corners, etc.

Cornermax™ and Synthetic Armor Wear

Pads should be provided at the lift site. A

protective pad should be used anytime a

sling passes around a sharp corner.

Last – by no means unimportant by being

last – every sling should be visually

examined from end to end BEFORE

EVERY LIFT. It must always be kept in

mind that the manufacturer's Rated

Capacity applies only to a new sling in

"unused" condition. A sling should be

carefully examined to determine that it is in

as nearly new condition as practicable

before each lift.

There are specific standards on the use

and care of slings in industries such as

shipping and construction, and these

provide some guidance for sling inspectors.

Consensus standards published as ANSI

B30.9 are particularly helpful.

ANSI Standard B30.9 specifies that a wire

rope sling should be removed form service

any time any of the following conditions

are detected:

1. Ten randomly distributed broken wires

in one rope lay, or five broken wires in

one strand in one rope lay.

2. Kinking, crushing, bird caging or any

other damage resulting in distortion of

the wire rope structure.

3. Evidence of heat damage.

4. End attachments that are cracked,

deformed, or worn.

5. Hooks that have been opened more

than 15% of the normal throat opening

measured at the narrowest point, or

twisted more than 10 degrees from the

plane of the unbent hook.

6. Corrosion of the rope or end

attachments.

It is apparent from the foregoing that

inspection of a wire rope sling to meet

these removal criteria requires more than

a casual understanding of wire rope

design and manufacture, and the

responsibility for daily inspections must be

in the hands of trained personnel.

Most of the foregoing applies equally to

any type of sling and careful inspection by

a trained inspector is necessary for safe

sling use. If you require training for any

type of sling inspection, contact Hanes

Supply for more information.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

135

Wire Ropes

BLOCK TWISTING

Block twisting or "cabling" is one of the

most frequently encountered wire rope

problems in the construction field. When

this problem occurs, the wire rope is most

often blamed, and other equally important

factors in the operation are overlooked.

Personnel experienced with handling of

wire rope know that conventional wire

ropes will twist or unlay slightly, when a

load is applied. In a reeved hoisting

system, subjected to loading and

unloading such as a load hoisting line, this

results in block twisting and possibly

distortion of the wire rope. Cabling of the

block most frequently occurs as the load

in the wire rope is released, and the "falls"

are in a lowered position. Cabling may be

considered as the twisting of the block

beyond one-half of a revolution (180°

twisting) of the traveling block. When this

condition occurs, the operator shows good

judgment in not making additional lifts,

until the conditions causing the problem

are corrected.

The following machine and site conditions

should be investigated for possible

improvement in block twisting.

1. Reduced wire rope length. Longer rope

lengths cause more twisting than short

rope lengths. This applies particularly

to the amount of wire rope in the "falls."

2. Reduce the amount of load lifted.

Heavily loaded ropes have more torque

and twist than lightly loaded ropes.

This condition would also apply to the

speed of loading or "shock" loading,

since this condition also causes higher

wire rope loading.

3. Eliminate "odd-part" reeving, where the

wire rope "dead-end" is on the traveling

block. Wire rope torque, from the

application of load, is greatest at the

rope dead-end.

4. Relocate the rope dead-end at the boom,

in order to increase the separation

between the dead-end and the other

rope parts. This applies a stabilizing

load directly to the traveling block. The

original equipment manufacturer should

be consulted before making this

modification.

5. Increase sheave size. This increases the

amount of separation between wire rope

parts and may improve the situation by

applying stabilizing loads and reducing

the amount of rope torque transmitted to

the traveling block.

6. Restrain the twisting block with a "tag"

line. One or more of the foregoing

suggestions may eliminate the problem

without resorting to "specialized" wire

rope which may not only be difficult to

locate but expensive as well.

The use of special "rotation resistant" wire

ropes will not likely be required unless the

intended length of rope "falls" exceeds 100

feet, or the length of the load hoisting line

exceeds 600 feet. In the event these latter

conditions exist, the user should also

anticipate using a combination of the

"rotation resistant" wire rope and the

foregoing field suggestions for the more

severe problems.

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES

ELASTIC PROPERTIES OF WIRE

ROPE

The following discussion relates to

conventional 6- or 8-strand ropes that

have either fiber or steel cores; it is not

applicable to rotation-resistant ropes since

these constitute a separate case.

Wire rope is an elastic member; it

stretches or elongates under load. This

stretch derives from two sources:

1. constructional, and

2. elastic.

In actuality, there may be a third source of

stretch – a result of the rope rotating on its

own axis. Such elongation, which may

occur either as a result of using a swivel,

or from the effect of a free-turning load, is

brought about by the unlaying of the rope

strands. Because the third source is a

subject that is beyond the scope of this

publication, discussion will be directed to

constructional and elastic stretch.

CONSTRUCTIONAL STRETCH

When a load is applied to wire rope, the

helically-laid wires and strands act in a

constricting manner thereby compressing

the core and bringing all the rope

elements into closer contact. The result is

a slight reduction in diameter and an

accompanying lengthening of the rope.

Constructional stretch is influenced by the

following factors:

1. type of core (fiber or steel),

2. rope construction (6 x 7, 6 x 25 FW,

6 x 41 WS, 8 x 19 S, etc.),

3. length of lay

4. material.

Ropes with wire strand core (WSC) or

independent wire rope core (IWRC) have

less constructional stretch than those with

fiber core (FC). The reason for this is the

fact that the steel cannot compress as

much as the fiber core.

Usually, constructional stretch will cease

at an early stage in the rope's life.

However, some fiber core ropes, if lightly

loaded (as in the case of elevator ropes),

may display a degree of constructional

stretch over a considerable portion of their

life.

A definite value for determining

constructional stretch cannot be assigned

since it is influenced by several factors.

The following table gives some idea of the

approximate stretch as a percentage of

rope under load.

ROPE CONSTRUCTION APPROX. STRETCH*

6 strand FC 1/2% - 3/4%

6 strand IWRC 1/4% - 1/2%

8 strand FC 3/4% - 1%

*Varies with the magnitude of the loading.

ROPE ZERO THROUGH 20% 21 TO 65%

CLASSIFICATION LOADING LOADING*

6 x 7 with fiber core 11,700,000 13,000,000

6 x 19 with fiber core 10,800,000 12,000,000

6 x 36 with fiber core 9,900,000 11,000,000

8 x 19 with fiber core 8,100,000 9,000,000

6 x 19 with IWRC 13,500,000 15,000,000

6 x 36 with IWRC 12,600,000 14,000,000

*Applicable to new rope, i.e., not previously loaded.

ELASTIC STRETCH

Elastic stretch results from recoverable deformation of the metal itself. Here, again, a

quantity cannot be precisely calculated. However, the following equation can provide a

reasonable approximation for a good many situations.

Change in load (lb.) x Length (ft.)

Changes in length (ft.) = Area (in.2) x Modulus of Elasticity (psi)

The modulus of elasticity is given below.

APPROXIMATE MODULUS OF ELASTICITY

(POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH)

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

136

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

VARYING SHEAVE REVOLUTIONS IN A PAIR OF TACKLE BLOCKS

To raise a load one foot, the lower block must be raised one foot, and in accomplishing

this, each working rope must be shortened one foot.

In the example above, Ropes 1, 2, 3, etc., must be shortened one foot to raise the load

one foot. Assuming that the circumference of each sheave is one foot, Sheave No.1

must make one revolution to shorten Rope No. 1; Sheave No. 2 must make one

revolution to take up the one foot slack form Rope No. 1 and one additional revolution

to shorten Rope No. 2; Sheave No. 3 must make two revolutions to take up the two

feet of slack from Ropes 1 and 2 and one additional revolution to shorten Rope No. 3,

etc. for each succeeding sheave.

Viz: Rope No. 1 must travel one foot on Sheave No. 1.

Rope No. 2 must travel two feet on Sheave No. 2.

Rope No. 3 must travel three feet on Sheave No. 3.

Rope No. 4 must travel four feet on Sheave No. 4.

Rope No. 5 must travel five feet on Sheave No. 5.

Therefore, all the sheaves in a set of blocks revolve at different rates of speed. Sheave No. 2 rotates twice as fast

as No. 1, Sheave No. 3 rotates three times as fast as No.1, Sheave No. 4 four times as fast as No. 1, etc.

Consequently the sheaves nearest the lead line, rotating at higher rates of speed, wear out more rapidly.

All sheaves should be kept well lubricated when in operation to reduce friction and wear.

across the edges of the block shell.

To reeve by this method, the two blocks should be

placed so that the sheaves in the upper block are at

right angles to those in the lower one, as shown in the

following illustrations. Start reeving with the becket, or

standing end, of the rope.

It is good practice to use a shackle

block as the upper one of a pair and a

hook block as the lower one. A

shackle would prevent any accidental

disengagement of the block from its

attaching point in the event of an

unusual movement of the attaching

point or block. The lower block having

a hook is more readily attached or

detached from the load. See Figures 1

through 5.

General Information

In reeving a pair of tackle blocks, one of which has

more than two sheaves, the hoisting rope should lead

from one of the center sheaves of the upper block.

When so reeved, the hoisting strain comes on the

center of the blocks and they are prevented from

toppling, with consequent injury to the rope by cutting

THE REEVING OF TACKLE BLOCKS

FIGURE 1 FIGURE 2 FIGURE 3 FIGURE 4

FIGURE 5

DOUBLE AND

DOUBLE

TRIPLE AND

DOUBLE

TRIPLE AND

TRIPLE

QUADRUPLE

AND TRIPLE

SHEAVE

NO. 5

SHEAVE

NO. 1

SHEAVE

NO. 3

SHEAVE

NO. 4

SHEAVE

NO. 2

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

137

Wire Ropes

RATIO FOR RATIO FOR

NUMBER BRONZE ANTI-FRICTION

OF PARTS BUSHED BEARING

OF LINE SHEAVES SHEAVES

1 .96 .98

2 1.87 1.94

3 2.75 2.88

4 3.59 3.81

5 4.39 4.71

6 5.16 5.60

7 5.90 6.47

8 6.60 7.32

9 7.27 8.16

10 7.91 8.98

11 8.52 9.79

12 9.11 10.6

13 9.68 11.4

14 10.2 12.1

15 10.7 12.9

16 11.2 13.6

17 11.7 14.3

18 12.2 15.0

19 12.6 15.7

20 13.0 16.4

21 13.4 17.0

22 13.8 17.7

23 14.2 18.3

24 14.5 18.9

HOW TO FIGURE LINE PARTS

To help figure the number of parts of line to be used for

a given load or the line pull required for a given load, the

following ratio table is provided with examples of how to

use it:

PART

OF LINE

PARTS

OF LINE

PARTS

OF LINE

PARTS

OF LINE

PARTS

OF LINE

USING THE RATIO TABLE RATIO FORMULA

Example:

To find the number of parts of line needed

when weight of load and single line pull is

established.

Sample Problem:

72,480 lbs. (load to be lifted)

8,000 lbs. (single line pull) = 9.06 RATIO

Refer to ratio 9.06 in table or number nearest

to it, then check column under heading

"Number of Parts of Line"... 12 parts of line to

be used for this load.

Example:

To find single line pull needed when weight of

load and number of parts of line are

established.

Sample Problem:

68,000 lbs. (load to be lifted)

6.60 (ratio of 8 part line)

= 10,300 lbs. (single line pull)

10,300 lbs. single line pull required to lift this

load on 8 parts of line.

TOTAL LOAD TO BE LIFTED = RATIO

SINGLE LINE PULL IN POUNDS

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

138

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

General Information

LOADS ON BLOCKS

The Rated Load Values for blocks shown in Crosby Group

literature are shown as "Working Loads," "Safe Working

Load" and "Resultant Safe Working Load"; and all these

terms are defined as the maximum amount of total load that

should be exerted on the block and its fitting, the fitting being

a hook, shackle, eye, loop, etc.

It must be recognized that this total load value MAY BE

DIFFERENT than the weight being lifted or pulled by a

hoisting or hauling system and, therefore, it is necessary to

determine the total load being imposed on each block in the

system in order to properly determine the rated capacity

block to be used.

A single sheave block that is used to change direction of a

load line can be subjected to total loads GREATLY

DIFFERENT than the weight being lifted or pulled. The

amount of total load changes with the angle between the

incoming and departing lines to the block.

The following chart indicates the factor that is multiplied by

the line pull to obtain the total load on the block:

ANGLE FACTOR ANGLE FACTOR ANGLE FACTOR

0° 2.00 60° 1.73 130° .84

10° 1.99 70° 1.64 135° .76

20° 1.97 80° 1.53 140° .68

30° 1.93 90° 1.41 150° .52

40° 1.87 100° 1.29 160° .35

45° 1.84 110° 1.15 170° .17

50° 1.81 120° 1.00 180° .00

Example: A gin pole truck being used to lift a weight of

1,000 lbs.

There is no mechanical advantage to a single part load line

system, so, whinch line pull is equal to 1,000 lbs. or the

weight being lifted.

Total load on snatch block shown as A equals 1,000 lbs.

times angle factor for 50°.

Total load on A = 1,000 x 1.81 = 1,1810 lbs.

Total load on toggle block shown as B equals 1,000 lbs.

times angle factor for 135°.

Total load on B = 1,000 x .76 = 760 lbs.

TOTAL LOAD

Example: Hoisting system using a traveling block to lift a

weight of 1,000 lbs.

The mechanical advantage at the traveling block C is 2

because 2 parts of a load line support the 1,000 lbs. weight; so,

the line pull equals the 1,000 lbs. divided by 2 or 500 lbs.

Total load on traveling block shown as C equals 500 lbs. times

angle factor for 0°.

Total Load on C = 500 x 2.00 = 1,000 lbs.

Total load on stationary block shown as D equals the dead end

load of 500 lbs. plus the line pull of 500 lbs. times the angle

factor for 40°.

Total Load on E = 500 x .84 = 420 lbs.

Total load on block shown as F equals 500 lbs. times the angle

factor for 90°.

Total Load on F = 500 x 1.41 = 705 lbs.

LINE PULL LINE PULL

ANGLE

WINCH

LINE

PULL

135°

50°

1000 LBS

130°

50°

40°

0°

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

139

General Information

DEFINITIONS OF TERMS

Abrasion: The mechanical wearing of surface resulting from frictional contact with materials or

objects.

Breaking Strength: That total force (lbs. or kg.) at which the sling fails. The total weight strain

which can be applied before failure. Usually at five times the rated capacity.

Competent Person: A person designated for inspection who is trained, qualified by knowledge

and practical experience and the necessary instructions to enable the required test or examination

to be carried out.

Twin-Path®Core: The load bering multiple fibers of polyester, aramids, or K-Spec™ which, when

wound into the seamless tubes, become the load bearing yarns of the sling. If other materials are

used, follow the manufacturers recommendations.

Twin-Path®Cover: The seamless tubes, usually at least two separate and contrasting colors for

easier inspection that contain the cores. Covers may be of polyester, Covermax nylon, or aramids

depending on the desired finished characteristics of the product.

Elongation: The measurement of stretch, expressed as a percentage of the finished length.

Fitting: A load bearing metal component which is fitted to the sling. Can be of steel, aluminum or

other material that will sustain the rated capacity of the sling.

Hitch/Vertical: A method of attachment whereby the sling extends from the crane hook to the

load in a straight connection.

Hitch/Choker: The sling is passed around the load and back through itself and is connected

to the crane hook. The sling then tightens around the load when it is strained.

Hitch/Basket: The sling is passed from the crane hook around the load and attached to the

crane hook.

Length: The distance between bearing points of the sling.

Proof Load Test: A non-destructive load test usually to twice the rated capacity of the sling.

Synthetic Fiber: Man-made material used for the cover, the core and the thread of the Twin-Path®

sling products.

Tattle-Tails: Tell-Tails which extend past the tag area of Twin-Path®slings. Extension of the load

core yarns. When the sling is stretched beyond its elastic limit, they shrink and eventually

disappear under the tag. Take out of service if less than 1/2" is exposed.

Thread: The synthetic yarn which is used to sew the sling covers and tag and to provide the stitch

which separates the individual load cores.

Twin-Path®:A patented and trademarked product which is composed of two separate load cores

and two contrasting color covers.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

140

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

General Information

Rated Load The maximum recommended load that should be exerted on the item.

Value-Rated The following terms are also used for the term Rated Load: "SWL," "Safe

Capacity: Working Load," "Working Load," "Working Load Limit," and the "Resultant

Safe Working Load." All rated load values, unless noted otherwise, are for in-

line pull with respect to the centerline of the item.

Proof Load: The average load to which an item may be subjected before visual

deformation occurs or a load that is applied in the performance of a proof test.

Proof Test: A term designating a tensile test applied to the item for the sole purpose of

detecting injurious defects in the material or manufacture.

Ultimate Load: The average load at which the item is being tested fails or no longer supports

the load.

Shock Load: A resulting load from the rapid change of movement, such as impacting or

jerking, or a static load. A Shock Load is generally significantly greater than

the static load.

Design Factor: An industry term denoting theoretical reserve capability. Usually computed

dividing the catalog stated ultimate load by the catalog stated working load

limit and generally expressed as a ratio, for example: 5 to 1.

DEFINITIONS

CAUTIONS OR WARNINGS

All ratings shown in this literature are based upon the items being new or "in as new" condition.

Catalog ratings are considered to be the greatest load that should be applied to the item;

therefore, any shock loading must be considered when selecting the item for use in a system.

The products shown in this literature are subject to wear, misuse, overloading, corrosion,

deformation, intentional alteration and other usage factors which may necessitate a reduction in

the product's Rated Capacity or a reduction in its Design Factor. Therefore, it is recommended that

all products be regularly inspected to determine their condition as a basis for deciding if the

product may continue to be used at the catalog assigned WL, a reduced WL, a reduced design

factor, or removed from service.

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

141

Summary

IF YOU KNOW: MULTIPLY BY: TO FIND:

inches 25.4 millimeters (mm)

inches 2.54 centimeters (cm)

feet 0.30 meters (m)

yards 0.3711 meters (m)

miles 1.61 kilometers (km)

millimeters .0394 inches

centimeters .39 inches

meters 3.28 feet

meters 1.09 yards

kilometers .62 miles

metric tons 1.102 U.S. tons

U.S. tons .9072 metric tons

kilograms 2.204 pounds

pounds .453 kilograms

metric tons 2204.62 pounds

metric tons 1000.0 kilograms

Fahrenheit (temp.) 5/9 (after subtracting 32) Celsius (temp.)

Celsius (temp.) 9/5 (then add 32) Fahrenheit (temp.)

SUMMARY OF COMMON CONVERSIONS

FACTORS

FRACTION DECIMAL METRIC

(IN.) (IN.) (MM.)

1/16 .0625 1.588

1/8 .1250 3.175

3/16 .1875 4.762

1/4 .2500 6.350

5/16 .3125 7.938

3/8 .3750 9.525

7/16 .4375 11.112

1/2 .5000 12.700

9/16 .5625 14.288

5/8 .6250 15.875

11/16 .6875 17.462

3/4 .7500 19.050

13/16 .8125 20.638

7/8 .8750 22.225

15/16 .9375 23.812

1 1.0000 25.400

DECIMAL / METRIC EQUIVALENT TABLE

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

142

Lift Engineering

FINDING THE HYPOTENUSE

LOAD ANGLE FACTORS

TENSION IN OVERHEAD HOISTS

OFF-SET CENTER OF GRAVITY (SHARE OF THE LOAD)

OFF-LEVEL LIFT POINTS

To find c (hypotenuse)

Given: a2+ b2= c2

Example: 42+ 32= c2; 16 + 9 = c2; 25 = 5

L15

— = LAF (Load Angle Factor) Example: — = 1.5 (LAF)

H10

Tension in L = — x L's share of the load

Tension in L = — x 5,000; 1.5 x 5,000 Ten. = 7,500 lbs.

Ten. in A = — x 3,000 Ten. in A = 9,000 lbs.

(As load moves, tension changes)

Lift Point A

7 + 3 = 10, — = .70

.70 x 10,000 = 7,000 lbs.

Inverse Proportion To Distance

Lift Point B

7 + 3 = 10, — = .30

.30 x 10,000 = 3,000 lbs.

W x D2x L1

TL1=(D2x H1) +(D1x H2)

W x 1 x L2

TL2=(D2x H1) +(D1x H2)

LEGEND

W = Load Weight

L1= Length Leg 1

L2= Length Leg 2

H1= Vertical Height 1

H2= Vertical Height 2

D1= Horizontal Distance 1

D2= Horizontal Distance 2

5,000 lbs. 5,000 lbs.

10,000 lbs.

H = 10' L = 15'

6,000 lbs.

3' 7'

10,000 lbs.

D1D2

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

FORMULAS AND INFORMATION

H= Height W= Width L= Length d= diameter r= radius (1/2 dia.)

π= 3.14 (rounded 3.15) [area of a square or rectangle = HW]

[Vol of cube = HWL] [Circumference of circle = πd] [area of a circle = πr2

or the approximate area of a circle = 80% of the dia2(dia x dia x .80)]

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

143

Weights of Material

MATERIALS AND LIQUIDS – POUNDS/CU. FT.

Aluminum 165 Granite 96

Asbestos 153 Iron Casting 450

Asphalt 81 Lead 710

Brass 524 Limestone 95

Brick, Soft 100 Lumber – Fir 32

Brick, Medium 115 Lumber – Oak 62

Brick, Hard 130 Lumber – RR Ties 50

Bronze 534 Marble 95

Coal 56 Oil, Motor 60

Concrete, Reinforced 150 Paper 58

Copper 556 Portland Cement, Loose 94

Crushed Rock 95 Portland Cement, Set 183

Diesel 52 River Sand 120

Dry Earth, Loose 75 Rubber 94

Dry Earth, Packed 95 Steel 490

Gasoline 45 Water, Fresh 63

Glass 16 Zinc 437

MATERIALS – POUNDS/SQ. FT.

Steel Plate Aluminum Plate

1/8" 5 1/8" 1.75

1/4" 10 1/4" 3.50

1/2" 20 1/2" 7.00

3/4" 30 3/4" 10.50

1" 40 1" 14.00

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

144

HEADQUARTERS: 55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206 PHONE: 716.826.2636 FAX: 716.826.4412 www.hanessupply.com

USA Standard

Crane Hand Signals

Use Main Hoist.

Tap fist on head;

then use regular

signals.

Use Whipline.

(Auxiliary Hoist).

Tap elbow with one

hand, then use

regular signals.

Raise Boom. Arm

extended, fingers

closed, thumb

pointing upward.

Lower Boom. Arm

extended, fingers

closed, thumb

pointing downward.

Travel. Arm extended

forward, hand open

and slightly raised,

make pushing motion

indirection of travel.

Swing. Arm

extended, point with

finger in direction of

swing of boom.

Hoist. With forearm

vertical, forefinger

pointing up, move

hand in small

horizontal circle.

Lower. With arm

extended downward,

forefinger pointing

down, move hand in

small horizontal

circles.

Raise the Boom and

Lower the Load.

With arm extended,

thumb pointing up,

flex fingers in and out

as long as load

movement is desired.

Lower the Boom

and Raise the Load.

With arm extended,

thumb pointing down,

flex fingers in and

out as load

movement is desired.

Travel. (One Track).

Lock the track on side

indicated by raised

fist. Travel opposite

track in direction

indicated by circular

motion of other fist,

rotated vertically in

front of body. (For

crawler cranes only).

Travel. (Both Tracks).

Use both fists in front

of body, making a

circular motion about

each other, indicating

direction of travel;

forward or backward.

(For crawler cranes

only.)

Extend Boom.

(Telescoping Booms).

Both fists in front of

body with thumbs

pointing outward

Retract Boom.

(Telescoping

Booms). Both fists in

front of body with

thumbs pointing

toward each other.

Stop. Arm extended,

palm down, hold

position rigidly.

Emergency Stop.

Arm extended, palm

down, move hand

rapidly right and left.

Bridge Travel. Arm

extended forward,

hand open and

slightly raised, make

pushing motion in

direction of travel.

Trolley Travel. Palm

up, fingers closed,

thumb pointing in

direction of motion,

jerk hand horizontally.

Extend Boom.

(Telescoping Boom).

One Hand Signal.

One fist in front of

chest with thumb

tapping chest.

Retract Boom.

(Telescoping Boom).

One Hand Signal.

One fist in front of

chest, thumb pointing

outward and heel of

fist tapping chest.

Move Slowly. Use

one hand to give any

motion signal and

place other hand

motionless in front of

hand giving the motion

signal. (Hoist slowly

shown as example.)

Dog Everything.

Clasp hands in front

of body.

Multiple Trolleys.

Hold up one finger for

block marked "1" and

two fingers for block

marked "2". Regular

signals follow.

Magnet is

Disconnected. Crane

Operator spreads

both hands apart

palms up.

Additional Signals for Bridge Cranes

YOUR SLING AND RIGGING SPECIALIST

FOUR LOCATIONS & THE WEB TO SERVICE YOUR NEEDS!

Our Headquarters is located in Buffalo, New York

BUFFALO/WESTERN NY/NORTHERN PA

55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, NY 14206

PHONE 716-826-2636 FAX 716-826-4412

Our Newest Location is located near Albany, NY, opened June 2004

and is intended to help service the Albany & New England Regions

ALBANY/EASTERN NY/NEW ENGLAND

156 Railroad Avenue • Colonie, NY 12205

PHONE 518-438-0139 FAX 518-428-5343

Our Rochester Location was established in

June 1993 to accommodate our expanding cliental

ROCHESTER/CENTRAL NEW YORK

10 Cairn Street • Rochester, NY 14611

PHONE 585-235-0160 FAX 585-235-0229

CCISCO/Coastal Construction Industrial Supply Company,

was acquired in September 1996 to service the South

MYRTLE BEACH/SOUTH-EAST COAST

1020 Shine Avenue • Myrtle Beach, SC 29577

PHONE 843-238-1338 FAX 843-238-8337

Our web-site serves as a store and as an informative Rigging & Wire Rope resource

www.hanessupply.com

One of the foremost leaders in the industry

Specializing in Lifting Solutions

Manufacturer of Slingmax, Wire Rope, Chain & Nylon Slings

Complete Contractor & Industrial Supplier

55 James E. Casey Drive • Buffalo, New York 14206-2361 • U.S.A.

PHONE 716-826-2636 • FAX 716-826-4412

www.hanessupply.com $5.95 US Dollars

Printed in Canada

Riggers2005_200404_PDF_200406.qxp Riggers PDF 200406

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation